Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Armstrong State College"

See other formats


y 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://archive.org/details/bulletin7071arms 


Bulletin    or 


ARMSTRONG 
STATE  COLLEGE 


Savannah,    Georgia 


Catalogue   1970-1971 


ARMSTRONG  STATE  COLLEGE  CAMPUS 


1.  ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING 

Prsident 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Registrar 

Comptroller 

Community  Services 

2.  VICTOR  HALL 

Education  Dept. 

History  &  Political  Science  Dept. 

Psychology  Dept. 

3.  GAMBLE  HALL 

Business  Dept. 

English  Dept. 

Foreign  Language  Dept. 

4.  SCIENCE  HALL 

Biology  Dept. 
Math  Dept. 
Phvsics  Dept. 

5.  SOLMS  HALL 

Chemistry  Dept. 
Dental  Hygiene  Dept. 
Nursing  Dept. 


6.  JENKINS  HALL 

Art  Dept. 
Music  Dept. 

7.  STUDENT  SERVICE 

Bookstore 
Infirmary 
Snackbar 
Mail 

8.  MEMORIAL  STUDENT  CENTER 

Cafeteria 

Director  of  Student  Activities 
Student  Government 
Student  Lounge 

9.  LANE  LIBRARY 

10.  MAINTENANCE  BUILDING 

11.  GYMNASIUM  &  POOL 
Athletic  Director 

P.  E.  Dept. 

12.  STUDENT  PARKING  AREA 


Bulletin   oi 


ARMSTRON G 
STATE  COLLEGE 


avanna 


h,  G 


eorgia 


751SS4 


A  Four- Year  College  of  the 
University  System  of  Georgia 


SUMMER     FALL 


The  college  is  o«m'«  of  or>6  re- 
grets the  prints  errors  in  this 
Edition   of   th«    bulletin.      These 

1  errors  will  be  corrected  in  a 
new  edition  now  under  pre- 
paration. 


WINTER     SPRING 


1970-1971 


Volume  XXXV 


Number  10 


Membership  in 

Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools 
Association  of  Georgia  Colleges 

American  Association  for  Colleges  of 
Teacher  Education 


1970  CALENDAR  1970 

APRIL 

JULY 

OCTOBER 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S      M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     8 

12    3    4 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27  28  29  30 

12    3    4 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

1    2    3 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

MAY 

AUGUST 

NOVEMBER 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M     T     W     T      F     S 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

1      2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

1 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

8    9  10  11  12  13  14 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

29  30 

JUNE 

SEPTEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

12    3    4    5    6 

7    8    9  10  11  12  13 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

28  29  30 

12    3    4    5 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30 

12      3      4 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 

1971  CALENDAR  1971 

JANUARY 

APRIL 

JULY 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

1    2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

1      2      3 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30 

1      2      3 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

FEBRUARY 

MAY 

AUGUST 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M     T     W     T      F     S 

12    3    4    5    6 

7    8    9  10  11  12  13 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

28 

1 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

8    9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31 

MARCH 

JUNE 

SEPTEMBER 

S     M      T     W     T      F     S 

S     M     T     W     T      F     S 

S      M      T     W     T      F     S 

12    3    4    5    6 

7    8    9  10  11  12  13 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

28  29  30  31 

12    3    4    5 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

27  28  29  30 

12      3       4 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30 

CONTENTS 


1  I  NDAR 


GOVERNING  BOARD;   ADMINISTRATION  &  F  \<  II.  n  9 

Members  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
Staff  of  i Ik-  Board  of  Regents 
Officers  of  Administration 

Heads  of  Departments 

Administrative  Staff 

The  Faculty 

Armstrong  College  Commission 

PURPOSES  AND  PROGRAMS  21 

Four-Year  Degrees 

Two-Year  Degrees 

Pre-Professional  Programs 

History  of  the  College 

Library 

Office  of  Community  Services 

Evening  Classes 

Industrial  Co-op  Program 

Student  Exchane  Program  with  Savannah  State  College 

.  ADMISSION   TO  THE  COLLEGE  24 

General  Information 
Requirements  for  Freshman  Applicants 
Advanced  Placement 
Quarter-On -Trial 

Requirements  for  Transfer  Applicants 
Special  Students 
Auditors 

Readmission  of  Former  Students 
Transient  Students 

Armstrong  State  College   High  School  Accelerated  Program 
Foreign  Students 
Admission  of  Veterans 

Applicants  Sponsored  by  Vocational  Rehabilitation 
Financial  Aid 

Registration  and  Orientation 
Residency  Requirements  of  the  Board  of  Regents 

Admission  to: 

Associate  in  Arts  Degree  inNursing 

Associate  in  Science  Degree  in  Dental  Hygiene 

Associate  in  Arts  Degree  in  Police  Administration 

\  3 


IV.  FEES  .. .._ 

Application  Fee 
Matrication  Fee 
Out  of  State  Tuition 
Student  Activity  Fee 
Late  Registration  Fee 
Change  of  Schedule  Fee 
Graduation  Fee 
Transcript  Fee 
Music  Fee 
Make-up  Test  Fee 
Short  Courses 
Summary  of  Fees 
Privilege  Fees 
Refunds 

V.  FINANCIAL   AIDS   _____ 

Scholarships 

Regents'  Scholarships 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants 

National  Defense  Student  Loans 

Georgia  Higher  Education  Assistance  Corporation 

Law  Enforcement  Education  Program 

Nursing  Student  Loan  Program 

Barney  Minkoff  Paderewski  Scholarship  Memorial  Fund 

Finanrial  Aid  Application  Proledure 

Other  Sourses  of  Finanrial  Aid   to  Armstrong  State  College 

Work-Study  Program 

Student  Assistant  Program 

VI.  ACADEMIC  REGULATIONS  

Honor  System 

Arademic  Advisement 

Academic  Advisement  for  Students  on  Academic  Probation 

Relating  to  Degree  Requirements 

Course  and  Study  Load 

Classification  of  Students 

Permission  for  Overload  or  Courses  at  Another  College 

Reports  and  Grades 

Honors 

Attendance 

Physical  Education  Program 

Academic  Probation  and  Dismissal 

Dropping  Courses 

Withdrawing  from  College 

Auditing 

System-Wide  Achievement  Testing  Program 


,'u.  s  liDi  \  i  si  rvices,  \c  nvi  I  IES 

Academic  Advisement 
Counseling  Sei  \  u  es 

Orientation 

Placement  Office 

Condiu  t 

Student  Activities  and  Organizations 

Student  Government 

Student  Publications 

Health 

Alumni  Office 

Housing 

Housing 

Atheletics 

Cultural  Opportunities 

Student  Code  of  Conduct 
III.  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 73 

Core  Curriculum 

Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science 

Teacher  Education  Programs 

Bachelog  of  Business  Administration 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology 

Associate  in  Arts  in  Nursing 

Associate  in  Science  in  Dental  Hygiene 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Dental  Hygiene  Education 

Associate  in  Arts  in  Police  Administration 

Associate  in  Arts 

Complete  List  of  Major  Programs  of  Four  Year 
and  Two  Year  Degrees 
X.  DEPARTMENTAL  COURSE  OFFERINGS  AND  REQUIRE- 
MENTS FOR  MAJORS  ....  93 

Allied  Health 

Biology 

Business  Administration 

Chemistry  and  Physics 

Education 

English 

Fine  Arts 

Foreign  Language 

History  and  Political  Science 

Mathematics 

Physical  Education 

Police  Administration 

Psychology  and  Sociology 
NDEX  1 5 1 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
1970-1971 


May 
June 
June 

July 

August 


September 


22 


12 

15 

16 

17 

14 

20-24 

7 

1011 

12-14 

18 


SUMMER  QUARTER,  1970 

Last  day  for  freshman  and  transfer  students  to  file 
all  papers   required   in    the   application   for   ad- 


mission. 


Last  day  for  transient  students  (for  Summer  Quar- 
ter only)  to  file  all  papers  required  in  the  ap- 
plication  for  admission. 

Registration 

Classes  begin 

Last  day  to  register  for  credit 

Last  day  to  enroll  in  any  class 

Mid-term  reports  due 

Pre-advisement  for  the  Fall  Quarter 

Last  day  of  class 

Reading  Dap 

Examinations 

Graduation 


FALU  QUARTER,  1970 

Last  day  for  freshman  and  transfer  students 
file  all  papers  required  in  the  application  for 
mission. 


to 
ad- 


15 

First  Faculty  Meeting 

17,  18,  21 

Orientation 

24,25 

Registration 

28 

Classes  begin 

29 

Last  day  to  register  for  credit 

30 

Last  day  to  enroll  in  any  class 

October           30 

Mid-term  reports  due 

November     9-13 

Pre-advisement  for  the  Winter  Quarter 

November  26-27 

Thanksgiving  Holidays    (Begin  at  12:30  P.  M. 

Nov.  25) 

December          4 

Last  day  of  classes 

December       7-8 

Reading  Days 

9-11 

Examinations 

14 

Christmas  Vacation  Begins 

on 


WINTER  QUARTER,  1971 

December         14  Last  day  for  freshman  and  transfei  students  to  file 

all  papers  required  in  the  application  for  ad- 


mission. 


4  Registration 

5  (lasses  begin 

6  Lasl  day  to  register  for  credit 

7  Lad  day  to  enrol]  In  any  class 

8  Mid-term  reports  due 

15-19  Pre-advisement  for  Spring  Quarter 

11  Last  day  of  classes 

12  Reading  day 
15-17  Examinations 

18  Spring  recess 


SPRING  QUARTER,   1971 

Last  day  for  freshman  and  transfer  students  to 
file  all  papers  required  in  the  application  for 
admission. 


24 

Registration 

25 

Classes  begin 

26 

Last  day  to  register  for  credit 

29 

Last  day  to  enroll  in  any  class 

21 

Mid-term  reports  due 

3-7 

Pre-advisement  for  the  Summer  Quarter. 

12 

Honors  Day  Assembly 

31 

Last  day  of  classes 

1 

Reading  day 

24 

Examinations 

8 

Graduation 

SUMMER  QUARTER,  1971 

21  Last  day  for  freshman  and  transfer  students  to  file 

all  papers   required  in   the   application   for  ad- 
mission. 

4  Last  day  for  transient  students   (for  Summer  Quar- 

ter only)    to  file  all  papers  required  in  the  ap- 
plication for  admission. 

14  Registration 

15  Classes  begin 

16  Last  day  to  register  for  credit 

17  Last  day  to  enroll  in  any  class 
13  Mid-term  reports  due 

19-23  Pre-advisement  for  the  Fall  Quarter 

9  Last  day  of  class 

10  Reading  day 

11-13  Examinations 

17  Graduation 


FALL  QUARTER,  1971 


September         1 

Last  day  for  freshman  and  transfer  students  to  file 
all  papers   required   in   the   application  for  ad- 
mission. 

14 

16,  17,  20 

First  Faculty  Meeting 
Orientation 

22 

Advisement  of  sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors 

23-24 
27 

September       28 
29 

October           29 

Registration 

Classes  begin 

Last  day  to  register  for  credit 

Last  day  to  enroll  in  any  class 

Mid-term  reports  due 

November    8-12 

Pre-advisement  for  the  Winter  Quarter 

25-26 

Thanksgiving  Holidays    (Begin  at  12:30  P.  M.  on 
November  24) 

December         3 

Last  day  of  classes 

6 
7-9 

Reading  day 
Examinations 

10 

Christmas  Vacation  Begins 

Armstrong  State  College  is  committed  to  the  offering  of  equal  educa- 
tional opportunity  to  all  students  regardless  of  race,  creed,  or  nationality. 
8 


I.    Governing  Board, 

Administration  and  Faculty 

MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

.  HIRAM  STANLEY,   Chairman  Columbus 

JOHN  W.  LANGDALE,   Vice  Chairman  Valdosta 

JACK  ADAIR  Atlanta 

JOHN  A.  BELL,  JR Dublin 

W.  LEE  BURGE  Atlanta 

(AMES  V.  CARMICHAEL Marietta 

G.  L.  DICKENS,  JR.  Milledgeville 

JAMES  A.  DUNLAP Gainesville 

ROY  V.  HARRIS  Augusta 

WILLIAM  S.  MORRIS,  III  Augusta 

JAMES  C.  OWEN,  JR Griffin 

I  MRS.  PATRICIA  PETERSON  Ailey 

JOHN  R.  RICHARDSON  Conyers 

JOHN  I.  SPOONER  . Donalsonville 

CAREY  WILLIAMS  Greensboro 


STAFF  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

George  L.  Simpson,  Jr.  Chancellor 

H.  F.  Robinson  Vice  Chancellor 

James  L.  Carmon  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor 

—  Computing  Systems 

Frank  C.  Dunham Director,  Construction 

and  Physical  Plant 

Mario  J.  Goglia Vice  Chancellor  -  Research 

Robert  M.  Joiner Director  of  Public  Affairs 

Shealy  E.  McCoy  Vice  Chancellor  - 

Fiscal  Affairs  and  Treasurer 

Henry  G.  Neal  Executive  Secretary 

Haskin  R.  Pounds  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor 


OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

Henry  L.  Ashmore  President 

H.  Dean  Propst  Dean  of  the  College 

James  T.  Rogers  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Donald  D.  Anderson  Associate  Dean  for 

Community  Services 

Jule  R.  Stanfield  Comptroller 

Joseph  L.  Adams,  Jr.  Assistant  Comptroller 

9 


George  S.  Hunnicutt  Registrar 

Vrginia  M.  Arey  Admissions  Officer 

Joseph  A.  Buck  Director  of  Student  Activities 

Lynn  Benson  Counselor  and  Psychometrist 

William  F.  Tyrrell,  Jr. Director  of  Public  Information 

Jack  H.  Padgett  Director,  Campus  Services 

HEADS  OF  DEPARTMENTS 

Doris  Bates  Allied  Health  Services 

Leslie  B.  Davenport,  Jr.  Biology 

Orange  W.  Hall  Business  Administration 

Fretwell  G.  Crider  Chemistry  and  Physics 

William  W.  Stokes  Education 

Hugh  Pendexter,  ///  English  and  Speech 

J.  Harry  Persse  Fine  Arts 

William  L.  Easterling Foreign  Languages 

Evans  C.  Johnson  History  and  Political  Science 

Regina   Yoast   Librarian 

John  S.  Hinkel    (Acting  Head)    Mathematics 

Roy  J.  Sims  Physical  Education 

Lawrence  E.  Mahany   (Coordinator)   Police  Administration 

Clarke  S.  Worthington  Psychology  and  Sociology 

ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

Miss  Marjorie  A.  Mosely  Secretary  to  the  President 

Mrs.  Elizabeth  H.  Carter  Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  the  College 

Mrs.  Virginia  D.  Nall  Administrative  Assistant  to  the 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Mrs.  Louise  W.  Wilkins  Secretary  to  the  Dean  of 

Student  Affairs 

Mrs.  Doris  Cole  Secretary  to  the  Director  of 

Student  Activities 

Mrs.  Margaret  J.  Sharpton Secretary  to  the  Registrar 

Mrs.  Joyce  Weldy  Secretary  to  Registrar  for  Records 

Miss  Roslyn  Daniel  Transcript  Credit  Analyst 

Mrs.  Harriet  Karlin  Secretary,  Admissions 

Mrs.  Bertis  Jones  /.  B.  M.  Operator 

Mrs.  Vicki  W.  Wilbur  L  B.  M.  Operator 

Mrs.  Naomi  Lantz  Secretaiy  to  the  Associate 

Dean  for  Community  Services 

Mrs.  Eugenia  Edwards  Head,  Circulation  Department 

Mrs.  Mae  C.  Rushing  Circulation  Assistant 

Mrs.  Susie  S.  Chirbas  Catalog  Assistant 

Mrs.  Patricia  Adler  Catalog  Assistant 

Mrs.  Hazel  P.  Thompson  Serials  Assistant 

Mrs.  Eleanor  M.  Salter Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

Mrs.  Corinne  H.  McGee  Assistant  to  the  Comptroller 

Mrs.  Becky  Martin  Secretary  to  the  Comptroller 

Mrs.  Rosemary  Anglin  Bookkeeper 

Mrs.  Jane  Holland  Cashier 

10 


Mrs.  Pk.cv  b.  Sironc  secretary  to  the  Departments  of 

History  and  Political  Science, 
<md  Psychology  and  Sociology 
\Iks.  Rebecka  Pattillo  Secretary  to  the  Department  of 

Mathematit  $ 
Mrs.  Frances  D.  MoGlohon  Secretary  to  the  Department  of 

Education 

Mrs.  VIRGINIA  I).  WlLLCOX  Administrative  Assistant  to  tlie 

Head  of  the  Department  of  Allied  Health  Services 

Mrs.  Mary  K.  Rvles  Secretary  to  the  Departments  of 

English  and  Speech,  Foreign 
Languages,  and  Fine  Arts 

Miss  Betty  Parker      Secretary  to  the  Department  of  Biology 

Mrs.  Maude  E.  Smith         Secretary  to  the  Department  of 

Business  Administration 

Mrs.  Edith  A.  Ladd Secretary  to  the  Department  of 

Chemistry  and  Physics,  and 
Police  Administration 

Mrs.  Jo  Ann  Hartline  Secretary  to  the  Department  of 

Physical  Education 

Mrs.  Betty  B.  Hunnicut  Secretary  to  the  Director  of 

Public  Information 

Richard  F.  Baker  Superintendent,  Buildings  and  Grounds 

[ra  Ryan  ] Assistant  Superintendent, 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

(Miss  Brenda  J.  Knight Secretary,  Buildings  and  Grounds 

Thomas  Nease  Manager,  Student  Center 

Miss  Elizabeth  Pound  Manager,  Book  Store 

Mrs.  Jo  Weeks  Campus  Nurse 

Mrs.  Launa  Johns Receptionist,  PBX  Operator 

Augustus  M.  Stalnaker  Supervisor  of  Mail 


THE  FACULTY 

BILL  E.  ALEXANDER,  A.  B.,  Morris  Harvey  College;  M.  E.,  Georgia 
Southern  College 

Athletic  Director  and 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

M.  LORRAINE  ANCHORS,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Baylor  University 
Professor  of  English 

DONALD    D.    ANDERSON,    B.S.,    Georgia    Southern    College;    M.A., 

Peabody  College;    Eel.   D.,  Auburn   University 

Associate  Dean  for  Community  Services 

HENRY  L.  ASHMORE,  B.A.E.,  M.A.E.,  D.  ED.,  University  of  Florida 

President 

*ARDELLA  PATRICIA  BALL,  A.B.,  Fisk  University;  M.S.L.S.,  Atlanta 
University 

Assistant  Professor 
Cataloger 

11 


DORIS  W.  BATES,  B.S.,  Simmons  College;  M.S.,  Boston  University 
Head,  Department   of  Allied  Health   Services 
Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  and  Dental  Hygiene 

GEORGE   H.   BEDWELL,   B.S.,   Sanford   University;    M.A.,   University 
of  Alabama 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

W.  ORSON  BEECHER,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Emory  University;  M.A.,  University 
of  Georgia 

Professor  of  History 

DOROTHY  G.  BELL,  B.  S.  N.  Ed.,  University  of  Georgia;  M.  N.,  Emory 
University 

Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

ALEX  D.  BELTZ,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Walla  Walla  College;  B.A.  of  Ed.,  Wes- 
tern Washington  State;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

*CARYL  JEAN   BELTZ,  B.   Mus.,  University  of  Southern  California; 
M.  Mus.,  Lewis  and  Clark  College 

Assistant  Professor  of  Applied  Music  (Piano) 

LYNN  BENSON,  A.B.,  M.  Ed.,  University  of  Georgia 
Counselor  and  Psychometrist 

SARVAN    K.   BHATIA,    B.A.,    M.A.,   Punjah   University;    Ph.D.,    Ohio 
State  University 

Professor  of  Economics 

ROSE  MARIE  BLASE,  B.S.  in  Nursing,  Mt.  St.  Agnes  College;   M.S., 
University  of  Maryland 

Instructor  in  Nursing 

SALLY  L.  BLITCH,  B.S.,  Armstrong  State  College 
Instructor  in  Dental  Hygiene 

MADALINE   P.    BONEY,   A.B.,   Winthrop   College;    M.    Ed.,    Georgia 
Southern  College 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

JOHN  G.  BREWER,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

**S.  KENT  BROOKS,  B.A.,  M.A.,  The  University  of  Texas 
Assistant  Professor  of  English 

*JOHN  H.  BROWER,  B.S.,  University  of  Maine;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Massachusetts 

Professor  of  Biology 

MOONYEAN  S.  BROWER,  B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

HUGH    R.   BROWN,   B.S.,   Xavier   University;    M.A.T.,   St.   Michael's 
College 

Assistant  Professor  of  English 


•i 


12 


VAYLAND    BROWN,    B.A.,    Emory    University;    M.A.,    University    of 
Washington 

Assistant  Projcssur  of  Mathematics 

OSEPH  A.  BUCK,  B.A.,  Auburn  University;   M.S.,  Florida  State  Uni- 
versity 

Director  of  Student  Activities 

JAMES  WALTER  CARTER,  A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Florida 

Instructor  in  English  and  Applied  Music   (Organ) 

ROSS  L.  CLARK,  B.A.,  Tulane  University 

Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Science 

BERNARD  J.  COMASKEY,  B.A.,  Fordham  College;   M.A.,  New  York 
University 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

•RANCIS  P.  COYLE,  B.A.,  Fordham  University 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

WILLIAM  E.  COYLE,  A.B.,  Emory  University;  M.A.,  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity; Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Professor  of  Political  Science 


FRETWELL  G.  CRIDER,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
Head,  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Physics 
Professor  of  Chemistry 

BETTY  C.  DALLAS,  B.S.,  West  Liberty  State  College 
Instructor  in  Dental  Hygiene 

LESLIE  B.  DAVENPORT,  JR.,  B.S.,  College  of  Charleston,  M.S.,  Vir- 
ginia Polytechnic  Institute;   Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
Head,  Department  of  Biology 
Professor  of  Biology 

LAMAR  W.  DAVIS,  B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina;  Certified 
Public  Accountant 

Professor  of  Business  Administration 

•DORIS  ELAINE  DEALING,  B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Denver 

Instructor  in  English 

WILLIAM    R.    DeCASTRO,    B.S.,   Florida   Southern   College;    M.B.A., 
University  of  Oklahoma 

Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

•MARGARET  ANN  DORROH,  B.S.N.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Instructor  in  Nursing 

NANCY  DUFFY,  B.S.,  University  of  Iowa 

Instructor  in  Nursing 

JOHN  DONALD  DUNCAN,  B.S.,  College  of  Charleston,  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  South  Carolina 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

*MARY  LOUISE  DYKES,  B.S.,  College  of  St.  Elizabeth 

Instructor  in  Nutrition    (Allied  Health  Services) 

13 


WILLIAM  L.  EASTERLING,  B.S.,  Western  Carolina  College;  M.A., 
Middlebury  College;  Ph.D..  University  of  Georgia;  Diploma,  Sor- 
bonne,   France 

Head,  Department  of  Foreign  Languages 
Professor  of  French  and  Spanish 

MARIANNA   A.   ELDREDGE,   B.S.,   M.S.,  University  of  Georgia 
Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

JOHN  FINDEIS,  B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 


*JULIAN  R.   FRIEDMAN,  B.A.,   Emory  University;   LL.B.,  University 
of  Georgia;  LL.M.,  New  York  University 

Instructor  in   Business  Administration 

JIMM1E   F.    GROSS,   B.A.,   Baylor   University:    B.D.,   Southern   Baptist 
Seminary;   M.A.,  Auburn  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

ORANGE  W.  HALL,  B.S.,  Air  Force  Institute  of  Technology;  M.B.A., 
Hofstra  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

Head,  Department  of  Business  Administration 
Professor  of  Business  Administration 

JOHN   R.   HANSEN,   B.S.,   Troy  State  College;   M.   Ed.,   University  of 
Georgia 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

HENRY  E.  HARRIS,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology 

Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

*  RICHARD    M.    HARRIS,    B.S.,    Auburn   University;    M.B.A.,    Emory 
LTniversity 

Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

RICHARD  HAUNTON,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Indiana  University;  Ph.D.,  Emory 
University 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

♦TED  HENKLE,  Diploma,  Julliard  School  of  Music 
Instructor  in  Applied  Music   (Violin) 

RAYMOND  L.  HILL,  B.S.,  United  States  Military  Academy;  B.S.C.E., 
University  of  California;   M.S.,   University  o^  Florida 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

JOHN   S.   HINKEL,    M.S.,   Unversity  of  Florida;   Ph.D.,   University   of 
South  Carolina 

Acting  Head,  Department  of  Mathematics 
Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

♦BARBARA  A.  HOFER,  First  Flutist,  Savannah  Symphony  Orchestra 
Instructor  in  Applied  Music    (Flute) 

♦ALPHIA  MILJJS  HUGHES,  B.S.E.,  Arkansas  State  Teachers  College; 
M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University 

Assistant  Professor 
Cataloger 

14 


Gl.okci   S.  HUNNICU  I  I  .  B.S.,  M.S.,  East    I  ennessee  State  Universit) 

Registrar 

MARVIN  V.JENKINS,  B.S.,  M.A.,  University  oi  Georgia 
Assistant  Professoi  o}  English 

MAX    I.  fOHNS,  B.B.A.,  M.A.,  University  <>!  Georgia 
Assistant   Professor  o)   Economics 

HI  1  IV  1).  JOHNSON,  A.B.,   M.A.,  Stetson   University;   M.S.L.S.,  Col- 
umhia  University 

Ass  is  (a  nt  Professor 
Head  Cataloger 

IVANS  C.  JOHNSON,  A.B.,  MA.,  University  of  Alabama;   Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina 

Head,  Department   of  History  and  Political  Science 
Professor  of  History 

*()  IIS  SAMUEL  JOHNSON,  A. A.,  Armstrong  State  College;  A.B.,  Uni- 
versity  ol"  Georgia;   M.S.W.;   Atlanta   University. 

Instructor  in  Sociology 

JAMES  LAND  JONES,  B.A.,  University  of  Tulsa;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  Uni- 
versity;  Ph.D.,  Tnlane  University 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

•JAMES  \\.   KELSAW,   B.A.,  Tab  clega  College;   M.A.,  Eisk  Univers- 
ity;  Ph.D.,   Washington  State  University. 

Callaway  Professor  of  Sociology,  Savannah  State  College 

JOSEPH  1.  KILLORIN,  A.B.,  St.  John's  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia 

University 

Callaway  Professor  of  Literature  and  Philosophy 

MICHAEL   A.   LaBURTIS,   B.B.A.,   University  of  Cineinnati;    M.B.A., 
Bowling  Green  State  University 

Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

OSMOS   LANIER,   JR.,    B.A.,   LaGrange   College;    ALA.,   Auburn   Uni- 
versity;   Ph.D.,    University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

*E.    BENTLEY    LIPSCOMB,    B.B.A.,    University    of   Georgia;    M.S.W., 
Florida  State  University 

Instructor  in  Sociology 

MARGARET  S.  LUBS,  B.  Mus.,  Converse  College;  B.A.,  University  of 
Georgia;    M.A.,  Columbia  University 

Professor  of  English  and  French 

JOHN  C.  MCCARTHY,  JR.,  B.B.A.,  University  of  Miami;   M.B.A.,  Ph. 
D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

*ELMO  M.  McCRAY,  JR.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama 

Instructor  in  Biology 

KENNETH   P.    McKlNNELL,    B.F.A.,    M.F.A.,   University   of   Georgia 
Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

15 


♦CHARLES  A.  McMURRAY,  JR.,  B.S.,  High  Point  College;  M.A.,  Ur 
versity  of  North  Carolina 

Instructor  in  Chemistry 

♦LAWRENCE  E.  MAHANY,  A.B.,  St.  Mary's  College;  M.S.,  Michigc 
State  University 

Co-ordinator ,  Police  Administration 
Assistant  Processor  of  Police  Administration 

ANNE  MAYER,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

ROBERT    E.    L.    MORGAN,    B.B.A.,    M.A.,    Memphis    State    Unive 
sity;  Certified  Public  Accountant 

Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

♦ABRAHAM  R.  NEIMAN,  LL.B.,  St.  John's  University 
Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

SAMUEL  L.  NEWBERRY,  JR.,  B.S.  Ed.,  M.  Ed.,  Ed.  D.,  Universi 
of   Georgia 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

JOHN  F.  NEWMAN,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland;  M.A.,  Georgetov 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

DAVID  A.  NOBLE,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Boston  University 
Assistant  Professor  of  German 

♦ELLIOT  H.  PALEFSKY,  B.S.,  University  of  Georgia;  Ed.  M.,  Temp 
University 

Instructor  in  Psychology 

♦JOHN  M.  PARR,  B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology 

Instructor  in  Engineering  and  Mathematics 

ROBERT  L.  PATTERSON,  B.A.,  Kentucky  Wesleyan  College;   M.A 
University  of  Kentucky 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

JACK  H.  PADGETT,  A.B.,  Wofford  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Nort 
Carolina 

Director }  Campus  Services 

C.  GLENN  PEARCE,  B.B.A.,  University  of  Georgia;  M.A.,  New  Yoi 

University 

Assistant   Professor   of   Business  Administration 

HUGH  PENDEXTER,  III,  A.B.,  Bowdoin  College;  M.A.,  Northwester 
University;   Ph.D.,   University  of  Pennsylvania 

Head,  Department  of  English  and  Speech 
Professor  of  English 

J.    HARRY   PERSSE,   B.F.A.,    University   of   Georgia;    M.M.,   D.    Mu< 
Florida  State  University 

Head,  Department  of  Fine  Arts 
Professor  of  Music 

ROBERT  I.  PHILLIPS,  D.M.D.,  Harvard  School  of  Dental  Median 
Assistant  Professor  of  Dental  Hygiene 

16 


LLEN  I..  PINGEL,  B.A.,  M  \  I  .  University  <>i  North  Carolina 

Assistant  I'rofesso)   of   Biology 

\    DEAN   PROPST,  B.A.,  Wake  Foresi  College;   M  \  ,  Ph.D.,  Peabod\ 
College 

Dean  of  the  College 

[ARY     MARGARE1      RALSTON,    A.B.,     Florida    State    University; 
M.S.W.,  Tulane  Universit) 

Assistant  Professor  o\  Sociology 

IRGINIA    RAMSEY,    A.B.,    Vanderbilt    University;    MAT.,    Emory 
Universit\ 

Assistant  Professor  of  English 

[OCELYN  S.  RE1TER,  B.  Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music;  M.  Mus., 
University  ot  Nebraska 

Instructor  in   Applied  Music    (Voice) 

AUL  E.  ROBBINS,  B.S.,  University  ot   Pennsylvania;   Ph.D.,  Georgia 
Institute  of  Technology 

Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

AMES  T.   ROGERS,  B.S.,  Delta  State  College;   Ed.  D„  Florida  State 
University 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

■ 

SOL   RUNDBAKEX,    B.F.A.,    M.Ed.,    University   of   Georgia;    Ph   D., 
Michigan  State  University 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

ANDREW  J.  RYAN,  III,  LL.B.,  Mercer  University 
Instructor  in  Police  Administration 

YLVIA  ANN  SANDERS,  B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Instructor  in  Pltysical  Education 

,'E1L  B.  SATTERFIELD,  A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  M.S.S.W., 
University  of  Tennessee 

Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

OHN  L.  SAUNDERS,  B.A.,  University  of  Arkansas;   M.S.,  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Notre  Dame 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

GARY  W.  SCHLEGEL,  B.A.,  DePauw  University;   M.B.A.,  Northwes- 
tern  University 

Instructor  iti  Business  Administration 

EA  LESLIE  SEALE,  B.A.,  University  of  Southwestern  Louisiana;  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

Professor  of  English 

\MES  L.  SEMMES,  B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy;   M.S.,  Florida 
State  University 

Assistant  Professor  of  MatJiematics 

3E  C.  SHEFFIELD,  B.S.  Ed.,  M.  Ed.,  Georgia  Southern  College 
Assistant  Professor  of  Matliematics 

VIARK  M.  SILVERS,  JR.,  B.B.A.,  J.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

17 


•ALEXANDER  A.  SIMON,  JR.,  B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technolog 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor  in   Business  Administration 

ROY  J.  SIMS,  B.S.,  David  Lipscomb  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Te 
nessee 

Head,  Department  of  Physical  Education 
Professor  of  Physical  Education 

KAREN  ALICE  SMITH,  B.A.,  Sam  Houston  State  College 
Acting  Acquisitions  and  Serials  Librarian 

CHARLES  E.  SNELLGROVE,  JR.,  B.A.,  Florida  Southern  Colleg 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

HARRY  H.  SQUIRES,  B.S.  B.A.,   M.A.,  University  of  Florida 

Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

JULE  R.  STANFIELD,  A.A.,  Armstrong  State  College 

Comptroller 

*  RONALD  STOFFEL,  A.B.,  San  Francisco  State  College;  M.  Mus.,  Ui 
versity  of  Illinois. 

Conductor,  Savannah  Symphony  Orchestra 
Instructor  in  Music 

WILLIAM  W.  STOKES,  B.A.  Ed.,  M.  Ed.,  Ed.  D„  University  of  Flori< 
Head,  Department  of  Education 
Professor  of  Education 

CEDR1C  STRATTON,  B.Sc,  Nottingham  University,  England;  Ph.I 
Birkbeck  College,  London,  England 

Associate  Professor  of   Chemistry 

ROBERT  I.  STROZ1ER,  A.B.,  University  of  Georgia;  M.A,  Ph.I 
Florida  State   University 

Professor  of  English 

MR.  JOHN  SUCHOWER,  B.A.,  Fairfield  University;  M.A.,  Universi 
of  Detroit 

Assistant  Professor  of  English  and  Speech 
Director  of  the  "Masquers" 

CAROL  HELEN  SUTTON,  B.S.N. ,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Instructor  in  Nursing 

RUTH  E.  SWINSON,  B.S.  in  Ed.,  Georgia  Southern  College;  MA.  ; 
Library  Science,  George  Peabody  College  of  Teachers 
Assistant  Professor 
Reference  Librarian 

**LAWRENCE  M.  TAPP,  B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

DOROTHY  M.  THOMPSON,  A.B.,  Monmouth  College;  MA.,  Nort 
western  University;  Certificate  in  Psychiatric  Social  Work,  Westei 
Reserve  University 

Professor  of  Psychology 

FRANCIS  M.  THORNE,  III,  B.S.,  Stetson  University;  Ph.D.,  Universi 
of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

18 


•  •  \l  \r\   C.    I  OR!  \\.  B.S.,    I  ennessee  A  and  I  Stati    University;  M. 
lil..  Wayne  State  University;  Ed.D.,  Vw  ^  <  >i  k  University. 
Chairman ,  Division   o\  Business  Administration, 
Savannah  state  College 
l  DWARD  FRANKLIN  WALLS.  JR.,   \  ,B.,  Oglethorpe  University;  M. 
Ed.,  liti(»i\   University 

Instructor  in   Business  Administration 
All.  1-.  WARD.  lis..  Georgia    reachers  College;  M.  Ed.,  Ed  1).,  Uni- 
versity  oi  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
Director  of  Professional   Laboratory   Experiences 
FREDERICK  G.  WE1SER,  B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music;  Solo  Clari- 
net. Savannah  Symphony  Orchestra 

Instructor  in  Applied  Music    (Clarinet) 
N    HARVEY  Will/.   B.B.A.,  LL.B.,  University  of  Georgia 

Instructor  in   Business  Administration 
OHN  A.  WELSH,  111,  A.B.,  Davidson  College;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  Uni- 
versity 

Assistant  Professor  of  English 
JHARLES   C.   WHITE,   B.S.,    East   Carolina   College;    M.A.,   Southern 
Illinois  University 

Assistant  Professor  of  English 
ArlLLIAM  S.  WINN,  B.D.,  A.B.,   Emory  University;   M.A.,  University 
of  North  Carolina 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

XARKE   S.    WORTHINGTON,    B.A.,   University   of  Arizona;    ALA., 

Northern  Illinois  University;   Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

Head,  Department  of  Psychology 

Professor  of  Psychology 

t.  C.  WU,  B.A.,   Grinnell  College;   M.A.,  Ph.D.,   Princeton  University 

Professor  of  History  and  Political  Science 
IEGINA  M.  YOAST,  B.A.,  Texas  Christian  University;  B.S.  in  Library 
Science,  Columbia  University 

Associate  Professor 
Head  Librarian 


Part-time  Instructor 
*On  leave  of  absence 
••Courtesy  Appointment 

ARMSTRONG  COLLEGE  COMMISSION 

Hie  Commission  controls  certain  endowment  and  scholarship  funds. 
DR.   IRVING  VICTOR,   Chairman 
MR.  EDWARD  BARTLETT 
MRS.  ARCHIE  HERMAN 
MR.  JOHN  A.  PETERS,  JR. 
MR.  JOHN  RANITZ,  JR. 
MR.  HARRY  SWICORD 
Ex-Officio 

DR.  THORD  MARSHALL 

ROBERT  F.  LOVETT,  The  Honorable 

J.  CURTIS  LEWIS,  JR.,  The  Honorable 

MR.  ANDREW  P.   CALHOUN 

MR.   RICHARD   FRANKLIN 


19 


II.    Purposes  and  Programs 


It  is  the  purpose  ol  Armstrong  State  College  to  furnish  students 
with  a  basic  understanding  of  the  intellectual  structure  of  civilized 
life  and  to  provide  some  of  the  knowledge  and  experience  necessary  to 
enable    them   to   become   responsible   contributors    to   their   civilization. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  and  the  core 
curriculum  of  all  programs  are  directed  primarily  toward  the  develop- 
ment of  attitudes  and  habits  of  mind  leading  toward  intellectual  and 
emotional  maturity  of  the  individual  while  providing  a  foundation  of 
knowledge  with  orientation  for  future  learning.  Fundamental  con- 
cepts of  natural  phenomena  and  their  interactions  are  provided  by 
study  in  the  physical  and  biological  sciences.  The  behavior  of  man 
is  explored  in  the  social  sciences.  The  humanities  deal  with  man's 
experience  of  life  in  nature  and  society  through  the  study  of  his  mental 
and  spiritual  creations:   language,  art,  history,  philosophy,  and  religion. 

In  addition  to  these  programs,  the  complex  professional  resources 
of  the  college  make  it  the  center  of  professional  programs,  such  as  those 
in  elementary  and  secondary  education,  business  administration,  nursing, 
dental  hygiene,  and  police  administration,  which  require  a  sound  aca- 
demic training  as  well  as  the  development  of  professional  skills. 

No  college  degree  program  can  provide  the  total  education  of  an 
individual;  all  persons  must  continue  to  learn  throughout  their  lives 
or  suffer  intellectual  atrophy.  The  college,  therefore,  also  becomes  the 
natural  center  for  the  creation  of  numerous  programs,  often  through 
short  non-credit  courses  and  institutes,  which  apply  the  college's  re- 
sources to  the  many  problems  arising  in  a  large  urban  community 
and  to  satisfying  the  desire  of  its  citizens  for  continuing  education.  In 
this  sense  the  educational  role  of  this  college  is  truly  multi-purpose. 


FOUR-YEAR  DEGREES 

Bachelor  of  Arts  in  the  fields  of  history,  English,  music,  political 
science,   and  psychology. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  fields  of  biology,  chemistry,  and  mathe- 
matics. 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration   in   the  fields  of  accounting, 
management-marketing,    economics,    and  finance. 

(Each  of  these  above  degrees  may  be  taken  along  with  an  approved 
program  leading  to  certification   for  secondary  school  teaching.) 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  —  Speech  Correction 

20 


Bachelor  oi  Science  in  Elemental*)  Education, 
Bachelor  oi  Science  in  Medical    rechnology. 
Bacheloi  oi  Science  in   Dental  Hygiene  Education. 

I  WO-YEAR  DEGREES 

IIr-  following  two-yeai  degrees  are  offered  as  preparation  for  high- 
i  degrees  in  the  Liberal  arts  and  professions  and  foi  positions  in  business: 

Associate  in  Arts 

.Associate  in  Arts  in  Nursing 

(This  degree  prepares  graduates  for  the  state  exami- 
nation for  licensure  as  registered  nurses.) 

Associate  in  Science  in  Dental  Hygiene 

Associate  in  Arts  in  Police  Administration 


PRE-PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS 

Armstrong  State  College  offers  the  first  year  of  programs  in  forestry 
tad  veterinary  medicine;  the  first  two  years  of  programs  in  engineering, 
ndustrial  management,  physical  education,  physics,  pharmacy;  the  first 
;hree  years,  or  the  entire  pre-professional  programs,  in  dentistry,  law, 
nedicine,  optometry,  and  other  fields.  The  student  planning  to  trans- 
fer from  Armstrong  State  College  into  a  professional  or  academic  major 
program  not  offered  here  should,  at  the  beginning  of  his  freshman 
/ear,  consult  the  catalog  requirements  of  the  school  he  plans  to  attend. 

HISTORY  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

Armstrong  State  College  was  founded  on  May  27,  1935,  as  Arm- 
itrong  Junior  College,  by  the  Mayor  and  Alderman  of  the  City  of  Sa- 
vannah to  meet  a  long  felt  need  for  a  college  in  the  community.  The 
College  was  housed  in  the  Armstrong  Building,  a  gift  to  the  city  from 
the  family  of  George  F.  Armstrong,  and  over  the  years  built  or  acquired 
five  more  buildings  in  the  neighborhood  of  Forsyth  Park  and  Monterey 
Square. 

The  College,  as  Armstrong  College  of  Savannah,  became  a  two- 
year  unit  of  the  University  System  of  Georgia  on  January  1,  1959,  under 
the  control  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  System. 

In  1962,  the  Mills  Bee  Lane  Foundation  purchased  a  new  campus 
site  of  over  200  acres,  selected  by  the  Regents.  The  new  campus,  with 
seven  new  buildings,  was  occupied  in  December,   1965. 

21 


In  1964,  the  Regents  conferred  upon  Armstrong  the  status  of  a 
four-year  college,  with  the  right  to  offer  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  and  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration. 
The  College  now  oilers  sixteen  major  programs  leading  to  these 
degrees,  and,  in  addition,  the  two-year  .Associate  Degree  in  Nursing,  in 
Dental  Hygiene,  and  in  Police  Administration. 

The  College  community  includes  approximately  2,200  studtnts  and 
90  full-time  faculty  members. 

Armstrong  State  College  was  fully  accredited  as  a  senior  institu- 
tion by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools  in  December, 
1968,  with  accreditation  retroactive  to  January  1,  1968. 


LIBRARY 

The  Lane   Library   is  housed   in   an  attractive   two-story  building, 
centrally  located  near  classrooms  and  the  student  center.     The  library  is 
well  lighted,  air  conditioned,  fully  carpeted  and  handsomely  furnished.! 
Reading  rooms  and  individual  carrel  desks  are  available  on  both  floors. 
Faculty  carrels  and  group  study  rooms  are  available  on  the  second  floor. 

The  resources  of  the  Library  include  approximately  60,000  books, 
numerous  documents  and  pamphlets,  and  a  collection  of  micro-forms 
and  recordings.     Over  500  periodicals  and  newspapers  are  received. 

Services  and  regulations  are  specified  in  the  library  handbook,  avail- 
able on  request  to  the  Librarian  of  the  college. 


OFFICE  OF  COMMUNITY  SERVICES 

Short  Courses,  ]Vorksliops  and  Seminars  are  planned,  organized 
and  administered  by  the  office  in  response  to  group  interest,  or  to  meet 
a  community  need  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Associate  Dean  for 
Community  Services.  All  are  offered  on  a  non-credit  basis  and,  except 
in  a  very  few  cases,  there  are  no  special  requirements  or  prerequisites 
for  admission.  Brochure  ol  the  non-credit  and  credit  courses,  under  the 
heading  of  "Schedule  oi  Evening  Classes"  is  mailed  before  the  beginning 
of  every  quarter;  anyone  wishing  to  do  so  may  have  his  name  placed  on 
this  mailing  list.  Subjects  covered  vary  widely;  the  series  is  designed 
to  offer  something  to  appeal  to  almost  any  adidt  taste,  from  Computer 
Programming  to  Interior  Decoration.  The  Dean  is  always  glad  to  ar- 
range courses  for  candidates  preparing  to  take  professional  examinations 
in  engineering,  insurance,  real  estate,  and  in  other  areas;  the  college  has 
been  approved  as  an  Examination  Center  for  a  number  of  these  ex- 
aminations. One-day  workshops,  such  as  the  annual  Writers'  Workshop, 
are  also  planned  and  managed  by  this  office. 

22 


K\  IX IXC.  CLASSES 

In  addition  to  the  lull  daytime  ichedule,   Armstrong  offers  .1  iched* 
U-  ot  classes  in   the  evening,   including  mosi   <>l   the  required  courses 
some  programs  leading  towards  .1  degree. 


iM 


Students  employed  during  the  da)  must  limit  then  enrollment  to 
>ne  or  two  courses  each  quarter. 


INDUSTRIAL  CO-OP  PROGRAM 

li  is  possible,  in  some  cases,  for  a  student  to  plan,  with  the  head 
>f  his  major  department,  a  schedule  that  allows  alternate  quarters  of 
ull-time  work  in  industry  or  business  and  full-time  college  study  in  a 
legree  program.  Interested  students  should,  after  discussion  with  their 
lepartment  heads,  inquire  concerning  placement  possibilities  with  the 
Placement  Office  under  the  Associate  Dean  for  Community  Services. 


STUDENT  EXCHANGE  PROGRAM 
WITH  SAVANNAH  STATE  COLLEGE 

A  student  enrolled  at  Savannah  State  College  or  at  Armstrong 
^tate  College  as  a  full-time  student  has  the  privilege  of  taking  at  least 
me  course  with  his  Dean's  approval  at  the  other  college  without  paying 
in  additional  fee.  A  student,  for  instance,  may  take  two  courses  in  his 
riome  college  paying  full  lees  and  one  course  at  the  other  college,  which 
would  be  transferred  back  to  his  home  college,  or  a  student  with  at  least 
1  "B"  average  in  the  preceding  quarter  may  take  three  courses  at  his 
aome  college,  paying  full  fees,  and  register  at  the  other  college  for  an 
additional  course  without  additional  cost. 


A  student  may  obtain  in  the  Registrar's  Office  the  proper  form  for 
permission  to  register  for  courses  at  Savannah  State  College. 


23 


III.    Admission  to  the  College 

Application  forms  for  admission  to  Armstrong  State  College  are 
provided  by  the  Admissions  Officer  upon  request.  An  application  can- 
not be  considered  until  all  required  forms  are  properly  executed  and 
returned  to  the  Admissions  Office.  Applications  must  be  on  file  in  the 
Admissions  Office  at  least  twenty  days  before  the  opening  of  the  quar- 
ter in  which  the  applicant  wishes  to  enter.  Deadlines  for  submitting 
applications  for  the  1970-71  session  are: 

For  Summer  Quarter,  1970  — May  22    (New  freshmen  and 

transfers) 

June  5  (Transient  students  — 
Summer  only) 

For  Fall  Quarter,  1970  —September  2 

For  Winter  Quarter,  1971  — December  14 

For  Spring  Quarter,  1971  — March  1 

For  Summer  Quarter,  1971  — May  26    (New  freshmen  and 

transfers) 

— June  4    (Transient  students — 
Summer  only) 

For  Fall  Quarter,  1971  — September  1 


The  applicant  must  be  at  least  sixteen  years  old  on  or  before 
registration  date  and  must  give  evidence  of  good  moral  character,  prom- 
ise of  growth  and  development,  seriousness  of  purpose,  and  a  sense  of 
social  responsibility.  Armstrong  State  College  reserves  the  right  to  ex- 
amine and  appraise  the  character,  the  personality,  and  the  physical  fit- 
ness of  the  applicant.  The  College  further  reserves  the  right  to  ex- 
amine any  applicant  by  the  use  of  psychological,  achievement,  and  apti- 
tude tests  and  to  require  additional  biographical  data  and  an  interview 
before  the  applicant  is  accepted  or  rejected.  If  an  interview  is  required 
the  applicant  will  be  notified. 

Armstrong  State  College  reserves  the  right  to  refuse  to  accept 
any  or  all  of  the  credits  from  any  high  school  or  other  institution, 
notwithstanding  its  accredited  status,  when  the  College  determines 
through  investigation  or  otherwise  that  the  quality  of  instruction  at 
such  high  school  or  other  institution  is  for  any  reason  deficient  or  unsat- 
isfactory.    The  judgment  of  the  College  on  this  question  shall  be  final. 

The  Admissions  Officer  may  refer  any  applicant  to  the  Admissions 
Committee  of  the  College  for  study  and  advice.     The  ultimate  decision 


24 


.is  to  whethei  an  applicanl  shall  be  accepted  oi  rejected  shall  be  made 
by  the  Admissions  Officei  subject  to  the  applicant's  right  oi  appeal  as 
provided  in  the  policies  ol  the  Board  oi  Regents  <>l  the  University  Sys- 
tem. 

On  the  basis  ol  hi^  achievement  as  reflected  by  his  high  school 
grades  and  on  his  potential  ability  as  shown  l»\  his  scores  on  the  Scho- 
lastic Aptitude  Test,  an  evaluation  <>l  each  applicant's  readiness  to 
undertake  college  work  will  be  made. 

The  Admissions  Office!  shall,  as  promptly  as  practicable,  inform 
the  applicant  of  the  action   taken   upon   his  application. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  terminate  acceptance  of  applica- 
tions when  enrollment  capacity  is  reached.  The  College  further  re- 
sen  es  the  right  to  reject  an  applicant  who  is  not  a  resident  of  the  State 
of  Georgia. 

All  students  enrolled  at  Armstrong  State  College  are  required  to 
sign  the  Honor  Pledge  at  the  time  of  their  initial  registration.  For  a 
detailed  explanation  of  the  Honor  System  see  the  REGULATIONS 
section  of  this  catalogue. 

Specific  requirements  for  admission  are  discussed  below. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  FRESHMAN  APPLICANTS 

1.  a.  Certificate  of  graduation  from  an  accredited  high  school. 
A  transcript  of  the  applicant's  high  school  record  must  be  submitted  by 
the  high  school  directly  to  the  College  and  must  show  credit  for  a  mini- 
mum of  sixteen  units,  including  the  following  specific  subjects: 

English  —  4  units 

Mathematics  —  2  units  (One  unit  must  be  in  algebra, 
although  two  units  of  algebra  are  desirable.  For 
students  entering  the  engineering  or  scientific 
fields,  two  units  of  algebra  and  one  of  geometry 
are  needed.) 

Science  —  2  units 

Social  Studies  —  2  units 

Other  units  sufficient  to  graduate. 

OR  b.  Successful  completion  of  the  General  Educational  Devel- 
opment Test  (GED)  with  no  score  less  than  45.  A  score  report  form 
must  be  submitted  directly  to  the  college  by  the  United  States  Armed 
Forces  Institute,  Madison,  Wisconsin  53703  (if  the  student  took  the 
test  while  in  military  service)  or  from  the  GED  testing  center  where 
the  student  took  the  test.  A  student  under  twenty  years  of  age  who  pre- 
sents GED  test  scores  must,  in  addition,  (1)  have  a  transcript  of  his 
high  school  record  mailed  from  the  high  school  directly  to  the  College 

25 


and  (2)  obtain  a  recommendation  from  the  principal  of  the  last  high 
school  attended  on  a  form  provided  upon  request  by  the  Admissions 
Office. 

2.  Satisfactory  scores  on  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  of  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  Official  results  of  this  test  must 
be  filed  with  the  Admissions  Office  by  the  final  date  for  submitting 
application  for  the  quarter  in  which  the  student  wishes  to  enroll. 

The  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  is  given  in  all  states  and  numerous 
foreign  countries  in  November.  December,  January,  March,  May,  and 
July.  Students  wishing  to  make  application  to  take  the  test  may  secure 
application  forms  from  their  secondary  school  principal  or  counselor,  or 
by  writing  directly  to  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  Box 
592,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540,  or  Box  1025,  Berkeley,  California 
94701,  for  an  application  form  and  the  Bulletin  of  Information  which 
is  available  without  charge.  Applicants  who  wish  to  enroll  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  Winter  Quarter  should  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
in  November. 

3.  Application  fee  of  S10  which  must  accompany  the  application 
form.  This  fee  does  not  bind  Armstrong  State  College  to  admit  the 
applicant  nor  does  it  indicate  acceptance  of  the  applicant's  qualifications. 
The  fee  will  not  be  credited  toward  the  matriculation  fee  in  the  event 
that  the  applicant  is  accepted  as  a  student  and  it  will  not  be  refunded 
in  the  event  that  the  applicant  does  not  enroll  as  a  student.  An  appli- 
cent  who  fails  to  enroll  in  the  quarter  for  which  he  is  accepted  must  re- 
apply for  admission  if  he  wishes  to  enter  the  institution  at  a  later  time 
by  resubmission  of  fee  by  the  date  specified. 

4.  Emergence  Surgery  or  Medication  Permit  signed  by  the  par- 
ents of  a  student  (or  the  student  himself  if  over  21  years  of  age)  must 
be  returned  prior  to  admission  either  authorizing  or  not  authorizing 
the  College  to  take  whatever  action  is  deemed  necessary  in  the  case  of  an 
emergency  until  the  parents  can  be  reached. 

5.  Physical  examinations  prior  to  admission  are  required  for  all 
entering  students  with  the  exception  of  the  following:  evening  students 
special  students,  transient  students,  and  auditors. 


ADVANCED  PLACEMENT 

Armstrong  State  College  gives  advanced  placement,  or  in  some 
cases  college  credit,  for  college  level  high  school  courses,  on  the  basi; 
of  the  high  school  teacher's  recommendation,  the  student's  grade  on  th< 
Advanced  Placement  Examination  of  the  CEEB,  and  approval  by  the 
appropriate  department  head   ol   Armstrong  State  College. 

26 


QU  \RI  ER  ON-TRIAL 

\  Georgia  applicant  foi  admission  to  the  freshman  t  Kiss  who  has 
iot  previously  attended  any  other  college  and  whose  predicted  first- 
fear-average  grade  does  not  qualify  him  for  regulai  admission  may  be 
idmitted  to  the  Quarter-On-Trial  Program. 

\  student  admitted  to  the  Quarter-On-Trial  Program  must  enroll 
n  the  appropriate  freshman  English  course;  and  with  the  recommenda- 
tion of  his  facult)  advisor,  he  m a\  enroll  for  as  many  as  two  additional 
uademie  courses.  1»\  satisfactorily  completing  the  appropriate  English 
omse  and  by  meeting  the  grade-point-average  requirements  specified 
n  t  lu-  table  on  page  BO,  a  Quarter-On-Trial  student  may  qualify  for 
ontinuation  in  the  next  quarter  as  a  regular  student. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  TRANSFER  APPLICANTS 

1.  Transfer  applicants  will  follow  the  same  procedures  as  fresh- 
nan  applicants,  except  that  transfer  applicants  who  will  have  achieved 
iophomorc  standing  at  the  time  of  their  entrance  will  not  be  required 
o  submit   their  high  school  records.     Such  records  may  be  required  by 

the  Admissions  Office  but  normally  the  transcripts  of  previous  college 
records  will  suffice  in  place  of  the  high  school  record.  A  transfer  appli- 
cant must  ask  the  Registrar  of  each  college  he  has  previously  attended 
to  mail  an  official  transcript  of  his  record  to  the  Admissions  Office  at 
Armstrong  State  College,  regardless  of  the  transferability  of  the  credits. 

2.  Transfer  applicants  with  less  than  sophomore  standing  (less 
than  45  quarter  hours  completed)  must  meet  entrance  requirements  of 
both  freshman  and  transfer  applicants  and  will  be  required  to  submit 
their  high  school  records  as  well  as  transcripts  of  college  records. 

3.  A  transfer  applicant  will  not  be  eligible  for  admission  to 
Armstrong  State  College  unless  he  is  eligible  to  return  to  the  last  col- 
lege attended  on  the  date  he  expects  to  enter  Armstrong.  A  student 
who  is  on  suspension  from  another  college  because  of  poor  scholarship 
or  disciplinary  reasons  will  not  be  eligible  for  admission. 

■1.  A  transfer  applicant  will  be  considered  for  admission  to  Arm- 
strong State  College  if,  on  all  work  attempted  at  other  institutions,  his 
academic  performance  as  shown  by  his  grade  point  average  is  equivalent 
to  the  minimum  standard  required  by  Armstrong  State  College  stu- 
dents of  comparable  standing.  (See  chart  under  Academic  Probation 
and  Dismissal  Policy  on  page  60.) 

5.  Credit  will  be  given  for  transfer  work  in  which  the  student 
received  a  grade  of  "D"  or  above  with  the  percentage  of  "D"  grades  not 
to  exceed  twenty  (20)  per  cent  of  the  total  hours  being  transferred. 
College  credit  will  not  be  allowed  for  such  courses  as  remedial  English 
and  remedial  mathematics  or  courses  basically  of  secondary  school  level. 

27 


6.  Credits  earned  at  an  institution  which  is  not  a  member  of 
the  appropriate  regional  accrediting  agency  can  be  accepted  on  a  pro- 
visional basis  only.  A  student  transferring  from  an  institution  which 
is  not  a  member  of  a  regional  accrediting  agency  must  achieve  a  "G" 
average  on  his  first  fifteen  quarter  hours  of  work  at  Armstrong  in  order 
to  be  eligible  to  continue.  In  certain  areas  he  may  be  required  to  vali- 
date credits  by  examination.  In  computing  cumulative  grade  averages, 
only  the  work  attempted  at  Armstrong  will  be  considered. 

7.  The  amount  of  credit  that  Armstrong  will  allow  for  work 
done  in  another  institution  within  a  given  period  of  time  may  not  ex- 
ceed the  normal  amount  of  credit  that  could  have  been  earned  at 
Armstrong  during  that  time.  A  maximum  of  100  quarter  hours  may  be 
transferred  from  a  junior  college.  For  a  bachelor's  degree,  90  quarter 
hours  of  junior  and  senior  level  work  will  be  required  (except  in  cer 
tain  approved  programs  in  mathematics,  the  natural  sciences,  and 
music)  ,  of  which  the  last  45  quarter  hours  in  courses  numbered  200 
and  above  must  be  taken  at  Armstrong.  At  least  half  of  the  courses 
offered  in  the  major  field  must  be  taken  at  Armstrong. 

8.  Not  more  than  one-fourth  of  the  work  counted  toward  a 
degree  may  be  taken  by  correspondence  or  extension  courses.  No  corre- 
spondence courses  may  be  used  to  meet  requirements  in  the  majoi 
field  or  the  related  field  for  the  bachelor's  degree.  No  correspondence 
courses  may  be  taken  while  a  student  is  enrolled  at  Armstrong  State 
College  without  prior  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College  and  the  head 
of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  majoring.  Correspondence 
credit  will  not  be  accepted  for  courses  in  English  composition  or  foreigr 
language. 

CONTINUING  EDUCATION  STUDENTS 
All  military  personnel  and  adults,  age  22  years  or  older,  who  wisl 
to  take  regularly  scheduled  courses  tor  personal  enrichment  and  othei 
non-degree  objectives  may  be  enrolled  for  credit  or  as  auditors.  If  these 
students  enroll  lor  credit,  they  must  meet  all  prerequisites  for  the  cours* 
involved;  if  they  enroll  as  auditors,  they  must  have  the  permission  of  th< 
instructor  involved.  Admission  of  Continuing  Education  students  re 
quires:  (1)  evidence  of  high  school  graduation  or  possession  of  GET 
certificate  or  (2)  transcript  from  last  college  attended.  Students  on  pro 
bation  or  suspension  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll  in  this  progran 
without  approval  by  the  Admissions  Committee. 

A  maximum  of  15  quarter  hours  credit  may  be  earned  by  student 
enrolled  in  this  classification.  Should  a  degree  become  the  objective  o 
a  Continuing  Education  student,  he  must  apply  for  admission  as  i 
degree  candidate,  meeting  regular  admission  requirements. 

All  college  lees  apply  to  students  in  this  classification  with  the  ex 
ception  of  the  application  fee  which  is  not  required  until  the  studen 
requests  admission  as  a  degree  candidate.  Military  personnel  pay  fee 
in  accordance  with  negotiated  military  contracts. 

28 


READMISSION  OF  FORMER  STUDENTS 

\  student  who  has  not  been  enrolled  al  Armstrong  foi  one  or 
lore  quarters  musi  appl)  foi  readmission  on  a  form  provided  by  the 
Ldmissions  Office.  A  former  student  who  has  not  attended  another 
ollege  since  leaving  Armstrong  ma)  be  readmitted  provided  he  is  not 
n  suspension  .it  the  time  he  wishes  to  reenter.  A  formei  student  who 
.ts  attended  another  college  since  Leaving  Armstrong  must  meet  rc- 
juirements  for  readmission  as  a  transfei  student  or  .is  a  transient  stu- 
lent,  whichever  is  applicable.  \  student  who  is  readmitted  after  an 
bsence  from  the  College  for  more  than  two  years  must  meet  degree 
equirements  as  listed  in  the  catalogue  in  effect  at  the  time  of  his  re- 
urn. 

TRANSIENT  STUDENTS 

I  tansient  student  status  means  that  a  student  is  admitted  to  Arm- 
Itrong  State  College  only  for  a  specified  period  of  time,  normally  a 
ummer  quarter.  An  applicant  for  transient  status  must  file  a  regular 
pplication  form  and  submit  a  statement  from  his  Dean  or  Registrar 
hat  he  is  in  good  standing  and  has  permission  to  take  specific  courses 
i  Armstrong  to  be  transferred  to  his  own  institution  when  satisfactorily 
ompleted.  Since  transient  students  are  not  admitted  as  regular  Arm- 
trong  students,  transcripts  of  college  work  completed  elsewhere  are  not 
isually  required  of  such  applicants.  A  transient  student  who  wishes  to 
emain  at  Armstrong  longer  than  one  quarter  must  submit  an  addi- 
ional  statement  from  his  Dean  or  Registrar  or  he  must  meet  all  re- 
juirements  for  regular  admission  as  transfer  student. 

ARMSTRONG  STATE  COLLEGE  ACCELERATED 
PROGRAM   FOR   HIGH  SCHOOL  STUDENTS 

This  program  marks  a  new  venture  for  this  community  in  which 
ollege  and  high  school  join  to  challenge  intellectually  able  young  men 
nd  women  to  test  their  interests  and  their  capacity  to  learn. 

The  Program 

High  school  students  who  have  completed  the  eleventh  grade,  who 
tave  met  the  criteria  for  admission  to  the  program  and  who  maintain 
ts  standards  will  be  permitted  to  enroll  in  one  course  each  quarter  at 
Vrmstrong  State  College  while  they  complete  the  senior  year  of  high 
chool.  Upon  graduation  from  high  school,  these  students  will  be 
dmitted  upon  application  as  regular  students  of  the  College  and  will 
>e  given  full  college  credit  for  the  courses  taken  at  Armstrong. 

Through  this  program,  a  student  may  complete  over  two-thirds  of 
he  freshman  year  of  college  before  he  begins  his  regular  college  career. 

The  maximum  number  ol  college  courses  possible  is: 

29 


Summer 1  course  (  5  qtr.  hours) 

Fall     1  course  (  5  qtr.  hours) 

Winter     1  course  (  5  qtr.  hours) 

Spring 1  course  (  5  qtr.  hours) 

Summer    (following  high 
school  graduation  and 

admission  to  Armstrong)   ...  3  courses  (15  qtr.  hours) 

7  courses    (35  qtr.  hours) 

Every  student  accepted  in  this  program  must  take  a  course  ir 
English  or  mathematics  first.  Thereafter,  he  ma)  choose  any  freshmai 
course,  with  permission  of  his  college  adviser. 

Criteria  for  Admission 

The  College  will  consider  a  student  for  this  program  only  upoi 
written  recommendation  of  his  high  school  principal.  In  the  viev 
of  the  College,  it  is  only  the  principal  who  can  judge  the  circumstance 
that  may  make  the  program  valuable  and  practicable  for  any  student. 

To  be  admitted  to  the  program  a  student  must  satisfy  all  o 
these   criteria: 

1.  written  recommendation  by  the  Principal  of  the  high  school 

2.  completion  of  the  eleventh  grade  in  an  accredited  high  school 

3.  a  combined  verbal  and  math  score  of  1000  on  CEEB  tests; 

4.  an  average  grade  of  B  or  better  in  academic  subjects  (Englisl 
mathematics,  science,  social  studies,  language)  through  th 
ninth,  tenth  and  eleventh  grades  as  averaged  by  the  Am 
strong  State   College  Admissions   Officer. 

5.  written  permission  of  the  parents. 

Standards 

A  student  forfeits  the  privilege  of  this  program  if  in  any  quart* 
his  grade  in  the  college  course  is  below  C  or  his  high  school  average  i 
academic  courses  is  below  B. 

Procedure  for  Admission 
A   high   school   principal   may   recommend   students   following  tl 
30 


fth  six-week  period  ol  the  students'  eleventh  year,      ["he  recommenda- 
ion  to  the  College  musi  be  made  !>\   Ma)    15th  il  the  student  intends 

in    in    the   summer.      I  he   principal    ma)    recommend    follow 
lie  udl  eleventh  year  by  August   15th  il  the  student  intends  to  begin  in 

be  tall. 

FOREIGN  STUDENTS 

\  student  from  .i  country  other  than  t he  United  States  who  is 
iterested  in  attending  Armstrong  must  meet  the  following  require- 
lents  before  application  is  made: 

1.  He  must  have  met  the  requirements  of  freshman  applicants. 

2.  He  must  have  an  official  transcript  of  his  academic  record 
mailed  to  the  Admissions  Office  at  Armstrong  with  an  official 
translation. 

3.  He  must  take  the  SAT  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  in  the  testing  center  nearest  his  home  and  ask  that  the 
results  be  sent  to  Armstrong. 

4.  He  must  take  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  and 
ask  that  the  results  be  sent  to  Armstrong.  (Applications  for 
the   test   are   available   from   the   Educational  Testing  Service, 

CD  ' 

Box  899,  Princeton,  V  J.  08540.) 

If  the  applicant  meets  the  academic  requirements  for  admission, 
ie  will  be  sent  an  application  form.  After  it  has  been  returned  and  ap- 
proved, the  applicant  will  be  sent  an  1-20  Form  (1-20A  and  I-20B) , 
vhich  he  can  then  take  to  the  American  Consul  to  ask  for  a  student 
isa.  When  he  arrives  on  campus,  he  will  be  tested  in  English  composition 
»\  the  Department  of  English  for  class  placement. 

Xo  scholarships  are  available  for  students  who  are  not  legal  resi- 
dents of  Georgia.     All  foreign  students  must  pay  non-resident  fees. 

ADMISSION  OF  VETERANS 

After  having  been  accepted  at  Armstrong  State  College  and  upon 
eceipt  of  Certification  of  Eligibility  and  Fntitlement  from  the  Veterans 
administration,  veterans  may  attend  under  Public  Law  358  (Veterans 
veadjustment  Benefits  Act  of  1966),  Public  Law  815  (disabled).  Public 
.aw  891  (disabled),  Public  Law  631  (war  orphans),  or  Public  Law  301 
children  of  permanently  disabled  veterans;  .  Students  under  Public 
,aws  358,  361,  or  63  1  should  be  prepared  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  at  the 
ime  of  registration. 

31 


APPLICANTS  SPONSORED  BY  VOCATIONAL 

REHABILITATION 
Those  applicants  sponsored  by  Vocational  Rehabilitation  or  other 
community  agencies  must  apply   at  least  six    (6)   weeks  before  the  begin- 
ning of  any  quarter  to  insure  proper  processing  oi  applications. 

FINANCIAL  AID 

(See  Financial  Aids,  Section  V  of  this  Bulletin  for  further  infor-  | 
mation.) 

REGISTRATION  AND  ORIENTATION 

Prior  to  the  Fall  Quarter  a  period  of  orientation  is  set  aside  to 
assist  new  students  in  becoming  acquainted  with  the  College,  its  curri- 
culum, extra-curricular  activities,  student  leaders,  counselors,  members 
of  the  facultv  and  the  administration.  Complete  instructions  concern- 
ing registration  are  made  available  to  all  students  at  the  beginning  of 
the  registration  period.  Registration  includes  counseling,  academic 
advisement,  selection  of  courses,  enrollment  in  classes,  and  payment  of 
fees.  Fidl  details  regarding  orientation  and  registration  are  provided 
to  all  incoming  students  during  the  summer  preceding  their  initial  en- 
rollment. 

RESIDENCY  REQUIREMENTS   OF  THE   BOARD 
OF  REGENTS 
To  be  considered  a  legal  resident  of  Georgia,   the  applicant  must 
establish  the  following  facts  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Registrar. 

1.  A  student  who  is  under  21  years  of  age  at  the  time  he  seeks 
to  register  or  re-register  at  the  beginning  of  any  quarter  will 
be  accepted  as  a  resident  student  only  upon  a  showing  by 
him  that  his  supporting  parent  or  guardian  has  been  legally 
domiciled  in  Georgia  for  a  period  of  at  least  twelve  months 
immediately  preceding  the  date  of  registration  or  re-registra- 
tion. 

2.  In  the  event  that  a  legal  resident  of  Georgia  is  appointed  as 
guardian  of  a  non-resident  minor,  such  minor  will  not  be 
permitted  to  register  as  a  resident  student  until  the  expiration 
of  one  year  from  the  date  of  appointment,  and  then  only  upon 

32 


J 


proper  showing  thai  Mich  appointment  was  not  made  t<>  avoid 
payment  of  the  non-resideni  fee. 

If  a  student  is  over  21  years  of  age,  lie  ma}  registei  .is  .1 
dent  student  <>nl\  upon  .1  showing  thai  he  has  been  domiciled 
in  Georgia  for  ai   le.ist   twelve  months  prior  to  the  registra- 
tion date. 

\n\  period  of  time  during  which  a  person  is  enrolled 
.is  .1  student  in  ;m\  educational  institution  in  Georgia  ma) 
not  be  counted  .is  .1  part  of  the  twelve  months'  domicile  and 
residence  herein  required  when  it  appears  that  the  student 
came  into  the  State  and  remained  in  the  State  for  the  pri- 
mary purpose  of  attending  a  school  or  college. 

A  full-time  faculty  member  of  the  University  System,  his  or 
her  spouse,  and  minor  children  may  register  on  the  payment 
of  resident  fees,  even  though  the  faculty  member  has  not 
been  a  resident  in  Georgia  for  twelve  months. 

If  the  parents  or  legal  guardian  of  a  minor  change  residence 
to  another  state  following  a  period  of  residence  in  Georgia, 
the  minor  may  continue  to  take  courses  for  a  j>eriod  of 
twelve  consecutive  months  on  the  payment  of  resident  fees. 
After  the  expiration  of  the  twelve  months'  period  the  stu- 
dent may  continue  his  registration  only  upon  the  payment 
of  fees  at  the  non-resident  rate. 

Military  personnel  and  their  dependents  may  become  eligible 
to  enroll  in  institutions  of  the  University  System  as  resident 
students  provided  thev  file  with  the  institution  in  which  they 

wish  to  enroll  the  following: 

a.  A  statement  from  the  appropriate  military  official  show- 
ing that  the  applicant's  "home  of  record"  is  the  State 
of  Georgia;  and 

b.  Evidence  that  applicant  is  registered  to  vote  in  Georgia; 
or 

c.  Evidence  that  applicant,  if  under  18  years  of  age,  is  the 
child  of  parents  who  are  registered  to  vote  in  Georgia: 
and 

33 


d.  Evidence  that  applicant  or  his  supporting  parent  or 
guardian  filed  a  Georgia  State  income  tax  return  during 
the  preceding  year. 

7.  Foreign  students  who  attend  institutions  of  the  University 
System  under  sponsorship  of  civic  or  religious  groups  located 
in  this  state,  may  be  enrolled  upon  the  payment  of  resident 
fees,  provided  the  number  of  such  foreign  students  in  any 
one  institution  does  not  exceed  the  quota  approved  by  the 
Board  of  Regents  for  that  institution. 

8.  All  aliens  shall  be  classified  as  non-resident  students;  pro 
vided,  however,  that  an  alien  who  is  living  in  this  count!) 
under  a  visa  permiting  permanent  residence  or  who  has  filed 
with  the  proper  federal  immigration  authorities  a  Declara 
tion  of  Intention  to  become  a  citizen  of  the  United  States 
shall  have  the  same  privilege  of  qualifying  for  resident  statu; 
for  fee  purposes  as  has  a  citizen  of  the  United  States. 

9.  Teachers   in   the  public   schools  of  Georgia   and   their  depend 

ents  may  enroll  as  students  in  University  System  institution: 
on  payment  of  resident  fees,  when  it  appears  that  sue! 
teachers  have  resided  in  Georgia  for  nine  months,  that  the) 
were  engaged  in  teaching  during  such  nine  months'  period 
and  that  they  have  been  employed  to  teach  in  Georgia  dur 
ing  the  ensuing  school  year. 

10.  If  a  woman  who  is  a  resident  of  Georgia  and  who  is  a  stu 
dent  in  an  institution  of  the  University  System  marries  ; 
non-resident  of  the  State,  she  may  continue  to  be  eligible  t< 
attend  the  institution  on  payment  of  resident  fees,  provide* 
that  her  enrollment  is  continuous. 

11.  If  a  woman  who  is  a  non-resident  of  Georgia  marries  a  mai 
who  is  a  resident  of  Georgia,  she  will  not  be  eligible  to  regis 
ter  as  a  resident  student  in  a  University  System  institutioi 
until  she  has  been  domiciled  in  the  State  of  Georgia  for 
period  of  twelve  months  immediately  preceding  the  date  c 
registration. 


34 


\dmission  to  the  Associate  in 
\rts  Degree  in  Nursing 


PROGRAM  IN  NURSING 

Nursing  calls  for  a  variety  "I  skills  and  aptitudes  and  oilers  un- 
mited  opportunities  for  different  kinds  ol  service.  Therefore,  a 
andidate  lor  the  nursing  program  should  have  good  physical  and 
tental  health  as  well  as  those  personal  qualifications  appropriate  for 
in  sing.  For  these  reasons  the  Admissions  Committee  selects  students 
hose  abilities,  interests,  and  personal  qualities  show  promise  of  suc- 
ess  in  the  program  and  in  the  field  of  nursing.  Factors  influencing 
ie  decision  ol  the  Admissions  Committee  are:  achievement  as  shown 
•n  the  secondary  school  record,  ability  as  measured  by  the  Scholastic 
Lptitude  Test,  motivation  lor  nursing,  health,  personal  qualities,  and 
3cial  adjustment.  Applicants  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Admissions 
Committee,  present  high  overall  qualifications  are  selected.  Since  ap- 
plications are  processed  as  received,  applicants  are  encouraged  to  apply 
art)  in  the  senior  year  of  high  school  or  as  early  in  the  year  preceding 
idmission  as  possible.  Application  forms  are  available  from  the  Ad- 
nissions  Officer  of  the  College. 

The  preferred  age  for  applicants,  married  or  single,  at  the  time 
>f  entrance  is  18.  The  upper  age  limit  is  40  years.  Applicants  who 
lave  not  reached  their  18th  birthday  but  who  can  show  evidence  that 
hey  will  reach  their  20th  birthday  by  the  date  they  are  scheduled  to 
omplete  the  program  will  be  considered.  The  State  of  Georgia  re- 
hires, as  do  most  other  states,  United  States  citizenship,  either  natural 
torn  or  naturalized,  for  registered  nurse  licensure.  Candidates  for  ad- 
nission  to  the  nursing  program  who  are  not  citizens  may  be  admitted 
>nly  under  certain  circumstances  and  should  make  individual  inquiries. 


How  to  Apply 

1.  Complete  the  application  form  for  admission  to  Armstrong 
State  College  and  return  it  with  the  non-refundable  S10  ap- 
plication fee.     Mark  the  application  For  Nursi?ig  Only. 

2.  Complete  the  Personal  Data  Sheet  for  the  Department  of 
Nursing. 

3.  Have  the  medical  form  completed  by  a  licensed  physician. 

4.  Have  the  dental  form  completed  by  a  dentist. 

35 


5.  Take  the  National  League  for  Nursing  Aptitude  Test  on  one 
of  the  dates  scheduled  on  campus.  Applications  for  the  Na- 
tional League  for  Nursing  Aptitude  Test  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Department  of  Nursing  at  Armstrong  State  College 
or  from  the  Director  or  Admissions  at  Armstrong  State  Col- 
lege. 

6.  Take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  given  by  the  College  En- 
trance Examination  Board  as  early  in  the  year  as  possible. 
When  applying  for  the  test,  be  certain  to  list  Armstrong  State 
College  as  one  college  to  receive  your  scores. 

7.  Have  a  transcript  of  your  high  school  record  mailed  from  the 
high  school  directly   to   the  Admissions   Office  at  Armstrong. 

(A  transfer  student  should  also  ask  the  Registrar  of  each 
school  or  college  she/he  has  previously  attended  to  mail  an 
official  transcript  of  her/his  record  to  the  Admissions  Office 
at  Armstrong,  regardless  of  the  transferability  of  the  credits.) 

8.  Send,  or  have  sent,  two  written  letters  of  reference  directly 
to  the  Admissions  Office  from  non-family  members  (teachers, 
employers,  or  other  qualified  persons)  who  have  known  you 
for  at  least  three  years. 

9.  Send,  or  have  sent,  to  the  Admissions  Office  a  certified  copy 
of  your  birth  certificate. 


OTHER  INFORMATION 

1.  It  is  recommended  that  applicants  who  have  been  away  from 
school  for  a  considerable  period  of  time  enroll  in  at  least 
one  course  in  an  accredited  college  of  their  choice  during 
the  school  year  or  summer  preceding  their  planned  entrance 
to  the  nursing  program. 

2.  Except  in  unusual  circumstances,  no  credit  will  be  given  for 
nursing  courses  taken  in  another  school  of  nursing. 

3.  An  applicant  on  academic  suspension  or  probation  from 
another  college  will  not  be  considered. 

4.  Nursing  students  are  responsible  for  providing  their  owr 
transportation  to  and  from  campus  to  the  clinical  area,  (i.e 
community  hospitals  and  other  health  agencies) . 


36 


5.  Armstrong  State  College  does  not  provide  student  housing. 
It  is  necessary  for  the  students  whose  homes  are  not  Located 
in  Savannah  to  make  private  arrangements  for  living  accom- 
modations, rhe  responsibility  Eoi  procuring  suitable  hous- 
ing rests  with  the  student  and  hei  his  parents.  For  further 
information  regarding  housing,  please  contact  the  office  oi 
Student  Affairs. 

6.  Student*  are  required  to  wear  the  official  student  uniform 
of  the  Department  of  Nursing.  Uniforms  will  be  ordered 
during  the  Winter  Quarter  and  ma)  be  purchased  from  the 
College  Bookstore. 

7.  Fees  for  a  nursing  student  will  l>e  the  same  as  for  any  other 
student  at  Armstrong.  Please  refer  to  the  Fees  section  of  the 
current  Bulletin. 

8.  Students  are  admitted  to  the  nursing  sequence  courses  once 
each  year  in  the  fall.  Seven  consecutive  quarters  in  the 
nursing  program  are  required.  Students  may  begin  the  aca- 
demic courses  required  in   the  program  in  any  quarter. 

9.  All  nursing  courses  must  be  taken  in  sequence.  Each  nurs- 
ing course  has  a  prerequisite  beginning  with  Fundamentals 
of  Nursing. 

10.  All  students  must  take  the  National  League  for  Nursing 
Pre-Nursing  Aptitude  and  Guidance  Examination. 

11.  Students  accepted  for  the  nursing  program  will  be  sent  in- 
formation on  supplies  and  equipment  needed  for  the  Fall 
Quarter  approximately  two  weeks  before  the  opening  of 
school  with  approximate  charges. 

12.  Admission  to  Armstrong  State  College  does  not  in  any  way 
guarantee  formal  admission  into  the  Department  of  Nursing. 

Formal  admission  and  continuation  in  the  second  quarter 
of  the  program  is  dependent  upon  a  student's  obtaining  a  pass- 
ing grade  of  "C"  in  nursing  and  maintaining  an  overall  2.0 
average  first  quarter. 

37 


Admission  to  the  Associate  in 
Science  Degree  in  Dental  Hygiene 

The  profession  of  Dental  Hygiene  is  an  ideal  career  for  young 
women  interested  in  science  and  health  services.  The  growing  and 
constant  demand  for  graduate  dental  hygienists  assures  a  young  wom- 
an of  regular  hours  and  good  compensation. 

A  dental  hygienist  works  under  the  general  supervision  of  a  den- 
tist and  performs  a  number  of  dental  functions.  Her  activities  usually 
include  performing  oral  prophylaxis  (cleaning  of  the  teeth) ,  instructing 
patients  in  dental  health,  taking,  developing  and  mounting  dental  x-rays, 
applying  fluorides  and  sometimes  assisting  the  dentist  in  chairside  and 
laboratory  duties. 

There  are  certain  personal  qualifications  which  are  essential  for  a 
successful  dental  hygienist.  These  are  good  health,  neat  appearance, 
high  moral  character,  a  desire  to  be  of  service  to  others,  and  the  ability 
to  get  along  well  wTith  people. 

The  Armstrong  State  College  program  consists  of  seven  quarters 
of  full  time  study  (two  academic  years  and  the  intervening  summer). 
Applicants  are  matriculated  once  each  year,  in  September. 

There  are  no  definite  age  requirements  or  restrictions  for  the 
basic  Dental  Hygiene  program.  However,  all  applicants  must  be  grad- 
uates of  an  accredited  high  school  or  its  equivalent.  Students  may  be 
either  married  or  single  and  must  be  citizens  of  the  United  States, 
either  natural  born  or  naturalized. 

Applicants  must  meet  the  admission  requirements  for  Armstrong 
State  College  and  the  School  of  Dental  Hygiene. 

The  major  part  of  an  applicant's  secondary  school  work  should  be 
in  the  college  preparatory  program  and  should  include  two  years 
of  mathematics.  Because  of  the  heavy  emphasis  on  science  in  the 
dental  hygiene  curriculum,  it  is  important  that  applicants  have  a  good 
foundation  in  chemistry  and  biology.  The  quality  of  the  candidate's 
work  in  high  school  English  and  social  studies  is  most  important  in 
evaluating  her  total  qualifications  for  admission  to  the  Dental  Hygiene 
program.  Other  factors  which  influence  the  decision  of  the  Dental 
Hygiene  admissions  committee  are:  a  "C"  or  better  average  in  high 
school,  an  acceptable  score  (composite  —  verbal  and  mathematical)  on 
the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  given  by  the  College  Entrance  Examina- 
tion Board,  and  an  average  of  4  on  the  Dental  Hygiene  Aptitude  Test. 

38 


HOW     I  O  APTLY 

Complete  the  application  form  foi  admission  to  Armstrong 
State  College  and  return  it  with  the  non-refundable  flO  ap- 
plication fee.  Mark  the  application  Foi  Dental  Hygiene  Only, 
Complete  the  Personal  Data  Sheel  foi  the  Department  <>i 
Dental  Hygiene. 

Have  the  medical  form  completed  l>\  .1  physician. 
II.iw  the  dental  form  completed  by  .1  dentist. 
lake  the  Dental  Hygiene  Aptitude  Test  on  one  of  the  three 
dates   scheduled    on    campus.      Applications    foi    the    Dental 
Hygiene   Aptitude  Test   may   be  obtained  from   the  Depart- 
ment oi  Dental  Hygiene  at  Armstrong  State  College  or  from 
the  Director  ol  Admissions  at  Armstrong  State  College. 
Take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  given  by  the  College  En- 
trance Examination    Board   as  early   in   the  year  as  possible. 
When    applying    for    the    test    be    certain    to    list    Armstrong 
State  College  as  one  college  to  receive  your  scores. 
Have  a  transcript  of  your  high  school  record  mailed  from  the 
high  school  directly   to   the  Admissions  Office  at  Armstrong. 
(A    transfer   student   should   also   ask   the    Registrar   of   each 
school    or    college    she    has    previously    attended    to    mail    an 
official   transcript  of  her  record  to  the  Admissions  Office  at 
Armstrong,   regardless   of   the    transferability  of   the   credits)  . 

OTHER  INFORMATION 

It  is  recommended  that  applicants  who  have  been  away  from 
school  tor  a  considerable  period  of  time  enroll  in  at  least  one 
course  in  an  accredited  college  of  their  choice  during  the 
school  year  or  summer  preceding  their  planned  entrance  to 
the  Dental  Hygiene  program. 

For  the  Associate  in  Science  Degree  no  credit  will  be  given 
lor  Dental  Hygiene  courses  taken  in  another  School  of  Dental 
Hygiene. 

An  applicant  on  academic  suspension  or  probation  from  an- 
other college  will  not  be  considered. 

Dental  Hygiene  students  are  responsible  for  providing  their 
own  transportation  to  and  from  campus  and  to  community 
agencies  when  assigned  for  field  experiences. 
Armstrong  State  College  does  not  provide  student  housing. 
It  is  necessary  lor  the  students  whose  homes  are  not  located 
in  Savannah  to  make  private  arrangements  for  living  accom- 
modations. The  responsibility  for  procuring  suitable  hous- 
ing rests  with  the  student  and  her  parents.     For  further  in- 

39 


formation    regarding    housing,    please    contact    the    Office   c 
Student  Affairs. 

6.  Students  are  required  to  wear  the  official  student  uniform  c 
the  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene.  Uniforms  will  be  orders 
during  the  Winter  Quarter  and  may  be  purchased  from  ■ 
College  Bookstore. 

7.  Fees  for  Dental  Hygiene  students  will  be  the  same  as  fo 
any  other  student  at  Armstrong.  Please  refer  to  the  Fee 
section  of  the  current  Bulletin. 

8.  Students  are  admitted  to  the  Dental  Hygiene  sequence  couse 
once  each  year  in  the  fall.  Seven  consecutive  quarters  in  th( 
Dental  Hygiene  program  are  required.  Students  may  begir 
the  academic  courses  required  in  the  program  in  any  quartet 

9.  All  Dental  Hygiene  clinical  courses  must  be  taken  in  sequence 
Each  Dental  Hygiene  course  has  a  prerequisite  beginning  witr 
Dental  Hygiene   101. 

10.  All  students  must  take  the  Dental  Hygiene  Aptitude  Test 
to  be  considered  for  admission. 

11.  Students  accepted  for  the  Dental  Hygiene  program  will  be 
sent  information  on  supplies  and  equipment  needed  for  the 
Fall  Quarter  approximately  two  weeks  before  the  opening 
of  school  with  approximate  charges. 

12.  Admission  to  Armstrong  State  College  does  not  in  any 
way  guarantee  formal  admission  into  the  Department  of 
Dental  Hv^iene. 

Formal  admission  and  continuation  in  the  program  for  the 
second  quarter  is  dependent  upon  a  student's  obtaining  a  pass- 
ing grade  of  "C"  in  dental  hygiene  and  maintaining  an  over- 
all 2.0  average  first  quarter. 

Admission  to  the  Associate  in  Arts  Degree 
Program  in  Police  Administration 

An  Applicant  must  present: 

1.  evidence  of  high  school  graduation  (or  equivalent)  as  shown 
by  the  high  school  transcript  or  General  Educational  Development  credit 
(USAFI  credits  or  credits  earned  through  his  school  correspondence 
courses  are  not  accepted)  ; 

2.  transcripts  from  all  previous  colleges  attended; 

3.  a  letter  of  recommendation  from  high  school  principal,  teach- 
er, or  counselor,  and  letter  from  the  chief  law  enforcement  officer  in 
his  community. 

The  applicant  must  be  approved  by  the  faculty  of  the  Department 
of  Police  Administration. 


40 


[V.    Fees 


APPLICATION  FEE 

rhc  Application  Fee  <>i  $10.00  is  paid  l>\  all  students  at  the  time 
>i  initial  application  foi  admission  to  Armstrong  State  College.  The 
Acceptance  ol    the   Application    Fee  does   noi    constitute   acceptance  ot 

be  .student,    rhis  fee  is  not  refundable. 

MATRICULATION  FEE 

The  Matriculation  Fee  for  students  registering  for  the  normal 
Burse  load  of  fifteen  hours  is  S  105.00.  Students  carrying  less  than 
12  credit  hours  in  a  quarter  will  pay  at  the  rate  of  $9.00  per  quarter 
lour  in  Matriculation  Fees. 


OUT  OF  STATE  TUITION 


Non-residents  of  Georgia  must  pay  a  fee  of  $135.00  per  quarter  in 
iddition  to  all  regular  fees.  Students  carrying  less  than  12  credit  hours 
n  a  quarter  who  are  not  legal  residents  of  the  State  of  Georgia  will 
Day  at  the  rate  of  §11.00  per  quarter  hour  Out-of-State  Fee  in  addition 
lour  in  Matriculation  Fees. 

STUDENT  ACTIVITY  FEE 

There  will  be  a  Student  Activity  Fee  of  $15.00  per  quarter.     This 

ee  is  not  refundable. 

I 

LATE  REGISTRATION  FEE 

A  late  registration  fee  of  $4.00  will  be  charged  to  students  register- 
ng  on  the  date  listed  in  the  catalog  as  the  date  on  which  classes  begin. 
V  fee  of  $5.00  will  be  charged  for  registrations  completed  on  the  date 
isted  in  the  catalog  as  the  "last  day  to  register  for  credit." 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE 

A  fee  of  $2.00  is  charged  for  the  changing  of  a  student's  schedule 
ifter  the  registration  cards  have  been  processed.  No  charge  is  made  if 
:he  change  is  initiated  by  the  College.     This  fee  is  not  refundable. 

GRADUATION  FEE 

A  Graduation  Fee  of  $10.00  will  be  collected  from  each  candidate 
tor  Graduation. 

41 


TRANSCRIPT  FEE 

Each  student   is  entitled   to  one  official   transcript  of  his  college 
work.     The  charge  for  additional  copies  is  $1.00  each. 


MUSIC  FEES 

Students  who  are  not  full-time  music  majors  registered  for  10  or 
more  quarter  hours  will  be  required  to  pay  a  special  fee  for  applied 
music  courses  in  addition  to  the  regular  registration  and  matriculation 
fees.  The  fees  are  indicated  in  the  description  of  courses  found  under 
"Course  Descriptions"  elsewhere  in  this  bulletin  and  are  not  refund- 
able. 

Students  who  are  full-time  music  majors  and  registered  for  10 
or  more  quarter  hours  are  not  required  to  pay  this  special  fee. 

MAKE-UP  TEST  FEE 

For  cause,  a  student  may  arrange  with  an  instructor  to  make  up 
an  announced  quiz  or  final  examination.  The  arrangements  to  make 
up  the  announced  test  must  be  made  within  one  week  after  the  student 
returns  to  college. 

A  fee  of  $2.00  is  charged  for  the  making  up  of  any  announced 
quiz  and  a  fee  of  $5.00  for  a  make-up  final  examination  and  laboratory 
examinations,  except  as  shown  below.  The  total  charges  to  any  one 
student  for  a  final  make-up  examination  in  a  given  subject  shall  not 
exceed  $5.00.    All  fees  will  be  paid  to  the  Business  Office. 

The  conditions  under  which  fees  for  make-up  quizzes  and  final 
examinations  will  not  be  charged  are  as  follows:  the  student  was  absent 
(1)    on  official  college  business;      (2)    due  to  illness;      (3)    because  of 
death  in  the  family;  or     (4)   in  observing  religious  holidays. 

The  student's  reasons  for  claiming  exemption  from  paying  the 
fee  must  be  presented  in  writing  to  the  instructor. 

SHORT  COURSES 

Fees  are  announced  for  each  course  when  the  course  is  announced. 
No  refund  can  be  made  for  withdrawal  from  a  course. 

SUMMARY  OF  FEES 

Matriculation  per  quarter $105.00 

Student  Activity,  per  quarter 15.00 

TOTAL  FOR  GEORGIA  RESIDENTS 120.00 

42 


Out  of  State    ruition,  pei   quartei        135.00 

TO  l  \l.  FOR  NON-RESIDEN  is : 

Matriculation,  Part-time  Students,  per  quarter  houi       .     .     .  9.00 

Non-Resident    ruition,   Part-time  Students,  jk-i   quarter  hour 

(in  addition  to  Matriculation  Fee)        11.00 


PRIVILEGE  FEES 

Application  Fee $  10.00 

Late  Registration  —  Maximum 5.00 

Special    Examinations         2.00 

Final  Examinations 5.00 

Graduation  Fee 10.00 

Transcript,  first  one  free,  each  additional 1.00 

Change  of  Schedule 2.00 


REFUNDS 

Refunds  of  fees  will  be  made  only  upon  written  application  for 
withdrawal  from  school.  Xo  refunds  will  be  made  to  students  dropping 
a  course.  Students  who  formally  withdraw  during  one  week  following 
the  scheduled  registration  date  are  entitled  to  a  refund  of  80%  of  the 
fees  paid  for  that  quarter.  Students  who  formally  withdraw  during 
the  period  between  one  and  two  weeks  after  the  scheduled  registration 
date  are  entitled  to  a  refund  of  60%  of  the  fees  paid  for  that  quarter. 
Students  who  formally  withdraw  between  two  and  three  weeks  after 
the  scheduled  registration  date  are  entitled  to  a  refund  of  40 %  of  the 
fees  paid  for  that  quarter.  Students  who  formally  withdraw  during 
the  period  between  three  and  four  weeks  after  the  scheduled  registration 
date  are  entitled  to  a  refund  of  20^,'  of  the  fees  paid  for  that  quarter. 
Students  who  withdraw  after  a  period  of  four  weeks  has  elapsed  from 
the  scheduled  registration  date  will  be  entitled  to  no  refund  of  any 
part  of  the  fees  paid  for  that  quarter. 

Fees  and  CJiarges  are  Subject  to  Change  at  the  End  of  any  Quarter 

Any  student  delinquent  in  the  payment  of  any  fee  due  the  col- 
lege will  have  grade  reports  and  transcripts  of  records  held  up,  and  will 

43 


not  be  allowed  to  re-register  at  the  college  for  a  new  quarter  until  th( 
delinquency  has  been  removed. 

i  Foi   each  quarter  are  to  be  paid  in  full  at  the  time  of  regis 


nation. 


11  a  check  is  not  paid  on  presentation  to  the  bank  on  which  it  h 
drawn,  the  student's  registration  will  be  cancelled  and  the  student  ma] 
re-registei  onl)  on  payment  ol  a  $5.00  service  charge. 


44 


I.    Financial  Aids 


FINANCIAL  AIDS 

A  college  education  for  qualified  students,  regardless  of  theii 
lomic  circumstances,  is  the  guiding  principle  behind  Armstrong  State 
College's  program  ol  student  financial  aid.  Through  an  expanding 
program  of  financial  aid  which  offers  scholarships,  short-term  loans, 
long-term  loans,  grants,  and  student  employment,  Armstrong  State 
College  tries  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  all  qualified  students  with 
limited  resources  to  attend  college. 

In  selecting  a  financial-aid  recipient,  special  consideration  is  given 
to  the  applicant's  record  of  achievement  and  promise  of  success  as  well 
as  his  financial  need.  Gift  scholarships  usually  specify  high  academic 
standards  as  an  eligibility  requirement;  otherwise  full-time  students 
in  good  standing  who  progress  normally  toward  their  degree-goal  are 
eligible  for  financial  aid. 

Armstrong  State  College  uses  the  College  Scholarship  Service  which 
evaluates  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement.  Freshmen  may  secure 
this  form  from  the  local  high  school  counselor,  from  the  Office  of 
Student  Affairs  of  the  College,  or  from  the  College  Scholarship  Service, 
P.  O.  Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey.  Applications  which  do  not 
include  this  financial  data  are  incomplete  and  cannot  be  considered. 
Applications  for  scholarships  must  be  filed  before  May  1.  Final  action 
cannot  be  taken  until  the  applicants  have  been  accepted  for  admission 
to  the  college;  thus,  early  application  is  urged. 

If  a  student  on  scholarship  withdraws  from  school,  he  is  obligated 
to  reimburse  the  college  for  the  scholarship  within  one  quarter  follow- 
ing the  date  of  withdrawal. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 

American  Business  Women    (Azalea  Chapter) 

American  Business  Women    (Rebel  Chapter) 

Armstrong  State  College  Athletic  Association 

Harry  M.  Carter  Scholarship 

Chatham  Education  Association   Scholarship 

Clinton  Oil  Company 

Colonial  Oil  Industries  Scholarship 

Elks  Aidmore  Auxiliary   (Nurses) 

Exchangette  Club 

Fraternal  Order  of  Police 

Garden  City  Lions  Club  Scholarship 

Great  Dane  Trailer  Scholarships 

Robert  W.  Groves  Scholarship 

45 


Homebuildcrs  Association  of  Savannah 

I  unci -City   Methodist  Church 

Junior  Chamber  of  Commerce  Scholarships 

[aycettes  Scholarship 

Kennen  Foundation    (Piano) 

Kiwanis  Academic  Award 

kiwanis  Athletic  Award 

Arthur  Lucas   Memorial  Scholarship 

Metropolitan   Kiwanis  Club  of  Savannah  Scholarship 

National  Secretaries  Scholarship 

Pilot  Club 

Plum  rite  Scholarships 

Port  City  Lions  Club  Scholarship 

Anthony  Porter  Scholarships 

Savannah  Business  and  Professional  Club  Scholarship 

Savannah   Women's   Club  Scholarship 

Scholarship  Trust  Fund  Awards 

Strachan  Shipping  Company 

Union  Camp  Scholarships 


REGENTS'  SCHOLARSHIPS 


Another  source  of  scholarship  aid  for  students  who  are  residents 
of  the  State  of  Georgia  is  the  Regents'  Scholarship.  These  scholarships, 
varying  from  $250  to  S  1,000,  are  awarded  to  superior  students  who  are 
in  need  of  financial  assistance  to  attend  college.  To  be  eligible  for  a 
Regents'  Scholarship,  a  student  must  have  grades  or  predicted  grades 
that  place  him  in  the  upper  25%  of  his  class.  Recipients  of  Regents' 
Scholarships  are  expected,  upon  completion  of  their  program  of  study, 
to  reside  in  the  State  of  Georgia  and  work  one  year  for  each  $1,000  of 
scholarship  aid  received. 

Further  information  on  these  scholarships  and  application  forms 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs  at  the  College.  The 
deadline  for  applying  for  the  Regents'  Scholarships  is  April  30. 


EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITY  GRANTS 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  available  to  a  limited  num- 
ber ol  students  with  exceptional  financial  need  who  require  these  grants 
in  order  to  attend  college.  To  be  eligible,  the  student  must  also  show 
academic  or  creative  promise. 

Giants  will  range  from  $200  to  $1000  a  year  and  can  be  no  more 
than  one-halt  of  the  total  assistance  given  the  student. 

46 


NATIONAL  DEFENSE  si  UDEN  I    LOANS 
High  school  graduates  who  have  been  accepted  foi  enrollment  or 
students   who   aw   already    enrolled    ai     Armstrong   State   College   and 
who   need    financial    help    foi    educational    expenses,    are   eligible    foi 

student    loans.      financial   need  determinations  air  made  on    the  basis  ol 

information  Included  in  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement 

The  loans  beai  interesl  at  the  rate  ol  8  per  (cut  per  sear.  Repay- 
ment ol  the  principal  ma)  he  extended  ovej  .1  ten-yeai  period,  except 
that  the  institution  may  require  a  repayment  of  no  less  than  $15  per 
month. 

It'  a  borrower  becomes  a  I  nil-time  teacher  in  an  elementary  or 
secondary  school  or  in  an  institution  ol  higher  education,  as  much  as 
half  of  the  loan  may  be  forgiven  at  the  rate  of  10  per  cent  for  each  year 
of  teaching  service. 


GEORGIA  HIGHER  EDUCATION  ASSISTANCE 
CORPORATION 

The  Georgia  Higher  Education  Assistance  Corporation  guarantees 
educational  loans  made  by  bona  fide  Georgia  residents.  Under  this 
plan,  the  student  negotiates  with  approved  banks,  savings  and  loan 
associations,  or  insurance  companies  for  a  student  loan.  The  loan  ap- 
plication is  reviewed  and  approved  by  the  College.  The  lending  institu- 
tion, with  approval  of  the  Georgia  Higher  Education  Assistance  Corpora- 
tion, makes  the  loan  directly  to  the  student. 

While  the  student  remains  in  college,  GHEAC  will  pay  the  lending 
institution  seven  per  cent  interest.  Students  are  required  to  begin 
repaying  student  loans,  and  interest  then  accruing  on  such  loans,  ten 
months  following  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school.  The  student 
shall  be  entitled  to  accelerate,  without  penalty,  the  payment  of  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  a  guaranteed  loan. 


LAW  ENFORCEMENT  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Through  the  Law  Enforcement  Student  Loan  Program  and  the 
Law  Enforcement  Student  Grant  Program,  low-interest  loans  and  grants 
for  tuition  and  fees  are  made  available  to  eligible  students.  Loans  are 
made  only  to  students  who  are  enrolled  or  accepted  for  enrollment 
on  a  full-time  basis  in  the  Police  Administration  Program.  Grants  are  a- 
vailable  only  to  students  who  are  officers  of  publicly-funded  law  enforce- 
ment agencies  enrolled  or  accepted  for  enrollment  on  a  full-time  or 
part-time  basis  in  an  area  related  to  law  enforcement  or  an  area  suitable 
for  those  employed  in  law  enforcement. 

47 


NURSING  STUDENT  LOAN  PROGRAM 

The  Nursing  Student  Loan  Program  provides  financial  assistance 
for  nursing  students  in  the-  form  of  long-term,  low-interest  loans.  Stu- 
dents enrolled  in  nursing  schools  are  eligible  to  receive  a  $1,500  loan, 
or  the  amount  o!  their  financial  need,  whichever  is  the  lesser.  A  uni- 
Iomii  interest  rate  ol  three  percent  ]>er  year  will  apply  to  student  loans 
made  after  fune  30,  1969.  Fifty  percent  of  the  loan  may  be  forgiven 
at  the  rate  oi  10  percent  each  year  for  full-time  employment  as  a  pro- 
onal  nurse  in  any  public  or  non-profit  institution  or  agency. 

The  Nursing  Student  Scholarship  Program  makes  scholarships 
available  to  students  from  low-income  families. 

BARNEY  MINKOFF  PADEREWSKI 
SCHOLARSHIP  MEMORIAL  FUND 

Students  from  Georgia  enrolled  in  the  Dental  Hygiene  Program 
may  receive  loans  up  to  $500  per  year,  interest  free.  Repayment  shall 
begin  six  months  after  the  student  has  ceased  to  be  enrolled  as  a  stu- 
dent at  the  minimum  rate  of  S50  per  month.  Applications  are  avail- 
able in  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 


FINANCIAL  AID  APPLICATION  PROCEDURE 

A  financial  aid  applicant  should  take  the  following  steps: 

1.  File  Armstrong  State  College  Financial  Aid  Application 
Form  with  Director  of  Financial  Aid,  before  May  1  for  the 
Fall  Quarter. 

2.  Apply  for  admission  to  Armstrong  State  College  through  the 
Admissions  Office. 

3.  Take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  given  by  the  College  En- 
trance Examination  Board  no  later  than  January  of  the  high 
school  senior  year  and  list  Armstrong  as  one  college  to  re- 
ceive your  scores. 

1.       Have  parents   (or  guardian)   complete  and  submit  the  Parents' 

Confidential   Statement   to   College   Scholarship   Service,   Box 

176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  requesting  that  the  Need  Analysis 

Report  be  sent  to  Armstrong  State  College. 

When   the  Director  of  Financial  Aid  has  received  all  items  listed 

above,  consideration  will  be  given  to  the  student's  request. 

OTHER  SOURCES  OF  FINANCIAL  AID  TO 
ARMSTRONG  STATE  COLLEGE 

A   limited   number  of  short-term   loans  are   available   at  low   in- 
terest rates  lot   emergency  purposes. 

48 


Clinton  Lodcj  No.  54,  F.  9c  A  M  Scholarship  «  This  scholar- 
hij)  is  foi  graduates  ol  the  regulai  high  schools  ol  the  Publu  School 
tystem  ol  Chatham  County.  Grants  will  be  awarded  to  students  whose 
amih  income  is  |7,500  oi  less;  who  stand  in  the  top  ."•'•',  ol  theii 
lass;  who  have  .1  combined  SAl  score  ol  '.mid,  and  who  are  ol 
haracter.  .\ j >j >1\  to:  Education  Committee,  Clinton  Lodge  No.  54, 
\  &  A.  M.,  P.  o.  Box  (.>(.>_\  Savannah,  Georgia,  by  June  I. 

S01  o\io\s'  l.oiM.i  No.  I.  F.  &  A.  M.  Scholarship  --  Two  scholar- 
Hups  for  $240  ea<  li  to  be  awarded  to  a  graduate  <>l  .1  tax-supported 
|gh  school.  \ j >p  1  \  to:  Committee  on  Scholarship  Awards,  Solomon's 
Lodge  No.  I,  F.  8c  A.  M.,  P.  ().  Box  1711,  Savannah,  Georgia. 

Savannah  Chapter,  National  Secretaries  Association  —  One 
scholarship  covering  tuition,  fees  and  expenses,  for  a  female  student 
majoring  in  secretarial  science.  Apply  10  high  school  counselor  or  typ- 
ing teacher. 


William  F.  Cooper  Education  Find  —  Provides  scholarships  to 
female  students  in  all  fields  except  law,  theology,  and  medicine  (nursing 
!and  medical  technology  are  acceptable)  .  Apply  to:  Trust  Department, 
Savannah  Bank  &  Trust  Company,  between  April  1  and  May  31. 

Kennen  Foundation  Music  Scholarships  —  For  piano  students. 
Applicants  may  apply  for  an  audition  prior  to  May  1  at  Kennen  Foun- 
dation Headquarters,  1451  Dale  Drive,  Savannah,  Georgia. 

State  Teachers  Scholarships  —  Provide  scholarship  funds  for 
residents  of  Georgia  lor  the  purpose  of  pursuing  a  full  academic  pro- 
gram of  studies  leading  to  a  professional  teacher's  certificate.  In  order 
to  qualify  for  a  State  Teacher  Scholarship,  a  student  must  have  an 
average  of  B  or  higher.  The  amount  of  the  scholarship  award  will 
depend  on  the  need  of  the  student. 

The  State  Scholarship  Commission  —  Provides  scholarships  for 
students  who  cannot  otherwise  finance  the  cost  of  a  program  of  study 
in  dentistry,  nursing,  pharmacy,  social  work,  paramedical  fields  and 
other  educational  and  professional  fields  of  study  as  defined  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Commission. 

Ty  Cobb  Education  Foundation  Scholarship  —  Provides  scholar- 
ship aid  for  residents  of  the  State  of  Georgia  who  have  completed  their 
freshman  year  in  college.  Apply  to:  Ty  Cobb  Educational  Foundation 
Scholarships,  Room  151,  244  Washington  Street,  S.W.,  Atlanta,  Georgia 
30303. 

49 


Pl<  Ki  ii  v  Hatcher  Educational  Find  —  Provides  loans  at  reason- 
able interest  rates  to  students  in  need  ol  such  aid  to  attend  college. 
Apply  to:  Pickett  &  Hatcher  Educational  Fund,  P.  O.  Box  1238,  Col- 
umbia.  ( 

Savannah  Pharmacei  ru  \i  Association  Scholarship  —  One  Schol- 
arship loi  $200  for  a  freshman  student  majoring  in  pre-pharmacy  to 
attend  Armstrong  College  (or  the  University  of  Georgia).  Apply  to: 
Mi.  rhomas  C.  Crumbley,  Chairman.  Scholarship  Committee,  Savannah 
Pharmaceutical  Association,  c/o  Crumbley's  Pharmacy,  1502  Waters 
Avenue,  Savannah,  Georgia. 

Ch  wham  Artillery  Scholarships  —  A  number  of  scholarships  for 
$250  each  to  members  of  the  Chatham  Artillery  attending  college  full 
time.     Apply  to  the  Chatham  Artillery. 

State  Department  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation  —  Students 
who  have  had  a  physical  or  emotional  handicap,  and  have  been  treated 

isfully,  and  are  acceptable  for  vocational  rehabilitation,  may  receive 
financial  assistance  to  attend  college  through  the  State  Department  of 
Vocational  Rehabilitation.  Apply  to:  35  Abercorn  Street,  Savannah, 
Georgia. 


WORK-STUDY  PROGRAM 

Financial  aid  is  available  to  students  through  the  Work-Study  Pro- 
gram. A  number  of  part-time  jobs  are  made  available  to  students  who 
need  financial  assistance.  Both  the  institutional  application  and  the 
Parents"  Confidential  Statement  are  required.  While  school  is  in 
session,  students  may  work  up  to  three  hours  a  day.  During  vacation 
periods  and  in  the  summer,  it  is  possible  for  students  to  work  full-time. 

The  student's  eligibility  depends  upon  his  need  for  employment 
to  defray  college  expenses  with  prelerence  given  to  applicants  from  low- 
income  families. 


STUDENT  ASSISTANT  PROGRAM 

Work  opportunities  are  available  under  the  Student  Assistant 
Program  foi  interested  students.  This  is  .i  program  financed  by  tlu 
College,  and  work  is  not  necessarily  assigned  on  the  basis  of  financia 
need.     Applications  aie  available  in  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

50 


VI.    Academic  Regulations 

HONOR  SYS  1  EM 

LThc  Honoi  System  a(  Armstrong  State  College  provides  all  mem- 
ra  i>i   the  student   body   with  an  opportunity    to  participate   in   sell 
government.     The  accompanying  responsibilities  arc  outlined  below. 

The  Honoi  System,  written  l>\  ;i  joint  committee  o(  faculty  and 
students,  received  an  overwhelming  endorsement  by  both  faculty  and 
students  during  the  Winter  Quarter,  1965. 

The  ordinances  of  the  Honor  System  are  as  follows: 

I.  All  students  must  agree  to  abide  by  the  rules  and  regulations 
ol  the  Honor  System.  A  student  shall  not  l)e  accepted  at  Arm- 
strong State  College  unless  he  signs  the  following  statement  at 
the  time  of  his  first  registration: 

"I  have  read  the  regulations  governing  the  Honor  System  at 
Armstrong  State  College,  and  1  understand  that,  as  a  student  at 
Armstrong,  I  must  comply  with  all  of  these  requirements."  This 
statement  and  all  rules  and  regulations  governing  the  Honor 
System  shall  be  printed  in  the  official  Bulletin  and  the  Student 
Handbook.  The  statement  shall  also  be  printed  on  the  applica- 
tion form  for  admission  to  be  signed  by  the  student  before  admis- 
sion to  the  College.  It  will  be  the  responsibility  of  the  Honor 
Council  to  conduct  an  extensive  orientation  program  at  the  be- 
ginning of  each  quarter  for  all  newly  entering  students  to  ex- 
plain fully  the  requirements  of  the  Honor  System  and  to  allow 
full  discussion  of  these   regulations. 

II.  The  following  shall  be  considered  violations  of  the  Honor  Code: 

A.  Academic  dishonesty  of  any  kind  (giving  or  receiving  any 
unauthorized  help  on  any  assignment,  test  or  paper.  At  the 
beginning  of  each  quarter  it  shall  be  the  responsibility  of 
each  teacher  to  make  clear  what  shall  be  considered  unauth- 
orized help  in  his  course) . 

B.  Stealing  only  when  related  to  cheating. 

C.  Lying  before  the  Honor  Council. 

D.  Failure  to  report  a  known  offense.  (Lying  or  stealing  in 
any  other  cases  will  be  considered  disciplinary,  not  Honor, 
matters.) 

III.  Ways  of  reporting  a  violation  of  the  Honor  Code: 

A.  Self-reporting:  A  student  who  has  broken  the  Honor  Code 
should  report  himself  to  a  member  of  the  Honor  Council. 

B.  Anyone  (faculty  member  or  student)  who  is  aware  of  a 
violation  of  the  Honor  Code  must  report  the  matter.  This 
may  be  done  in  one  of  two  ways: 

51 


1.  He  may  tell  the  person  thought  to  be  guilty  to  report 
himself  to  a  member  of  the  Honor  Council  no  later 
than  the  end  of  the  next  school  day.  After  this  desig- 
nated time  the  person  who  is  aware  of  the  violation 
must  inform  a  member  of  the  Honor  Council  so  that 
the  Honor  Council  may  contact  the  accused  person  if 
he  has  not  already  reported  himself. 

2.  He  may  report  the  suspected  violation  directly  to  a 
member  ot  the  Honor  Council  without  informing  the 
accused. 

IV.      The  Honor  Council  will  be  composed  of  nine  students. 

A.  Selection  shall  be  made  by  the  President,  Vice-President, 
and  Secretary  of  the  Student  Body,  the  President  and  the  Se- 
cretary  of  the  Honor  Council,  together  with  three  faculty 
members  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  College.  Selec- 
tion shall  be  based  on  the  following  requirements: 

1.  High  moral  principles  and  unquestioned  academic  in- 
tegrity in  all  their  relations  to  fellow  students,  faculty, 
and  administrative  officials. 

2.  A  minimum  of  C+  for  the  preceding  quarter  and  an 
over-all  average  of  C-j-. 

Any  student  not  in  good  standing  with  the  college  in  aca- 
demic or  disciplinary  matters  is  ineligible  to  serve  on  the 
Honor  Council.  Any  member  of  the  Honor  Council  who 
falls  below  these  requirements  will  be  ineligible  to  con- 
tinue his  term  of  service.  A  replacement  will  not  be  se- 
lected, however,  unless  the  total  number  of  students  on  the 
Honor  Council  falls  below  seven. 

li.  The  selection  committee  shall  submit  a  questionnaire  to 
those  students  who  meet  these  requirements.  On  the  basis 
ol  the  questionnaires  the  committee  has  the  power  to  ap- 
point three  seniors,  three  juniors,  and  three  sophomores  to 
serve  on  the  Honor  Council.  At  least  three  committee  mem- 
bers shall  be  women  and  at  least  three  shall  be  men.  This 
distribution  may  be  altered  when  deemed  best  by  the  se- 
lection committee.  The  appointments  shall  be  made  by 
the  second  Tuesday  in  March,  and  the  Council  shall  as- 
sume its  duties  on  April  1. 

(  The  Honor  Council  shall  elect  one  of  its  members  to  serve 
as  President  and  one  as  Secretary.  The  President  shall 
preside  at  all  meetings  and  trials,  and  the  Secretary  shall 
maintain  a  written  record  of  all  proceedings. 

52 


I).  During  summer  school,  any  member  of  the  Honoi  Council 
who  is  attending  summer  classes  will  serve  on  the  Council 
for  the  summer  together  with  othei  students  appointed  by 
the  Council  and  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

The  Honor  Council  shall   formulate   its  own   bylaws  and  proced- 
ure. 

A.  An  Honor  Council  meeting  shall  be  called  by  the  President 
of  the  Council  to  examine  a  reported  violation  as  soon  as 
possible  alter  such  a  report.  When  possible,  the  meeting 
of  the  Council  will  be  held  within  a  week  of  the  violation. 

B.  At  the  meeting,  the  Honor  Council  will  hear  the  accusation, 
the  testimony  of  any  witnesses,  and  any  defense  the  accused 
may  wish  to  present. 

C.  The  accused  will  have  the  right  to  hear  all  witnesses  and 
all  evidence  brought  before  the  Honor  Council. 

D.  Written  notification  of  the  specific  charges  which,  if  ap- 
proved, shall  be  made  grounds  for  suspension  or  dismissal 
from  a  class. 

E.  The  accused  will  be  considered  innocent  until  proved  guilty. 

F.  Every  trial  shall  be  conducted  by  a  Council  of  at  least  sev- 
en members,  including  the  President.  In  the  absence  of  the 
President,  the  senior  justice  shall  preside. 

G.  The  Secretary  will  keep  minutes  of  all  meetings.  All  of- 
ficial testimony  will  be  tape  recorded,  provided  that  the 
recording  devices  are  under  the  control  of  the  Council. 

H.  A  vote  of  two-thirds  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Honor 
Council  present  and  voting  will  be  necessary  for  the  con- 
viction of  the  accused.  The  Council,  in  the  event  of  a  ver- 
dict of  guilty,  shall  determine  the  penalty  by  majority  vote. 

I.      The  vote  will  be  taken  by  secret  ballot. 
Post-trial  Procedure. 

A.  Immediately  upon  conclusion  of  the  trial,  the  accused  shall 
be  notified  of  the  findings  and  of  the  recommendation  that 
the  Council  will  make  to  the  President  of  the  College. 

B.  If  the  accused  is  found  innocent,  he  shall  be  notified  of  the 
finding  and  cautioned  that  the  trial  may  be  re-opened  for 
good  cause  by  the  Council  within  a  period  of  three  wTeeks 
or  at  the  request  of  the  professor  in  whose  course  the  alleged 
violation  occurred. 

55 


C.  If  a  person  is  found  guilty,  the  Honor  Council  will  recom- 
mend to  the  President  of  Armstrong  State  College  one  of 
the  following: 

1.  Expulsion  from  the  class  and  denial  of  credit  in  the 
course  in  which  the  violation  occurred  and  denial  of 
the  position  of  any  elective  office. 

2.  Suspension   from   school   for  any   number   of  quarters 

(the  minimum  suspension  will  be  for  the  remainder 
of  the  quarter  in  which  the  violation  occurs.) 

3.  Expulsion  from  school. 

In  cases  where  the  accused  is  found  guilty,  the  Honor  Council 
will  report  in  writing  its  recommendations  to  the  President  of 
the  College  who  will  make  the  final  decision.  After  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  College  has  decided  on  the  action  to  be  taken,  he 
will  inform,  in  writing,  the  accused,  the  professor  of  the  class  in 
in  which  the  violation  occurred,  and  the  accusor  of  his  decision. 
The  secretary  of  the  Honor  Council  will  then  post  an  official 
notice  on  the  bulletin  boards  announcing  his  action  without 
mentioning  the  name  of  the  accused. 

VIE  Although  the  College  feels  that  the  above  three  recommenda- 
tions are  appropriate  for  academic  dishonesty,  it  also  recognizes 
that  unique  circumstances  may  arise.  For  such  cases,  a  series  of 
appeals  is  open  to  the  convicted  student.  He  may  appeal  either 
the  conviction  or  the  punishment  or  both  in  the  following  ways: 

A.  To  the  President  of  Armstrong  State  College  in  a  letter. 

B.  The  President's  decision  may  be  appealed  to  the  Chancellor 
of  the  University  System  of  Georgia  in  a  letter. 

C.  The  Chancellor's  decision  may  be  appealed  to  the  Board 
of  Regents  of  the  University  System  of  Georgia  in  a  letter. 

VIII.  Each  student  will  be  required  to  write  on  every  written  assign- 
ment, test,  or  paper  a  pledge  that  he  has  neither  given  nor  re- 
ceived any  unauthorized  help  on  this  work.  This  may  be  done 
by  writing  the  word  "Pledged"  followed  by  the  student's  signa- 
ture. 

IX.  The  Honor  System  is  dependent  upon  student  cooperation  and 
support.  It  is  felt  that  every  student  wishes  the  credit  for  his 
work  to  be  unquestioned  and  the  college  he  has  chosen  to  be 
respected. 

X.  A  revision  of  the  Honor  System  will  require  a  majority  vote  of 
the  faculty  and  of  the  student  body. 

54 


ACADEMIC  ADVISEMENT 

Ever}  student  who  enters  Armstrong  State  College  indicates  -'it  the 
inic  he  applies  for  admission  wha(  majoi  program  he  hopes  to  follow 
orward  a  degree,  eithei  .it  Armstrong  or  al  anothei  college. 

II  the  student  has  not  yet  decided  upon  .1  choice  foi  his  majoi 
>rogram.  lie  in.tv  .mend  several  advising  sessions  during  the  orientation 

K'liod.  In  tact,  it  is  not  necessar)  I01  the  student  in  inan\  m.ijoi  pro- 
grams lor  the  Uachcloi  ol  Aits  degree  to  make  a  choice  until  the  end  ol 
lis  sophomore  year.  II  a  student  waits  one  01  two  years  to  choose  a  majoi 
>rogram  leading  to  a  Bachelor  ol  Science'  degree,  he  will  probably  find 
that  he  must  take  additional  courses  to  meet  graduation  requirements. 
For  a  student  attempting  to  choose  a  major  field  during  his  first  two 
years,  the  Office  ol  the  Dean  ol  Student  Affairs  offers  counselling  and 
facultx    members  are   happ\    to  discuss  aspects  of  their  fields. 

During  Orientation  Week  and  before  registration,  all  new  enter- 
ing  students,  both  freshmen  and  transfer  students,  will  meet  with  the 
faculty  advisor  for  the  major  program  they  have  indicated.  The  advisor 
will  guide  them  at  this  time  in  mapping  out  a  schedule  for  the  first 
two  years.  The  student  is  then  responsible  for  taking  the  courses  required 
for  his  program,  as  outlined  in  the  college  Bulletin,  in  the  proper 
sequence,  during  his  freshman  and  sophomore  years.  If  the  student 
has  questions  concerning  the  courses  required  or  the  proper  scheduling 
of  them  during  these  first  two  years,  he  should  see  the  faculty  advisor 
assigned  by  his  major  department  to  confer  with  students  during  the 
pre-advisement  period  scheduled  in  the  college  calendar.  Since  the 
student  is  responsible  lor  fulfilling  the  requirements  of  his  program, 
he  does  not  need  the  written  approval  of  a  faculty  advisor  in  order  to 
register  for  courses  each  quarter.* 

During  the  third  quarter  of  his  sophomore  year,  a  student  hoping 
to  pursue  a  four-year  major  program  should  take  to  the  faculty  advisor 
assigned  by  his  major  department  a  list  of  the  courses  he  has  completed 
with  grades.  Having  satisfactorily  completed  the  requirements  for  the 
first  two  years  of  his  major  program,  he  will  then  be  admitted  formally 
to  the  third  year  of  the  major  program  and  guided  by  the  departmental 
adviser  in  maping  out  his  curriculum  for  the  last  two  years.  During  the 
six  quarters  of  his  junior  and  senior  years  the  student  must  have  his 
course  selection  approved  in  writing  by  the  departmental  adviser  each 
quarter  before  registration.  The  proper  time  for  this  is  during  the  pre- 
advisement  period  listed  in  the  college  calendar.  During  these  last  two 

•However,  a  student  must  be  extremely  careful  to  observe  all  regulations  for  ad- 
mission to  courses,  such  as  the  requirement  of  other  prerequisite  courses,  sometimes 
with  a  specified  grade.  Credit  for  a  course  is  invalid  unless  all  its  prerequisite  re- 
quirements are  observed. 

55 


yean,  the  adviser  will  keep  a  record  of  the  courses  the  student  takes  and 
the  grades  he  makes,  and  dining  the  fall  quarter  of  the  senior  year, 
Ihe  adviser  will  signify  to  the  Registrar  that  the  student  has  com- 
pleted all  requirements  for  graduation  in  that  major  program  up  to 
that  time,  and  is,  therefore,  recommended  for  graduation. 

ACADEMIC  ADVISEMENT  FOR  STUDENTS  ON 
ACADEMIC  PROBATION 

A  student  admitted  to  the  College  on  academic  probation  or 
placed  on  academic  probation  at  the  end  of  any  quarter  must  confer 
with  and  must  have  his  registration  cards  signed  by  the  faculty  adviser 
assigned  In  his  major  department.  A  student  who  has  not  selected  a  major 
will  be  advised  by  a  special  adviser  appointed  by  the  Dean  of  the 
College. 

RELATING  TO  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

1.  Each  student  is  responsible  for  fulfilling  the  requirements  of  the 
degree  program  which  he  has  chosen,  in  accordance  with  the 
]  emulations  of  the  college  catalogue. 

2.  Exceptions  to  course  requirements  for  a  degree  are  permitted  only 
with  the  written  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College  upon  the 
recommendation   of   the  department  head. 

\  student  will  graduate  under  the  catalogue  in  effect  at  the 
time  of  his  admission  to  the  college.  However,  after  an  absence 
horn  Armstrong  State  College  of  two  or  more  consecutive  years,  a 
student  must  meet  the  requirements  of  the  catalogue  in  effect  at 
die  time  of  his  return. 

1.  Not  more  than  one-fourth  of  the  work  counted  toward  a  degree 
may  consist  of  courses  taken  by  correspondence  or  extension.  No 
correspondence  courses  may  be  used  to  meet  the  requirements  in 
the  major  field  or  related  fields  for  the  Bachelor's  degree  or  for 
English  composition  or  foreign  language.  No  corespondence  courses 
may  be  taken  while  a  student  is  enrolled,  without  prior  approval 
ot  the  Dean  ol  the  College  and  the  head  ol  the  department  in  which 
the  student  is  majoring. 

5.  1>\  state  law,  one  of  the  requirements  for  a  diploma  or  certificate 
from  schools  supported  by  the  State  of  Georgia  is  a  demonstration 
ot  proficiency  in  United  States  history  and  government  and  in 
Georgia  history  and  government.  A  student  at  Armstrong  State 
I    allege  may  demonstrate  such  proficiency  by  passing. 

1)    Political  Science   113   and  History  251   or  History  252, 
or2)    A    two    hour    examination    in     United    States    and    Georgia 
history  and  government. 

G.  To  qualify  lor  the  baccalaureate  degree,  a  student  must  earn  at 
Armstrong  the  last  15  quarter  hours  of  credit  applicable  toward 
the  degree;    and  he   must  complete   at  Armstrong  at  least  half  of 

56 


the    COUneS    required    ill    his    major    field    of    Itudy.    Wh<  n    (iuum- 

stances  warrant  1 1  i s  doing  so,  the  Dean  ol  the  College  may  permit 
i  student  to  complete  up  to  ten  oi  the  List  Hi  quarter  hours  of 
credit  .it  anothei  college.  (A  request  for  permission  to  complete 
more  than  ten  ol  these  last  i.">  hours  elsewhere  will  l>e  referred 
to  the  Committee  on   Academic    Standing.) 

7.  For  graduation  the  student  must  earn  an  over-all  average  ol  2.0  <>i 
better  considering  work  taken  at  all  colleges,  computed  in  such 
manner  that  a  course  will  he  counted  only  once,  regardless  <>|  the 
niunhei  ol  times  th.n  it  has  been  repeated.  The  grade  earned  in 
the  last  attempt  will  determine  the  niunhei  ol  honor  points  as- 
signed   lor   graduation. 

Additionally,  the  student  must  earn  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0 
or  better  on  each  of  the  following: 

a.  all  work  at  Armstrong; 

b.  all  courses  in  the  major  field. 
(For  regulations  on  grade  point  average  governing  probation  and 

dismissal,   see   page   GO.) 

8.  To  qualify  for  a  second  baccalaureate  degree,  a  candidate  must 
earn  at  Armstrong  at  least  45  additional  hours  of  credit  and,  of 
course,  meet  all  qualitative  requirements  for  the  degree. 

9.  Before  a  degree  will  be  conferred  upon  a  student  by  Armstrong 
State  College  he  must  pay  all  fees  and  must  notify  the  Registrar 
in  writing  at  least  by  the  end  of  the  preceding  Fall  Quarter 
of  his  intention  to  graduate.  A  candidate  for  a  degree,  unless 
excused  in  writing  by  the  President,  Dean  of  the  College,  or 
Dean  of  Student  Affairs,  must  attend  the  graduation  exercise  at 
which  a  degree  is  to  be  conferred  upon  him. 

COURSE  AND  STUDY  LOAD 

The  normal  course  load  for  full-time  students  is  15  quarter  hours 
(and  a  course  in  physical  education  during  the  freshman  and  sophomore 
years) .  An  average  student  should  devote  at  least  thirty  hours  each 
week,  in  addition,  to  course  preparation. 

A  full-time  student  is  defined  as  one  who  is  registered  for  12  or 
more  quarter  hours.  A  part-time  student  is  one  registered  for  less  than 
12  quarter  hours.  (The  Veterans  Administration  and  Selective  Service 
regulations  often  require  that  the  student  be  enrolled  for  more  than  12 
quarter  hours  to  be  classified  as  a  lull-time  student.) 

The  maximum  course  load  for  a  student  who  works  full-time  is 
11  quarter  hours.  A  working  student  should  plan  about  ten  hours 
preparation  for  each  5  quarter  hour  course. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  STUDENTS 

A  student  who  has  earned  45  quarter  hours  of  credit  will  be 
classified  as  a  sophomore;  90  quarter  hours  of  credit,  as  a  junior;  135 
quarter  hours  of  credit,  as  a  senior. 

57 


PERMISSION  FOR  OVERLOAD  OR  COURSES 
AT  ANOTHER  COLLEGE 

Permission  to  enroll  for  more  than  17  quarter  hours  will  be  granted 
bv  the  Registrar  to  a  student 

a)  with  an  average  grade  of  "B"  for  the  preceding  quarter,  or 

b)  in  an  engineering  program,  or 

c)  requiring  an  extra  course  in  one  of  the  two  quarters  prior  to 
graduation. 

No  student  will  be  allowed  to  register  for  more  than  21  quarter 
hours  in  any  one  quarter. 

A  student  who  is  on  academic  probation  will  not  be  permitted 
to  register  for  more  than  17  quarter  hours  in  any  one  quarter. 

Exceptions  to  these  limitations  may  be  made  only  by  the  Dean 
of  the  College. 

A  student  enrolled  in  Armstrong  who  at  the  same  time  pursues 
for  credit  at  another  college  may  not  transfer  such  credit  to  .Armstrong, 
unless  he  has  obtained  in  advance  the  written  permission  of  the  Dean  of 
Armstrong  State  College  to  register  for  those  courses. 

REPORTS  AND  GRADES 

The  faculty  feels  that  students  in  college  should  be  held 
accountable  for  their  scholarship.  Accordingly,  grade  reports,  warnings 
of  deficient  scholarship  and  all  such  notices  are  not  sent  to  parents  or 
guardians  by  the  Registrar  except  on  request.  Instead,  the  student  them- 
selves receive  these  reports  and  are  expected  to  contact  their  advisers 
whenever  their  worn  is  unsatisfactory.  Grade  reports  are  issued  at  the 
end  of  each  quarter.  Reports  of  unsatisfactory  grades  are  issued  in  the 
middle  of  each  quarter.  Each  student  has  access  to  an  adviser;  in  addition, 
the  Registrar  and  all  instructors  are  available  to  help  any  student 
seeking  assistance. 

Reports  are  based  on  the  folowing  system  of  grading. 
GRADE  HONOR  POINTS 

A  4.0 

B  3.0 

C  2.0 

D  1.0 

F  0 

I  Incomplete 

W       Withdrew  with  no  grade 
\VT     Withdrew  failing 
NC     No  Credit 

A  student  who  receives  an  "I"  (incomplete  grade)  should  consult 
his  instructor  at  once  and  arrange  to  complete  the  requirements  of  the 
course.  An  'T'  grade  which  has  not  been  removed  by  the  middle  ol 
the  succeeding  quarter  automatically  becomes  an  "F". 

53 


HONORS 
Dean'&   List:   Students  enrolled   Foi    al    I<-.m   ten  quarter  hours  of 

murse  work  who  earn  an  honor  point  average  ol  ;it  hast  5.3  will  be 
placed  on  the  Dean's  List,  which  is  published  quarterly. 

Cum  Laude:  Those  students  graduating  with  an  honoi  point  aver- 
se ol  5.2  through  :'>.ln(.)  will  be  graduated  cum  laude. 

Magna  Cum  Laude:  Those  students  graduating  with  an  honor 
feint  average  ol  5.5  through  5.799  will  be  graduated  magna  cum  laude. 

Summa  Cum  Laude:  Those  students  graduating  with  an  honor 
point  average  of  5.8  through  4.0  will  be  graduated  summa  cum  laude 

All  work  attempted  at  Armstrong  and  other  accredited  institutions 
will  be  considered  in  computing  honors  for  graduation. 

ATTENDANCE 

The  control  of  student  attendance  at  class  meetings  and  the  effect 
ot  .i  student's  attend. une  on  his  grades  in  a  course  are  left  entirely  to 
the  discretion  of  the  instructor. 

A  student  is  resjxmsible  for  knowing  everything  that  is  announced, 
discussed,  or  lectured  upon  in  class  as  well  as  for  mastering  all  assigned 
reading;  he  is  also  responsible  for  turning  in  on  time  all  assignments 
and  tests,  including  recitation  and  unannounced  quizzes.  The  best 
way  to  meet  these  responsibilities  is  to  attend  classes  regularly.  An 
.instructor  may  drop  a  student  from  anv  (lass  with  a  grade  of  "F" 
if  he  thinks  that  excessive  absence  prevents  that  student  from  satis- 
factorily fulfilling  his  responsibilities.  If  such  excessive  absence  is 
the  result  of  prolonged  illness,  death  in  the  family,  college  business, 
or  religious  holidays,  the  withdrawal  grade  will  be  either  "W"  or  "F" 
depending  on  the  student's  status  at  the  time  he  was  dropped.  Each 
instructor  will  be  responsible  for  informing  his  classes  on  their  meet- 
ing what  constitutes  excessive  absence  in  the  particular  class.  Each 
student  is  responsible  for  knowing  the  attendance  regulation  in  his 
class  and  for  complying  with  it. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

All  students  who  are  enrolled  for  ten  quarter  hours  or  more  on 
the  day  schedule  are  required  to  complete  six  physical  education  courses, 
one  in  each  quarter  of  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  (111,  112, 
1 1 3  in  the  freshman  year) . 

Any  student  who  holds  a  valid  senior  life  saving  certificate  and/or 
a  valid  water  safety  instructor  certificate  and/or  passes  the  Armstrong 
swimming  test  may  be  exempt  from  the  required  swimming  course. 

A  student  graduating  with  an  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  in  less 
than  six  quarters  must  take  one  course  in  each  quarter  of  his  freshman 
and  sophomore  years. 

Students  enrolled  in  the  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  program  in 
nursing  are  required  to  complete  three  physical  education  courses. 

59 


A  student  who  has  completed  at  least  six  months  of  military  service 
is  required  to  take  only  tour  courses  of  physical  education,  which  he 
may  choose  from  all  scheduled  offerings,  during  his  freshman  and  sopho- 
more years. 

Physical  education  is  not  required  of  anyone  who  is  beyond  the 
age  of  25  at  the  time  of  initial  matriculation,  or  of  anyone  enrolled 
primarily  in  evening  classes. 

The  department  requires  all  students  to  make  up  excused  absences; 
unexcused  absences  lower  the  final  grade. 

ACADEMIC  PROBATION  AND  DISMISSAL 

A  student  failing  to  maintain  the  gradepoint  average  indicated 
for  quarter  hours  attempted  will  be  placed  on  academic  probation: 

Quarter  Hours  Attempted  at 
Armstrong  and  Elsewhere 

0-15 

16-30 

31-45 

46-60 

61-75 

76-90 

91-105 
106-120 
121-135  and  over 

A  student  on  academic  probation  who  raises  his  cumulative  grade- 
point  average  during  the  probationary  quarter  to  equal  or  exceed  the 
appropriate  figure  in  the  foregoing  table  will  be  returned  to  good  stand- 
ing. One  who  fails  to  achieve  the  required  cumulative  average,  but 
does  earn  an  average  of  at  least  2.0  for  the  quarter,  will  be  continued 
on  probation  for  the  next  quarter  of  attendance.  (A  grade  of  T  will 
be  treated  as  'F'   until   it   is  removed.) 

The  student  on  academic  probation  who  does  not  achieve  the 
required  cumulative  average  or  who  does  not  earn  an  average  of  at  least 
2.0  tor  the  quarter  in  which  he  is  on  probation  will  be  dismissed  from 
the  college  lor  one  quarter.  A  third  such  academic  dismissal  will  be  final. 

A  student  re-entering  the  college  after  academic  dismissal  is  placed 
on  probation  and  must  meet  the  requirement  listed  above. 

A  student  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  may  appeal  by  letter  to 
the  President,  who  will  refer  the  appeal  to  the  Committee  on  Academic 
Standing.  Such  a  letter  ol  appeal  should  state  the  nature  of  any  ex- 
tenuating  circumstances  relating  to  the  academic  deficiency;  the  letter 
must  be  received  by  the  President  no  later  than  9  a.m.  on  registration 
day. 

60 


DROPPING  COURSES 

A  student  desiring  to  drop  .1  course  aftei   the  quartei   lias  b 

mist  obtain  .1  Drop-Add  Notice  in  the  Office  ol  Studenl   Affairs.  '  1  lu- 

lotice  must  be  signed  l>\  the  instructor  oi  the  course  being  dropped  and 


urned  l>\   the  studenl   10  the  Registrar's  Office 


A  student   who  drops   .1   course   not    mote   than   seven  <Liss  daya 

ifter  the  course  begins  will  receive  the  grade  of  "\\".  A  student  who 

irops  .1  course  after  the  first  seven  class  days  and  before  the  last  eight 

lass   days,    will    receive    .1   grade    ol    "W"    0     "!•".    depending    on    his 

status    in     the    course.      \    student     nia\     not     \  oluni.ih  1\     drop    a    coins*- 

during  the  last  eight  elass  days  <>|  a  quarter. 

WITHDRAWING  FROM  COLLEGE 

Any  student  who  finds  it  necessary  to  withdraw  from  college  must 

3egin  the  process  in  the  Oil  ice  ol  Student  Affairs.  A  formal  withdrawal 

is  required  to  insure  that  the  student  is  eligible  to  return  to  Armstrong 

I  State  College  at  a   future  date.   Any  refund   to  which  a  student  is  en- 

'  titled  will  be  considered  from  the  date  which  appears  on  the  withdrawal 

form. 

AUDITING 

A  regular  student  wishing  to  "audit"  a  course  without  receiving 
credit  must  obtain  the  written  permission  of  the  instructor  before  he 
registers  for  the  course.  During  the  registration  process  the  student 
should  request  a  special  "audit"  course  card.  (Policy  for  some  courses 
forbids  "auditing.")  An  "auditor"  cannot  change  to  regular  credit  status 
after  the  first  week  of  class.  A  student  may  not  change  from  credit 
status  to  audit  status  after  the  first  seven  class  meetings.  A  student  who 
registers  for  a  course  as  an  "auditor"  receives  no  credit,  "N.C.",  on 
his  trnascript.  Regular  schedules  of  fees  apply  to  auditors. 
SYSTEM-WIDE  ACHIEVEMENT  TESTING  PROGRAM 

University  System  policy  requires  that  a  10%  random  sample  of 
all  first-time  entering  freshmen  and  a  10%  random  sample  of  all  rising 
juniors  must  take  the  Survey  of  College  Achievement  tests.  For  the 
purpose  of  this  program,  students  shall  be  classified  as  rising  juniors 
during  the  quarter  following  the  completion  of  70  quarter  credit  hours 
of  academic  study  exclusive  of  credit  in  physical  education. 


61 


VII.  Student  Services,  Activities 

The  Office  ol  Student  Affairs,  administered  by  the  Dean  of 
Student  Affairs,  is  responsible  for  all  student  services  and  activities. 
In  addition  to  formal  classroom  instruction,  the  College  recognizes  the 
need  foi  providing  programs  and  services  which  contribute  to  a  well- 
rounded  college  experience.  Such  programs  are  administered  by  the 
Office  <>l  Student  Affairs  through  the  following  individuals:  Regis- 
trar, Admissions  Officer,  Counselors,  Director  of  Financial  Aid,  Direc- 
tor of  Student  Activities,  and  the  Campus  Nurse. 

ACADEMIC  ADVISEMENT 

Before  and  during  registration,  members  of  the  faculty  are  avail- 
able to  students  for  assistance  in  the  selection  of  course  work  and  in  the 
scheduling  of  classes.  Information  concerning  degree  requirements  and 
college  regulations  is  provided  and  topics  of  general  academic  interest 
may  be  discussed. 

By  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year,  students  are  required  to 
designate  a  major  field  and  are  assigned  to  a  faculty  adviser  in  that 
area.  The  faculty  adviser  then  works  closely  with  the  student  in 
planning  a  program  leading  to  the  successful  completion  of  regree  re- 
quirements. 

COUNSELING  SERVICES 

The  faculty  and  administration  of  Armstrong  State  College  recog- 
nize that  students  are  frequently  confronted  with  difficult  and  important 
decisions.  In  some  instances,  students  need  the  competent  assistance  of 
professional  persons  who  have  been  trained  to  deal  with  the  specific 
problems  of  college  students. 

In  light  of  these  needs,  a  counselor  is  located  in  the  Office  of 
Student  Affairs  to  help  students  (1)  clarify  educational  and  vocational 
objectives,  (2)  develop  effective  study  skills  and  habits,  and  (3)  deal 
with  problems  of  social  and  emotional  significance.  Services  are  available 
to  all  students  at  no  charge. 

ORIENTATION 

Orientation  for  freshmen  is  scheduled  prior  to  registration  for  the 
Fall  Quarter.  The  program  is  designed  to  assist  students  in  making  the 
transition  from  high  school  to  college  and  to  acquaint  them  with 
school  policies,  traditions,  and  procedures.  The  Orientation  Program 
includes  an  introduction  to  faculty  and  administration;  a  presentation 
of  the  purposes  of  Armstrong  State  College;  indoctrination  concerning 
the  college's  regulations  and  requirements:  an  introduction  to  student 
leaders  and  student  activities;  a  survey  of  the  facilities  of  the  school;  and 
an  opportunity  for  the  student  to  plan  a  program  with  counselors. 
Attendance  is  required. 

62 


PLACEMENT  OFFICE 

The  Placemen l  Office,  located  in  the  Office  ol  Community  Ser- 
vices, assists  Armstrong  State  College  graduate!  in  securing  business  and 
professional  positions.  \n\  senioi  desiring  assistance  in  securing  em- 
ployment  should  contact   this  office. 

CONDUCT 

Ever)  student  who  enrolls  in  .1  course  at  Armstrong  State  Colli 

(commits  himself.  l>y  the  act  ol  enrolling,  to  lull  compliance  with   the 

rules  .ind  regulations  of  the  Honor  System  and  (lode  ol  Conduct.  The 
Honoi  System  is  outlined  under  "Academic  Regulations"  in  this  Bulletin 
and  the  Code  ol  Conduct  appears  at  the  end  ol  this  section. 

Compliance  with  the  regulations  and  policies  of  the  faculty  of 
Armstrong  State  College  and  the  Regents  ol  the  University  System  of 
Georgia  is  assumed.  To  enroll  is  to  agree  to  assume  responsibility  for 
obeying  and  to  agree  to  use  established  channels  to  promote  change. 
Not  to  do  so  is  sufficient  basis  for  the  college  to  terminate  the  contract. 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  ORGANIZATIONS 

In  addition  to  an  outstanding  academic  program,  Armstrong  State 
College  offers  a  complete  program  of  extra-curricular  student  activities 
designed  to  contribute  to  the  development  of  the  student  and  to  assist 
him  in  becoming  an  active  and  productive  member  of  the  community 
in  which  he  lives. 

Student  organizations  at  Armstrong  State  College  reflect  the 
natural  variety  of  interests  found  in  a  diversified  student  body.  Indi- 
viduals who  seek  a  well-rounded  education  will  avail  themselves  of  the 
varied  opportunities  afforded  through  the  college  program  of  student 
activities. 

A  variety  of  clubs  and  organizations  representing  varied  interests 
and  activities  are  available  to  students  at  Armstrong  State  College. 
These  include  the  following. 

Service: 

Circle  K 

Alpha  Phi  Omega 
Religious: 

Wesley  Foundation 
Baptist  Student  Union 
Greeks: 

Alpha  Tau  Beta  Sorority 

Delta  Phi  Upsilon  Sorority 

Phi  Mu  Sorority 

Chi  Phi  Fraternity 

Phi  Delta  Gamma  Fraternity 

Phi  Kappa  Theta  Fraternity 

63 


Pi  Kappa  Phi  Fraternity 
Sigma  Kappa  Chi  Fraternity 

Professional: 

Student  Nurses  Association  of  Georgia 

Future  Secretaries  Association 

Student   National   Education  Association 

Hie  Psi 

American    [unior   Dental   Hygienists  Association 

Interest: 
Glee  Club 
Pep  Band 
Chess  Club 
Cheerleaders 
Literary  Club 
Masquers 
Young  Democrats 
Pep  Club 

STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 

The  Student  Government  Association  is  the  official  governing 
body  of  the  students  at  Armstrong  State  College.  It  assists  in  formulating 
a  program  of  student  services  and  activities,  and  it  strives  to  express  the 
will  of  the  majority  of  students  and  to  provide  experience  in  democratic 
living. 

All  students  are  automatically  members  of  the  Student  govern- 
ment Association  and  are  entitled  to  a  vote  in  matters  of  concern  to  stu- 
dents. Qualified  students  may  seek  positions  of  leadership  in  the  Student 
Government  Association  by  running  for  office  during  the  spring  quarter. 

STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS 

The  two  official  student  publications  on  campus  are  the  Inkwell. 
(the  college  newspaper)  and  the  Geechee  (the  college  annual) .  Both  pub- 
licaions  are  produced  entirely  by  students  under  the  supervision  of 
qualified  faculty  members.  Financed  in  part  by  the  Student  Activity 
Fund,  these  publications  provide  opportunities  tor  students  in  creative 
writing,  reporting,  and  design. 

HEALTH 

Armstrong  State  College  maintains  a  campus  infirmary  where 
a  registered  nurse  is  on  duty  from  8:15  a.m.  until  5  p.m.  Students  who 
become  ill  or  who  are  involved  in  accidents  while  on  campus  should 
not  hesitate   to  avail   themselves  of  this  service. 

I  he  college  also  makes  available,  on  a  voluntary  basic,  a  student 
health  and  accident  insurance  policy.  The  cost  of  the  policy  is  S12  for 
a  lull  \ear.  Information  regarding  the  program  may  be  secured  in  the 
Office  of  Student  A  Hairs. 

64 


\I  1'MXI  OFFICE 

The  primary  purposes  <>i  the  Vlurani  Office  are  i<>  k<<j>  fonnei  itu* 
tents  informed  about  the  college  and  t<>  help  them  keep  in  touch  with 
•.(( h  other.  \n\  person  who  at  any  time  w.i^  matriculated  .is  a  regulai 
jtudeni  is  eligible  i<m  membership  in  the  Alumni  Association  and, 
upon  payment  <>i  his  dues,  will  receive  the  quarterly  newsletter,  "The 
Geechee  Gazette,"  and  may  vote  and  hold  office  in  the  Association, 
fhe  Alumni  Office  assists  in  arranging  class  reunions,  board  meetings, 
and  other  functions.  For  further  information  contact  the  Director  of 
Public  Information. 


HOUSING 

Private  apartments  for  male,  female,  and  married  students  are 
available  within  walking  distance  of  Armstrong  State  College.  During 
the  1970-71  session,  Candler  General  Hospital  will  make  its  dormitory 
which  formerly  housed  student  nurses  available  to  any  single  female 
Armstrong  students  who  are  interested  in  dormitory  accommodations. 
For  further  information  regarding  housing,  please  contact  the  Office 
of  Student  Affairs. 


ATHLETICS 

Armstrong  State  College  participates  in  inter-collegiate  athletic 
competition  in  basketball,  baseball,  and  golf.  Additional  athletic  oppor- 
tunities are  provided  through  the  Intramural  Program  in  the  areas  of 
basketball,  softball,  swimming,  and  volleyball. 


CULTURAL  OPPORTUNITIES 

Armstrong  State  College  provides  a  variety  of  cultural  opportuni- 
ties for  its  students.  Lectures  by  eminent  scholars  in  the  various  academic 
fields  and  musical  concerts  by  outstanding  artists  are  an  integral  part 
of  the  program  in  general  education.  Student  dramatic  productions 
under  professional  direction  and  the  student  choral  society  have  created 
distinguished  traditions  for  these  groups. 

65 


Student  Code  of  Conduct 

I.  THE  CODE  OF  STUDENT  CONDUCT 
A.  Genera]  Policies 

1.  rhe  College  is  dedicated  not  only  to  learning  and  the  advance- 
ment of  knowledge,  but  also  to  the  development  of  ethically  sensitive 
and  responsible  persons.  It  seeks  to  achieve  these  goals  through  a  sound 
educational  program  and  policies  governing  student  conduct  that  en- 
courage  independence  and  maturity. 

2.  The  College  distinguishes  its  responsibility  for  student  conduct 
from  the  control  functions  of  the  community.  When  a  student  has  been 
apprehended  lor  the  violation  of  a  law  of  the  community,  the  state,  or  the 
nation,  the  College  will  not  request  or  agree  to  special  consideration  for 
the  student  because  of  his  status  as  a  student.  The  College  will  cooperate, 
however,  with  law  enforcement  agencies  and  with  other  agencies  in  any 
program  lor  the  rehabilitation  of  the  student. 

3.  The  College  may  apply  sanctions  or  take  other  appropriate  action 
only  when  student  conduct  directly  and  significantly  interferes  with  the 
College's  (a)  primary  educational  responsibility  or  ensuring  the  oppor- 
tunity of  all  members  of  the  College  community  to  attain  their  educa- 
tional objectives,  or  (b)  subsidiary  responsibilities  of  protecting  pro- 
perty, keeping  records,  providing  services,  and  sponsoring  non-classroom 
activities  such  as  lectures,  concerts,  athletic  events,  and  social  functions. 

4.  Students  are  subject  to  the  separate  provisions  of  the  Armstrong 
State  College  Honor  Code,  violations  of  which  are  not  set  forth  in  Sec- 
tion C  below.  The  first  hearing  on  violations  of  the  Honor  Code  shall 
be  before  the  Honor  Council  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Honor  Code. 

5.  Procedural  fairness  is  basic  to  the  proper  enforcement  of  all  College 
lules.  In  particular,  no  disciplinary  sanction  as  serious  as  expulsion, 
susj>ension,  disciplinary  probation,  or  entry  of  an  adverse  notation  on 
any  permanent  record  available  to  persons  outside  the  College  shall  be 
imposed  unless  the  student  has  been  notified  in  writing  of  the  charges 

Mist  him  and  has  had  an  opportunity  (a)  to  appear  alone  or  with 
any  other  persons  to  advise  and  assist  him  before  an  appropriate  com- 
mittee, court,  or  official,  (b)  to  know  the  nature  and  source  of  the 
evidence  against  him  and  to  present  evidence  in  his  own  behalf,  and 
(c)  to  have  his  case  reviewed  in  accordance  with  Part  II,  Paragraph  C 
below. 

6.  Students  shall  have  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  formation 
ol  all  policies  and  rules  pertaining  to  student  conduct  and  in  the 
enforcement  of  all  such  rules. 

66 


7.  No  disciplinary  action  shall  be  imposed  on  .1  itudenl  b)  or  in  the 
name  <>i  the  College  except  in  accordance  with  this  Code  01  the  Honoi 

Code,  whi<  hever  shall  apply. 

B.  Sanctions 

1.  Sanctions  which  ma\   be  imposed  for  the  commission  of  colli 
offenses  shall  include  the  following: 

(a)  Expulsion    From    the   College.    Expulsion    means   permanent 

separation   Iroin   the  College. 

(b)  Suspension  from  the  College  for  a  definite  or  indefinite 
period  of  time.  Suspension  means  Involuntary  disenrollment 
and  or   withdrawal    ol    the    privilege   of  enrollment. 

(c)  Disciplinary  probation  with  or  without  loss  of  designated 
privileges  lor  a  definite  period  of  time.  The  violation  of 
the  terms  of  the  disciplinary  probation  or  the  infraction  of  any 
college  rule  during  the  period  of  disciplinary  probation  may 
be  grounds  for  suspension  or  expulsion  from  the  College. 
The  parents  of  any  student  under  21  years  of  age  who  is 
placed  on  disciplinary  probation,  suspended,  or  expelled 
shall   be   notified. 

(d)  Social  probation  with  loss  of  such  specified  privileges  as  may 
be  consistent  with  the  offense  committed.  The  loss  of  privile- 
ges shall  be  for  a  definite  period  of  time. 

(e)  Reprimand.  A  written  rebuke,  of  which  a  record  will  be  re- 
tained in  the  student's  file  so  long  as  he  remains  at  Arm- 
strong, but  which  will  not  be  forwarded  to  any  other  college 
or  employer. 

(f)  Admonition  and  warning. 

2.  The  sanctions  of  expulsion  or  suspension  ordinarily  shall  be  im- 
posed only  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Student  Court.  In  extra- 
ordinary circumstances,  where  gross  violations  of  conduct  rules  are 
disrupting  the  proper  function  of  the  College,  students  may  be  summarily 
suspended  by  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs.  Appeal  from  such  suspension 
may  be  made  in  accordance  with  Part  II,  Paragraph  C,  Appeal  Proce- 
dures, below. 

C.  Violations 

1.  Expulsion  or  suspension  from  the  College  or  any  lesser  sanction 
may  result  from  the  commission  of  any  of  the  folowing  offenses: 

(a)  Conduct  which  is  in  violation  of  federal,  state  or  local  laws 
which  was  committed  on  campus,  or  which  involves  college 
property  or  which  is  against  members  of  the  College  com- 
munity acting  in  their  official  capacity. 

(b)  Violations  of  published  Policies  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of 

67 


die  University  System  of  Georgia,  a  copy  of  which  shall  be 
on  reserve  in  the  library. 

Participantion  In  any  hazing  -  like  act,  physical  or  mental, 
perpetrated  for  the  purpnse  of  submitting  a  student  to  physi- 
cal pain,  discomfort,  indignity,  or  humiliation  at  any  time 
or  any  place. 

(d)  Forgery,  alteration,  destruction,  or  misuse  of  college  docu- 
ments, records,  or  identification  cards,  or  furnishing  false 
information  to  the  College  with  intent  to  deceive,  or  posses- 
sion or  use  of  fire  arms. 

(e)  Reproducing  or  unauthorized  possession  of  keys  to  any  college 
facility  or  entering  any  college  facility  without  proper 
authority. 

(f)  Malicious  destruction,  damage,  or  misuse  of  college  property, 
including  library  materials,  or  of  private  property  on  the 
campus. 

(g)  Direct  disobedience  of  orders  given  by  a  college  official  who 
has  identified  himself  and  is  acting  within  his  authority. 
This  would  include  failure  to  present,  within  a  reasonable 
amount  of  time,  the  College  identification  acrd. 

(h)  Two  or  more  (or  repetition  of)  offenses  listed  in  paragraph 
below. 

2.  Disciplinary  probation  or  any  lesser  sanction  may  result  from  the 
commission  of  any  of   the  following  offenses: 

(a)  Failure  to  comply  with  Georgia  law  concerning  the  use, 
possession,  or  consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages.  This  would 
include  all  on-campus  activities  and  those  off-campus  activ- 
ities paid  for  out  of  Student  Activity  Funds. 

(b)  Disorderly  conduct  on  campus  or  at  off-campus  affairs  financ- 
ed  by  Student  Activity  Funds. 

(c)  Violation  of  any  college  rule,  subsequently  promulgated  by 
the  College  for  the  infraction  of  which  sanctions  may  be 
imposed  under  this  Code.  All  such  rules  shall  be  in  writing 
and  shall  be  published  and  posted  on  the  official  College 
Bulletin  Board  in  such  manner  as  to  furnish  adequate  notice 
of  their  contents  to  students  affected  by  such  rules.  The  Col- 
lege's failure  to  comply  with  this  requirement  shall  be  a 
complete  defense  of  any  charge  of  violation  of  a  rule  of  which 
the  student  has  no  actual  knowledge.  A  students  failure  to  fam- 
iliarize himself  with  published  rules  shall  not  be  an  adequate 
defense. 

D.  Group  Offenses 

1.  Living  organizations,  societies,  clubs,  and  similar  organized  groups 
are  responsible  lor  compliance  with  college  regulations.  Upon  satisfactory 

68 


proof  thai  the  -l;i <>iij>  li. is  encouraged,  oi  did  not  take  reasonable  steps 
as  .1  group  to  preveiK  violations  oi  college  regulations,  the  group  ma) 
be  subjected  to  permanent  or  temporal*)  suspension  ol  charter,  social 
probation,  denial  ol  use  oi  college  facilities,  oi  othei  like  sanctions. 

2,  The  determination  that  .1  group  is  liable  to  sanction  under  the 
foregoing  Section  1.  ami  of  the  sanction  10  be  imposed,  shall  be  made 
by  the  Student  Activities  Committee  al  .1  hearing  held  foi  that  purpose, 
The  president  01  principal  office]  ol  tin  group  must  he  given  reasonable 

notice  ol  the  time  and  place  ol  said  hearing  and  ol  the  nature  ol  the 
charges.  He  or  any  other  member  of  the  group  is  entitled  to  attend  and 
be  heard  at  the  hearing. 

:'>.  Nothing  herein  authorizes  the  Imposition  of  individual  sanctions 
my  person  other  than  in  accordance  with  the  Code  ol  Student  Con- 


luct 


E.  The  Student  Conduct  Committee 

1.  The  Student  Conduct  Committee  shall  be  responsible  to  the  fac- 
ulty and  the  President  of  the  College  for  recommending  policies  relating 
to  student  conduct,  for  formulating  or  approving  rules  and  enforce- 
ment procedures  within  the  framework  of  existing  policies,  and  for 
recommending  to  the  President  of  the  College  changes  in  the  adminis- 
tration of  any  aspect  of  the  student  -  conduct  program. 

2.  The  Committee  shall  consist  of  four  teaching  faculty  members,  the 
Dean  of  Student  Affairs,  and  four  student  members,  one  representing 
each  class.  The  faculty  members  shall  be  appointed  by  the  faculty  in 
accordance  with  the  faculty  by  -  laws.  The  student  members  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  Student  Senate.  Each  member  shall  serve  for  a  period 
of  one  year.  Members  of  the  Committee  may  be  reappointed  and  re- 
placement members  may  be  appointed  at  such  time  as  is  necessary  to 
assure  full  membership  of  the  committee.  The  President  of  the  College 
may  appoint  temporary  members  of  the  Committee  to  serve  during  the 
summer  term.  A  chairman,  a  vice-chairman,  and  a  secretary  shall  be 
elected  at  the  first  meeting  of  the  committee. 

3.  The  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  shall  assist  the  Committee  in  the 
development  of  policy  and  in  the  discharge  of  its  responsibilities.  He 
shall  coordinate  the  activities  of  all  officials,  committees,  student 
groups,  and  tribunals  responsible  for  student  conduct. 

4.  All  regulations  or  rules  relating  to  student  conduct  that  are  pro- 
posed by  any  college  official,  committee  or  student  group,  and  for 
which  sanctions  may  be  imposed  in  the  name  of  the  College,  must  be 
submitted  to  the  Committee  for  consideration  and  review  prior  to 
submission  to  the  faculty. 

69 


I- .    I  he  Studenl  ( fcxii  t 

1.  The  Student  Court  shall  be  composed  of  eight  students,  two 
representing  each  class.  Four  of  the  members  shall  be  the  Vice-Presidents 
ol  the  respective  classes.  The  remaining  four  members  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Studenl  Senate.  Any  student  not  in  good  standing  with  the  Col- 
li-c  in  academi<  or  disciplinary  matters  shall  be  ineligible  to  serve  on 
the  Student  Court.  The  Court  shall  elect  a  chairman,  a  vice-chairman, 
and  a  recorder  from  its  membership.  A  faculty  adviser  shall  be  appoint- 
ed 1j\  the  faculty  from  among  three  nominations  made  by  the  Student 
Court. 

2.  A  quorum  of  the  Court  shall  consist  of  five  members.  A  decision 
that  a  student  has  committed  an  offense  requires  an  affirmative  vote  of 
three-fifths  of  the  members  of  the  Court  deciding  the  case.  Sanctions  of 
suspension  or  expulsion  may  likewise  be  imposed  only  by  three-fifths 
of  such  members.  Sanctions  of  lesser  severity  than  suspension  or  expul- 
sion shall  be  made  by  majority  vote. 

3.  A  written  copy  of  the  Court's  decision  shall  be  given  to  the 
student  concerned.  The  decision  shall  advise  the  student  of  his  rights 
to  appeal. 

4.  The  Court  may  impose  any  authorized  sanction  which  is  warrant- 
ed by  the  circumstances  of  the  case. 

5.  If  overt  intimidation  of  the  Sutdent  Court  is  established,  the 
President  of  the  College  will  refer  the  case  involved  to  the  Student 
Conduct  Committee  for  action. 

Amendments  to  the  above  Code  may  be  proposed  by  the  Student 
Senate,  and  the  Student  Senate  shall  be  given  an  opportunity  to  review 
all  amendments  proposed  by  the  faculty.  Amendments  will  be  effective 
when  approved  by  a  three-fifths  vote  of  the  faculty  and  of  the  student 
body. 

H.  Board  of  Regents'   Policy  as  Final  Authority 

None  of  the  regulations  and  procedures  herein  contained  shall  be 
in  conflict  with  policies  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Georgia  Univer- 
sity System.  Policies  of  the  Board  of  Regents  shall  be  governing  in  all 
student  conduct  matters. 

II.  THE  ADMINISTRATION  OF  THE  CODE 

A.  General  Procedures 

1.  All  violations  of  the  Code  will  be  immediately  reported  to  the 
Dean  of  Student  Affairs  by  any  person  who  has  knowledge  of  the  com- 
mission of  any  such  violation. 

70 


2.  I  he  Dr. in  of  Student  Affairs  shall  insure  tha(  the  best  interests  of 
;mv  offending  student  are  served,  regardless  <>i  whether  disciplinary 
action  is  taken,  i>\  making  sure  that  the  student  is  advised  <>l  his  rights. 

5.  Where  sufficient  evidence  exists  that  a  violation  oi  lav  has  occurr- 
ed, the  Dean  oi  Student  Affairs  shall  refci  the  case  and  transmit  the 
evidence  to  the  appropriate  enforcement  agency. 

1.  Where  the  evidence  establishes  to  his  satisfaction  thai  a  college 
offense  has  occurred,  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  shall  advise  the  stu- 
dent of  the  charges  against  him  and  ask  the  student  il  he  prefers  to 
lave  the  offense  handled  administratively  or  to  have  the  case  referred 

to  the  Student  Coin!  loi  hearing.  II  the  student  prefers  that  the  case 
not  be  referred  to  the  Student  Court,  he  will  be  required  to  sign  a 
S/aiver  of  his  right  to  a  hearing  before  the  Student  Court. 

B.  The  Student  Court 

1.  Any  student  whose  case  is  referred  to  the  Student  Court  shall  be 
notified  of  such  referral  in  writing  by  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  at 
last  three  days  before  the  hearing  and  shall  be  apprised  in  the  notice 
of  the  charges  against  him.  Dining  the  hearing  the  student  shall  have 
the  opportunity  (a)  to  appear  in  person  and/or  with  counsel,  (b)  to 
know  the  evidence  against  him,  and  (c)  to  call  witnesses  and  to  present 
evidence  and  argument  in  his  behalf.  In  the  resolution  of  factual  dis- 
putes, the  court  will  request  the  testimony  of  witnesses  and  otherwise 
seek  the  best  evidence  obtainable. 

2.  The  Court  shall  be  convened  by  its  presiding  officer  to  consider 
the  evidence  of  a  reported  violation  as  soon  as  reasonably  possible 
after  the  accused  has  had  the  required  three  days  notice. 

3.  A  record  shall  be  made  of  each  witness's  testimony. 

4.  Immediately  upon  conclusion  of  a  hearing,  the  student  concerned 
shall  be  notified  of  the  findings  and  recommendation  that  the  court  will 
make  to  the  President  of  the  College  and  of  his  right  to  appeal. 

C.  APPEAL  PROCEDURES 

1.  The  student  shall  have  the  right  to  appeal  from  any  sanction. 

2.  The  Student  Court  when  initally  recommending  a  sanction  shall 
advise  the  student,  in  writing,  of  his  right  to  appeal  to  the  President  of 
the  College.  The  student  shall  have  five  days  from  the  receipt  of  such 
advice  to  render  his  appeal  to  the  President,  who  shall  refer  it  to  a 
committee  in  accordance  with  Board  of  Regents'  Policy. 

3.  Appeal  from  decisions  of  the  President  of  the  College  may  be 
made  to  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  System  under  the  Board 
of  Regents'  stated  policy. 

71 


Ill    RULES  AND  REGULATIONS 

(to  be  added  as  promulgated) 


\ 


mm 


72 


VIII.  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 


du' 


Ml  baccalaureate  degrees  awarded  by  Armstrong  State  Collegi 
ire  as  a  core  curriculum  the  following  minimum  numbei  <>l  quartei 
hours  in  the  majoi  areas  of  study: 

Minimum  Quarter 

Areas  of  Study  Horns  lie, (faired 

I.  Humanities,    including,    but    no*    Limited    to   grammar   and   com- 
position and   literature  - 20 

II.  Mathematics  and  the  natural  sciences,  including  but  not  limit- 
ed to,  mathematics  and  a  ID-hour  sequence  of  laboratory  courses 
in  the  biological  or  physical  sciences  _ 20 

III.  Social  sciences,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  history  and  Ameri- 
can government  __ - 20 

IV.  Physical   Education   6 

Total  66 

1.  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  AND 
BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 

For  graduation  with  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major 
in  English,  French,  history,  or  music,  or  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  ma- 
jor in  biology,  chemistry,  or  mathematics,  the  following  requirements 
must  be  completed  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  stated  in  this 
bulletin.  Requirements  for  each  major  program  are  described  in  the 
appropriate  departmental  listing. 

Requirements  for  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor 
of  Science. 

1.  General  Requirements  in  the  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 
(Core  Curriculum) 

Qtr.  Hrs. 

1.  English  121,   122,  221,  222  20 

2.  One  Foreign  Language  101,  102,  103  15 

3.  Music,  Art,  or  Philosophy  201  5 

4.  History  of  Civilization  114,  115  10 

5.  History  of  the  United  States  251  or  252 5* 

Political  Science   113  5* 

6.  One  of  the  following  courses:  5 

*If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  by 
Examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requhement  for  graduation  (see  page  56)  , 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

73 


.economics  ^ui 
Psychology  101 
Sociology  201 

7.  Mathematics:  an  approved  sequence  10 

8.  One  of  the  following  sequences  of  two  courses 10 

Biology  101,   102 
Chemistry  121,   122 
Chemistry  128,  129 
Physics  211,  212 
Physics  217,  218 

85 

II.  Courses    in    theMajor    Field     (!)    40-70 

(No  student  will  be  allowed  to  take  senior  division 
courses  in  his  major  field  unless  he  has  a  minimum 
of  C  in  all  prerequisite  courses  in  that  field.) 

III.  Courses  in  Related  Fields   (2)   15-30 

IV.   Physical   Education    111,    112,    113    and    three   200 

courses  6 

V.  Free  Electives  (3)  15   (or 

more  to  complete  a  minimum  of 
185  quarter  hours,  exclusive  of 
physical  education) 

11.  TEACHER  EDUCATION 

The  standard  credential  for  teaching  in  the  public  schools  of 
Georgia  is  the  Teacher"s  Professional  Four- Year  Certificate  (T-4)  .  To 
qualify  for  this  certificate,  one  must  have  completed  an  approved  pro- 
gram designed  for  a  specific  teaching  field  and  be  recommended  by 
the  college  in  which  the  program  was  completed.  Armstrong  State  Col- 
lege offers  the  following  approved  teacher  education  programs:  (See 
pages   77-86.) 


(1)  For  its  major  program  a  department  mav  not  require  more  than  60  quarter 
hours  at  all  levels  in  the  major  field,  but  it  may  recommend  up  to  70  quarter  hours. 

(2)  For  its  major  program  a  department  will  require  from  15  to  30  quarter  hours 
of  specific  courses  or  approved  elective  courses  in  related  fields,  and  language  courses 
reaching  the  degree  of  proficiency  specified  by  the  department.  (If  a  course  is 
counted  as  fulfilling  the  General  Requirements,  it  will  not  also  fulfill  the  requirement 
for  •III.  Courses  in  Related  Fields.")  Total  requirements  for  II  and  III  may  not 
exceed  85  quarter  hours. 

(3)  For  the  B.A.  and  B.S.  degrees  a  minimum  of  185  quarter  hours,  exclusive  of 
physical  education,  is  required   for  graduation. 

74 


ci  R  I  IFICA  I  ION   PROGR  \.\is 
1  lementai j  Edu< ation  (< .1  acta  1-8) 
Spec* h  ( kw ici  lion 
Secondary  Programs  (Grades  7-12) 

Business  Education 

English 

Mathematics 

Science    (Biology) 

Science    (Chemistry) 

Social   Studies    (History) 

Social   Studies    (Political   Science) 

All  students  completing  teacher  education   programs  are  required 

to  take  both  the  Common  Examinations  and  the  appropriate  Teach- 
ing An. 1  Examination  ol  the  National  Teacher  Examinations.  Students 
must  submit  the  scores  from  these  examinations  or  evidence  that  the 
examinations  have  been  completed  to  the  Department  of  Education 
before  they  can  be  recommended  for  a  teaching  certificate.  Additional 
information  about  the  National  Teacher  Examinations  can  be  secured 
from  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

Teacher  Library  Service  Endorsement 

This  program  may  constitute  an  area  of  concentration  for  elemen- 
tary teachers  and  an  endorsement  on  the  certification  of  secondary  tea- 
chers. The  program  is  also  intended  to  create  interest  in  librarianship. 
The  courses  are  as  follows: 

Library   Science   310,   320,   410,   420   20   Q.H. 

ACADEMIC  ADVISEMENT 

A  student  who  desires  to  become  an  elementary  or  secondary  school 
teacher  should  apply  during  the  first  quarter  ol  residence  to  the  Depart- 
•  ment  of  Education  for  academic  advisement.  He  should  follow  without 
deviation  the  approved  program  designed  for  his  preparation  and  for 
meeting  the  requirements  for  the  certificate  to  teach.  Upon  admission  to 
teacher  education,  sttidents  wrill  be  assigned  advisors  as  follows: 

(1)  Elementary  education  majors  are  assigned  an  advisor  in  the 
Department  of  Education  who  will  assist  the  student  in  planning 
the  total  program  of  studies. 

(2)  Students  pursuing  secondary  teaching  programs  will  be  assigned 
an  advisor  in  the  Department  of  Education  to  assist  them  con- 
cerning the  professional  sequence  courses  and  certification  re- 
quirements. In  addition,  students  will  have  an  advisor  in  the 
teaching  field  major  to  approve  the  courses  of  the  teaching 
field. Assignment  of  the  teaching  field  advisor  will  be  made  by 
the  head  of  the  academic  department  offering  the  major.  Each 

75 


student  must  have  his  secondary  teaching  program  approved  in 
advance  In  lx>th  advisors.  Special  iorms  for  this  purpose  are  to  be 
filed  with  each  advisor  and  a  copy  given  to  the  student. 

ADMISSION    TO   TEACHER   EDUCATION 

All  students  pursuing  a  degree  program  leading  toward  certification 
1>\   the  G  Mate  Department  of  Education  as  a  teacher  must  apply 

for  admission  to  teacher  education  at  Armstrong  State  College.  This 
application  will  noimalh  take  place  during  the  third  quarter  of  the 
sophomore  year  or,  for  transfer  students,  in  the  first  quarter  of  the 
junior  year.  Application  forms  ma\  be  secured  from  the  office  of  the 
II  ad  ol  the  Department  of  Education.  The  lollowing  criteria  are  used 
in  admitting  applicants  to  teacher  education: 

(1)  Completion  of  at  least  75  quarter  hours  of  college  credit  with 
a  "C  "  average  and  completion  of  Education  203  with  a  "C"  or 
better. 

(2)  Competence  in  oral  and  written  expression. 

(3)  Satisfactory  physical  and  emotional  health. 

(4)  Indication  of  desirable  attitude,  character,  and  teaching  poten- 
tial. 

SEPTEMBER  PRACTICUM 

The  purposes  of  the  September  Practicum  are   to  provide  an  op- 
port unity  for  future  teachers   (1)   to  learn  what  teachers  do  at  the  beginn- 
ing of  a   new  school   term.    (2)    to  participate  in   experiences   that  will 
st   the  prospective  teacher  with  future  decisions  concerning  teaching 
S    a   career,   and    (3)    to   become   acquainted   with   the   organization  and 
curriculum  of  a  particular  school. 

The  September  Practicum  occurs  during  the  first  two  weeks  of  i 
the  public  school  term  (usually  in  late  August  and  early  September) 
and  should  be  scheduled  during  the  student's  junior  or  senior  year. 
No  credit  is  given  for  the  September  Practicum.  but  it  is  a  requirement 
in  all  of  the  teaching  iields  in  the  Armstrong  State  College  Teacher 
Education  Program. 

Application  for  the  September  Practicum  should  be  made  during 
the  first  week  of  the  Spring  Quarter  for  a  September  Practicum  in  the 
forthcoming  September.  The  student  should  contact  the  Director  of 
Professional  Laboratory  Experiences  in  the  Department  of  Education. 

STUDENT  TEACHING 

Student  leaching,  the  culminating  activity  of  the  professional 
sequence,  is  provided  in  selected  off-campus  public  school  centers.  The 
lull  quartei  ol  student  teaching  is  arranged  cooperatively  by  the  college.. 

7b 


he  participating  schools,  and  supervising  teachers.  Completed  applica- 
nts foi  admission  to  studeni  teaching  musl  be  submitted  to  the 
tfrectoi  ol  Professional  Laboratory  Experiences  during  the  liist  week 
•I'  the  quarter  preceding  studeni  teaching.  While  student  teaching,  the 
tudeni  is  required  to  adhere  to  established  policies  and  procedures 
|»i  tlu'  cooperating  school  system  in  addition  to  those  policies  and  pro- 
edures  established  t>\   the  college  and  the  Department  ol   Education. 

A  student  is  admitted  to  student  teaching  .it  the  time  assignment 
is  made.  While  studeni  preferences  and  other  personal  circumstances 
lit-  considered,  the  Department  of  Education  reserves  the  right  to  exer- 
pe  its  discretion  in  placement.  The  student  will  receive  a  Utter  of 
pignment.  Orientation  to  studen;  teaching  will  be  held  during  the 
iiM  several  days  ol  the  quarter  in  which  student  teaching  is  scheduled. 
The  following  requirements  must  be  met  before  a  student  can  enroll 
n  student  teaching: 

(1)  Be  admitted  to  the  Teacher  Education   Program. 

(2)  Have  at  least  senior  status. 

(3)  Have  completed  the  required  professional  sequence  courses 
with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher.  Elementary  majors  must  make 
a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher  on  all  specialized  content  courses. 

(4)  Have  a  "C"  average  at  Armstrong  State  College  on  all  courses 
attempted,  and  a  "C"  or  higher  on  all  courses  acceptable  toward 
the  teaching  field  or  concentration. 

(5)  Have  satisfactorily  completed  the  related  professional  laboratory 
experiences  including  the  "September  Practicum." 

(6)  Be  recommended  by  two    (2)    academic  professors  and  two    (2) 
members  of  the  Department  of  Education. 

(7)  Be  approved  by  the  Head  of  the  Department  of  Education. 

(8)  Have  successfully  completed  at  least  four  of  the  specialized  con- 
tent courses,  including  Education  425,  the  Teaching  of  Reading. 

A  student  will  not  be  permitted  to  take  additional  courses  during 
student  teaching  or  to  hold  any  form  of  employment.  Student  teachers 
are  not  permitted  to  teach  in  a  school  in  which  their  children  are  en- 
rolled. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
Speech  Correction 

I.  General  Requirements:  91  Quarter  Hours 

1.  Humanities:   30  quarter  hours 

Art  200,  Music  200,  or  Philosophy  201  5 

77 


English  121,   122,  221,  222  20 

Speech    228    5 

2.  Social  Sciences:   30  quarter  hours 

History    114,    115,    251*,    252*    20 

Political  Science   113*   5 

Psychology   101   5 

3.  Science:  25  quarter  hours 

Biology    101,    102   10 

Chemistry   121,   122  or  Physics  211,  212  10 

Mathematics    105    5 

4.  Physical  Education:  6  quarter  hours 

Physical  Education  111,   112,  113,  204  4 

Two  200  courses  2 

II.  Speech  Correction  Teaching  Field:  50  Quarter  Hours 

1.  Normal   Speech   Development:    25   quarter   hours 

Special  Education  315  5 

Special  Education  320  5 

Special  Education  325  5 

Special  Education  330  5 

Special  Education  335  5 

2.  Speech  Deviations  and  Language  Problems:  25  quarter  hours 

Special  Education  310  5 

Special  Education  410  5 

Special  Education  415  5 

Special  Education  420  5 

Special  Education  445  5 

III.  Related  Course:  5  quarter  hours 

Psychology   3 1 2   5 

IV.  Professional  Sequence  Courses:  45  quarter  hours 

Psychology   30 1    5 

Education  203,  301,  425,  437,  446,  447,  448  35 

Special  Education  305  5 

Total 191 


•If  otic  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  by 
examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  56)  , 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  he  allotted  to  electives. 

78 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Elementary  Education 
I.  General  Requirements:  !'<>  Quarter  Hours 

1.  Humanities:  30  quarter  hours 

An  200,  Mumc  200,  or  Philosoph)  201  5 

English   121,   122,  221,  222  20 

Speech  228  _ 5 

2.  Social  Sciences:  35  quarter  hours 

Geography    1 1 1  _ 5 

History  111,   115,  251*,  252*  _ 20 

Political  Science   113*   - 5 

Psychology    1 0 1 5 

3.  Science:  25  quarter  hours 

Biology    101,    102   10 

Chemistry  121,  122  or  Physics  211,  212  10 

Mathematics    105    5 

4.  Physical  Education:  6  quarter  hours 

Physical  Education  111,  112,  113,  204  4 

Two  200  courses 2 

II.  Electives:  25  quarter  hours 

1.  Approved  electives  to  establish  added  proficiency  in  one  area 
to  be  known  as  concentration  chosen  to  correspond  to  the  ele- 
mentary curriculum:  art,  English,  mathematics,  modern  foreign 
languages,  music,  sciences,  social  sciences,  or  Teacher  Library 
Service  20 

2.  Approved  elective  in  related  field 5 

III.  Specialized  Content  Courses:  30  quarter  hours 

Art  320  5 

Education  425  5 

English  33 1    5 

Mathematics    350    5 

Music  320  5 

Physical  Education  320  5 

IV.  Professional  Sequence  Courses:  40  quarter  hours 

Psychology  30 1    5 

Education  203,  301,  435,  436,  446,  447,  448  35 


Total  191 

79 


PROGRAM  FOR  SECOxNDARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS 
OF  BUSINESS  EDUCATION 

I.  General  Requirements  in  the  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 

Qtr.  His. 

1.  English  121,  122,  221,  222  20 

2.  Speech  228  5 

3.  History  of  Western  Civilization  114,  115  10 

4.  Principles  of  Economics    (Ec.  201,  202)    10 

5.  American  Government    (Pol.  Sc.   113)*  5 

6.  Mathematics  100,  135,  211  15 

7.  One  of  the  following-  requirements  of  two  courses:  10 

Biology  101,  102 

Chemistry  121,  122 
Chemistry  128,  129 
Physics  211,  212 
Physics  217,  218 

8.  Psychology  101  plus  four  of  the  following  courses  25 

Economics  326 

History  251*  or  252* 

Psychology  305 

Sociology  201 

Music  200,  Art  200,  or  Philosophy  201 

II.  Courses  in   Business   Education   23-28 

104  Beginning  Typing   (Often  Exempted)    2 

105  Intermediate  Typing 2 

106  Advanced  Typing  2 

111  Shorthand,   Beginning    (Often  Exempted)    3 

112  Shorthand,   Beginning  3 

113  Shorthand,  Intermediate  3 

212  Office  Machines  3 

213  Office  Procedures  5 

315  Business  Communications  5 


*If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  b 
examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  50) 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

ao 


II.  Courses  in    Business    Administration  'lr> 

B.A.  211,  212  10 

Select  three  <>i  the  following  courses  15 

1.  B.  \.  507,  Business  Lai*  I 

2.  li.A.  MO,  Principles  ol  Marketing 

:'..  r»..\.  875,  Personnel  Administration 
1.  \\.\.  560  Principles  ol   Management 
5.  Eg  527,  Monej  and  Banking 
G.  Eg  531,  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations 
7.  Eg  535,  Publi<  Finance 

V.  Physical  Education   111.   112,   113,  201,  and  two  200  courses 6 

V.  Professional  Sequence  35 

Education  203  -  Orientation  to  Teaching 5 

Psychology  501  -  Educational  Psychology  5 

Education  437,  438  -  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Secon- 
dary School   Methods.   Business  Education 10 

Education   \\6,  447,   148  -  Student  Teaching  15 


191-196 


PROGRAM  FOR  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS 

OF  ENGLISH 

I.  General  Requirements  in  the  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 

^^         ^  Qtr.  Hrs. 

1.  English  1ZT,  122,  221,  222  20 

2.  One  Foreign  Language  20" 

3.  Art  200  or  Music  200  .^-.^^ 5- 

4.  History  of  Western  Civilization   114,   115  10 

5.  History  of  the  United  States  25f*ror  252^. 5 

6.  Psychology  lul  and  Political  Science  113*  10 

7.  Freshman    Mathematics    10 

8.  One  of  the  following  requirements  of  two  courses:  10 

Biology  101,   102— 
Chemistry   121,   122 
Chemistry   128,   129 
Physics  211,  212 
Physics  217,  218 

II.  Courses  in  Major  Field 

Students  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  in  English 
including  English  325.  Five  hours  of  the  Related  Fields 
must  be  Speech  228  or  Speech  341. 


If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  by 
examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  5G)  , 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

81 


III.  Related  Fields    (Select  four  courses)    20 

Education  425  ^ 
Fine  Arts        V 

(200  and  above) 
Foreign  Language 

(200  and  above) 
History  25J,  or  2^2 
History  341 
History  348 
History  350 
History  354 
Philosophy  20n 
Speech  228-/ 
Speech  341 
Speech  345 

IV.  Physical  Education  111,  112,  113,  204,  and  two  200  courses 6 

V.  Professional  Sequence  30 

Education  203  -  Orientation  to  Teaching  5 

Psychology  301  -  Educational  Psychology  5 

Education   439   -   Secondary   School    Curriculum    and    Methods, 

English  5 

Education  446,  447,  448  -  Student  Teaching 15 


Total    191 

PROGRAM  FOR  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS 
OF  MATHEMATICS 

I.  General  Requirements  in  the  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 

Qtr.  Hrs. 

1.  English  121,  122,  221,  222  20 

2.  One  Foreign  Language   15 

3.  Art  200,  Music  200,  or  Philosophy  201  5 

4.  History  of  Western  Civilization  114,  115  10 

5.  History  of  the  United  States  251*  or  252*  5 

6.  Psychology  101  and  one  of  the  following: 

Biology  101,   102 
Economics  201 
Political  Science   113* 
Sociology  201 

7.  Freshman    Mathematics     (unless    waived)     5-10 

8.  One  of  the  following  requirements  of  two  courses:  10 

Biology   101,   102 
Chemistry   121,   122 


*If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  b\ 
examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  5(i) 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

82 


Chemistry  128,   129 

Physics  21  I.  212 

Physics  217,  218 
II.  AcUlition.il  Courses  in   Major  Field    (Mathematics)  .  50 

Students  must  complete  the  50-quarter-hour  requirements  [or 
a  major  in  mathematics,  rhese  must  include  Mathematics  104, 
201,  202,  203,  505,  311-312,  and   (309-332)   or   (101-102). 

III.  Related  Fields   (beyond  the  core  curriculum  requirements)  15 

IV.  Physical  Kdmation  111,  112.  L13,  204,  and  two  200  courses  _—  G 
V.  Piofessional    Sequence    30 

Education  203  -  Orientation  to  Teaching 5 

Psychology   301    -   Educational    Psychology   5 

Education    la7    -   Secondary   School    Curriculum    and    Methods, 

General 5 

Education  446,  447,  448  -  Student  Teaching  15 

Total  191 

PROGRAM  FOR  SECONDARY  TEACHERS  OF 
SCIENCE  WITH   MAJOR  IN   BIOLOGY 

I.  General  Requirements  in  the  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 

Qtr.  Hrs. 

1.  English  121,  122,  221,  222  20 

2.  One   Foreign   Language  15 

3.  Art  200,  Music  200,  or  Philosophy  201   5 

4.  History  of  Western  Civilization   114,   115  10 

5.  History  of  the  United  States  251*   or  252*  5 

6.  Psychology  101  and  one  of  the  following  courses:  10 

Economics  201 
Political  Science  113* 
Sociology  201 

7.  Freshman  Mathematics    (100-135)    or    (101-102)    10 

8.  The   following  courses:    15 

Biology   101,   102 

Botany  203  or  Zoology  201 

II.  Courses  in  Biology    (Junior-Senior  level)    40 

Students  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  in  Biology 
including  Biology  370,  380;   Botany  380  o.  Zoology  390 

III.  Courses  in  other  Sciences  35 

Chemistry  128,   129,  341,  342,  343 
Physics  211,  212 

*If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  by 
examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  56)  , 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

83 


IV.  Physical  Education   111,  112,  113,  204,  two  200  courses  6 

V.   Professional  Sequence  30 

Education  203  -  Orientation  to  Teaching  5 

Psychology  301  -  Educational  Psychology  5 

Education   137  -  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Methods, 

General    5 

Education  446,  447.  448  -  Student  Teaching  15 


Total  201 

PROGRAM   FOR  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS 
OF  SCIENCE  WITH  MAJOR  IN  CHEMISTRY 

I.  General  Requirements  in   the  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 

Qtr.  Hrs. 

1.  English    121,    122,   221,   222   20 

2.  One  Foreign   Language   15 

;1.  Art  200.  Music  200,  or  Philosophy  201   5 

4.  History  of  Western  Civilization   114,   115  10 

5.  History  of  the  United  States  251*  or  252*  5 

6.  Psychology  101  and  one  of  the  following  courses  10 

Economics  201 
Political  Science   113* 
Sociology    201 

7.  Freshman  Mathematics  and  Math  104  15 

8.  Chemistry    128-129    10 

II.  Courses    in    Chemistry    50 

Chemistry  281.   282   10 

Chemistry  341,  342,  343  15 

Chemistry  491,  492,  493  12 

Chemistry    480    5 

Electives    in    Chemistry    8 

III.  Courses   in    Other    Sciences    25 

Physics  15 

Biology    101,    102   10 

IV.  Physical  Education   111,   112,   113,  204.  and  two  200  courses  6 

V.  Professional  Sequence  30 

Education  203  -  Orientation  to  Teaching  5 

Psychology   301    -   Educational   Psychology   5 

Education  437  -  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Methods, 

General    5 

Education  446,  447,  448  -  Student  Teaching  15 


Total  201 

♦If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  bv 
examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  see  page  3(3), 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

84 


PROGRAM   FOR  SECONDARY  SCHOOL    I  1  \(  III  RS 
OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCI      History   or  Political  Science) 

I.  General  Requirements  in  the  Libera]   Vrsl  and  Sciences 

Qtr.  Hrs. 

1.  English  121,  122,  221,  222  20 

2.  One  Foreign  Language  15 
:'..  Music  200,  Art200,  oi  Philosophy  201  .  5 
1.  Histor)   oi   Western  Civilization   114,   115  10 

5.  History  ol  the  U.S.,  251     oi  252* 

6.  Political  Science   113*,   Psychology   101  -  10 

7.  Freshman    Mathematics -  10 

8.  One  ol  the  following  sequences  of  two  courses  .. 10 

Biology  101,  102 
Chemistry   128,   129 
Chemistry   12 1,   122 
Physics  211,  212 
Physics  217,  218 

II.  Courses  in  Major:  History  or  Political  Science  '. 40 

1.  A  student  majoring  in  history  must  take  5  qtr.  hrs.  of  his- 
toriography (History  300),  15  qtr.  hrs.  of  American  history 
including  251  or  252,  10  qtr.  hrs.  of  European  history,  and 
10  qtr.  hrs.  of  Far  Eastern  history.  Supporting  work  must 
include  at  least  three  of  the  following  fields:  political  science, 
economics,  sociology,  geography,  and  anthropology. 

2.  A  student  majoring  in  political  science  must  complete  the 
requirements  for  a  major  in  political  science  and  must  in- 
clude in  his  program  courses  in  American  constitutional  de- 
velopment, comparative  government,  political  theory,  and  in- 
ternational relations.  Supporting  work  must  include  History 
251  or  252  and  at  least  one  other  advanced  history  course 
and  at  least  two  ol  the  following  fields:  economics,  sociology, 
geography,  and  anthropology. 

III.  Courses  in  other  social  sciences  30 

Excluding  his  major  Held  (history  or  political  science) ,  the  student 
will  select  30  qtr.  hrs.  of  work  in  three  of  the  following  groups 
of  social  science  courses: 

1.  History  251  or  252  and  one  other  advanced  course  10 

2.  Pol.  Sci.  200  and  one  of  the  following: 

307,  308,  319,  and  332  10 

3.  Economics   201    and   one  of   the  following: 

326,  331,  or  345  10 


*If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  by 
Examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  56)  , 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

85 


4.  Sociology  201  and  350  10 

5.  Geography    and   or    Anthropology    10 

IV.   Physical  Education   111,  112,  113,  204,  and  two  other  courses 6 

V.  Professional    Sequence    30 

Education  203,  Orientation  to  Teaching  5 

Ps\chology  301,  Educational  Psychology  5 

Education  440,  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Methods, 

Social   Science   5 

Education  446,  447,  448,  Student  Teaching  15 

Total    191 

III.  BACHELOR  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

For  graduation  with  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Admin- 
istrztion  with  a  major  in  accounting,  economics  or  management- 
marketing,  the  following  requirements  must  be  completed  in  accordance 
with  the  regulations  stated  in  this  bulletin.  For  major  concentrations, 
see  requirements  described  under  Department  of  Business  Administra- 
tion. 

For  Graduation  with  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Admin- 
istration,  the  minimum  requirements  in  the  various  fields  of  study  will 
be: 

I.  Humanities 

1.  English   121,    122,   221,   222   20 

1.  Music,  Art,  or  Philosophy  201  5 

25 
II.  Social  Sciences 

1    Hir  „f  P;vii;7,Hnn    114    IK  10 

2.  Principles  of  Economics  201,  202  10 

3.  PoliticalJkiciiLfi-JJil   (or  elective  if  Political  Science  113  is 
exempted   by   examination)    5 

25 
III.  Mathematics  and  Natural  Science 

1.  Mathematics  100,  135,  211  15 

2.  Laboratory    Science     (Sequence)     10 

25 
86 


V.  Business  Administration 

1.  [ntrodiH  toi  j    Accounting  Jl  I .  ;'  i  !  I'» 

2.  Business    Vdministi  .it  ion  200  '   "i 


15 
TOTAL  FRESHMAN    WD  SOPHOMORI    HOURS 
I ex<  luding  Physii  .il   Eilurui ion )  90 

V.  Approved  electives  from   the  Humanities,  the  Social  Sciences, 

Witin .il  S<  ien<  es  t»i   Mathemati<  s.  30 

History  251  <>i  252  musi  be  included  (unless  exempted  by  ex- 
amination)  and  Speech  228  is  recommended.  At  least  15  quarter 
hours  must  be  in  courses  numbered  200  or  above.  Nol  more 
than  It)  quarter  hours  may  bo  in  Business  Administration  courses. 

.'I.  Business    Core    Requirements  - — 35 

Economics  majors  —  see  pages  109.  110,  and  111) 

B  A     .807.    Business   I  .aw 
B.A.  320,  Business  Finance 
Economics  311,  Quanitiative  Methods 
Economics  327,   Money  and  Banking 

and  three  selected  from  the  folowing: 
B.A.  340,  Principles  of  Marketing 
B.A.  360,  Principles  of  Management 
Economics  331,  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations 
Economics  335,  Public  Finance 
Economics  405,  Government  and  Business 

Note:   Economics  majors  may  select  any  approved  combination 
from  the  business  core  and  the  major  concentration  courses. 

VII.  Major    Concentration    30 

(See  Departmental  requirements) 

VIII.  Physical   Education   6 

Total  Requirements  191 

TWO-YEAR  COMMERCE-SECRETARIAL 
PROGRAM 

This  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  students  who 
wish  to  qualify  for  secretarial  positions  in  business  after  two  years  of 
study.  Students  enroll  in  the  Associate  in  Arts  program  (listed  else- 
where in  this  bulletin) ,  devoting  the  permitted  30  hours  of  elective 
credits  to  business  and  commerce  subjects  as  necessary.  The  Associate  in 


•Business  Administration    200    is    not    open    to    upper-division    business    majors    who 
have  taken  300-level  courses  in  business  or  economics. 

87 


Arts    degree    is    awarded    upon    completion    of    the    program.    Electives 
under  this  program  should  be  selected  from  the  following: 

Business  Education   104,  105,  106  4-6* 

Business  Education  111,  112,  113  6-9* 

Business  Education  212,  213  8 

Business  Administration   211   5 

Business  Administration  315  5 

IV.  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

1.  English  121,  122,  221,  222  20 

2.  History  of  the  U.S.  : 5 

3.  History    114-115    10 

4.  Mathematics   101-102  or   100-135  10 

5.  Foreign  Languages    (15  qtr.  hrs.  or  10  hrs.  plus 

elective)     10-15 

6.  Psychology   101,   Sociology  201   10 

7.  Physics   211,   212   10 

8.  Chemistry  128-129,  281-282,  341-342  30 

9.  Biology   101,   102  20 

Zoology    204 

Zoology  356 

10.  Biology  351   and  Zoology  372  10 

One  course  from  the  following: 

Entomolgy  30 1   5 

Entomology    301    5 

Zoology  357 
Zoology  390 

Physical    Education    6 

Elective    5 


156 

After  satisfactorily  completing  the  required  number  of  courses 
and  hours  listed  above,  the  degree  candidate  must  complete  12  months 
in  Clinical  Medical  Technology  at  an  approved  hospital.  With  the 
completion  of  this  work  and  satisfactorily  passing  the  examination 
given  by  the  Registry  of  Medical  Technologists,  the  student  will  be 
awarded   the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Armstrong  State  College  cooperates  with  Memorial  Hospital  of 
Chatham  County  in  giving  a  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Medical 
Technology.  This  program  has  been  approved  by  the  Council  on 
Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association  and  by  the 
Board  of  Schools  of  Medical  Technology  of  the  American  Society  of 
Clinical  Pathologists. 


•Whether    or    not    a    student    will    be    placed    in    beginning   classes    of    shorthand    or 
tvping  w'll  depend   upon  previous  training  in   those  subjects. 

88 


The  Coordinate]  <>i  this  degree  program  it  Dr.  L.  B.  Davenport, 
Jr.,  Head  oi  the  Department  ol   Biol< 

V.   BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  IN  social  WELFARE 
(See;  Head  ol  Department  ol  Psychology  and  Sociology  for 
information  regarding  this  degree.) 

VI.  ASSOCIATE  IN    \R  IS  IN  NURSING 

For  the  two-year  (seven  quarters)  program  ol  Associate  in  Arts 
in  Nursing,  the  studem  must  complete  the  curriculum  of  55  quarter 
hours  in  academic  courses  and  54  quarter  hours  ol  professional  clini- 
cal courses  as  listed  under  the  Department  of  Nursing. 

This  program  provides  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  obtain 
a  general  education  and  to  study  nursing  at  the  college  level.  Grad- 
uates arc  eligible  to  take  the  State  Examination  for  licensure  to  prac- 
tice as  registered  nurses. 

The  curriculum  is  approved  by  the  Georgia  State  Board  of  Nurs- 
ing Examiners  and  is  fully  accredited  by  the  National  League  for 
Nursing. 

VII.  DENTAL  HYGIENE 

ASSOCIATE  IN  SCIENCE  DEGREE 
IN  DENTAL  HYGIENE 

For  the  two-year  (seven  quarters)  program  for  the  Associate 
in  Science  Dgeree  in  Dental  Hygiene  the  student  mtist  complete 
a  curriculum  of  55  quarter  hours  in  academic  courses  and  53  quarter 
hours  in  professional  dental  hygiene  courses.  The  purpose  of  this 
course  of  study  is  to  meet  the  increasing  need  for  young  women 
educated  in  this  rapidly  growing  and  important  health  profession. 
Dental  hygienists  are  in  demand  to  provide  dental  health  services  in 
private  dental  offices,  civil  service  positions,  industry,  and  various 
public  health  fields.  They  practice  under  the  supervision  of  a  dentist 
and  must  pass  a  state  board  examination  for  licensure. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREE 
IN  DENTAL  HYGIENE  EDUCATION 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Dental  Hygiene  Education  can 
be  earned  by  an  additional  two  years  (six  quarters)  of  study.  This 
curriculum  of  90  quarter  hours  is  designed  ta  prepare  dental  hy- 
gienists for  careers  in  teaching  in  schools  of  dental  hygiene. 

VIII.  ASSOCIATE  IN  ARTS  IN  POLICE 
ADMINISTRATION 

Armstrong  State  College  provides  professional  education  to  pre- 
pare students  for  careers  in  many  areas  in  the  administration  of 
criminal  justice.   The  progarm   is  offered   in   cooperation  with  selected 

89 


public  and  private  agencies  to  promote  service  and  research.  Since 
the  police  are  charged  with  the  responsibility  for  crime  prevention, 
protection  of  life  and  property,  and  assuring  the  functions  of  a  demo- 
cratic free  society,  it  is  imperative  that  students  going  into  law  enforce- 
ment be  prepared  to  meet  these  obligations. 

A  strong  liberal  arts  emphasis  has  been  developed  in  the  program 
enabling  the  student  to  meet  new  and  demanding  requirements  of 
policing  needs.  A  list  of  courses  comprising  the  curriculum  has  been 
included  elsewhere  in  this  bulletin  giving  the  student  information  on 
the  suggested  sequence. 

Specific  courses  in  police  administration  are  open  to  all  students 
as  electives.  Students  who  plan  to  follow  careers  in  social  work,  law, 
journalism,  or  special  education  may  find  police  administration  in- 
teresting and  useful.  Non-majors  should  consult  with  their  faculty 
advisor  before  election  of  these  courses. 

For  those  students  seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree,  provisions 
have  been  made  at  Armstrong  State  College  for  transfer  of  the  police 
administration  credits  into  the  political  science  curriculum  without 
loss  of  credit.  Students  who  plan  to  graduate  with  a  degree  in  politi- 
cal science  should  contact  the  Head  of  that  department  soon  after  entering 
college. 

IX.  ASSOCIATE  IN  ARTS 
„    For  the  two-year  degree  of  Associate  in  Arts  a  student  must  com- 
plete the  last  45  quarter  hours  of  course  work  in  this  program  at  Arm- 
strong State  College.  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  a  substantial 
liberal  education  as  a  base  for  upper-division  specialization. 

Qtr.  Hrs. 

1.  English  121,  122,  221,  222  20 

2.  History   114,   115  10 

3.  One  of  the  folowing  sequences  of  two  courses:  10 

Biology  101,   102 
Chemistry  111,   112 
Chemistry  121,   122 
Physics  211,  212 
Physics  217,  218 

4.  Mathematics  100  or  105  5 

5.  Two  of  the  following  courses:  10 

Economics  201 
Political  Science   113* 
Psychology  101 
Sociology  201 
U.S.  History  251*  252* 


♦If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  by 
examination  in  order  to  raeel  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  pa^e  56)  , 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted   to  electives. 

90 


6.  One  ot  the  following  courses:  5 

Musu   200 
An  200 
Philosophy   201 

7.  Physical  Education   III.  111'.  113,  and  three  200  courses        6 
s.  Electives    '  30 


96 

COMPLI  II    [.1ST  OF  MAJOR   PROGRAMS  —  FOUR 
YEAR  AND  TWO  YEAR   DEGREES 

1.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  English. 

2.  Bacheloi   oJ   Arts  with  a  major  in  English  and  requirements 
for  secondary  certification. 

3.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  History. 

4.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  History  and  requirements 
for  a  secondary  certification. 

5.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Political  Science. 
(>.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Psychology. 

7.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Music. 

8.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with   a   major   in    Music   and  requirements 
for  secondary  certification. 

9.  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Biology. 

10.  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Biology  and  requirements 
for  secondary  certification. 

11.  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Chemistry. 

12.  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Chemistry  and  require- 
ments  for  secondary  certification. 

13.  Bachelor  of  Science  with   a  major  in   Mathematics. 

14.  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Mathematics  and  require- 
ments for  secondary  certification. 

15.  Bachelor  of  Science  in   Elementary  Education. 

16.  Bachelor   of   Business    Administration   with   a   major   in   Ac- 
counting. 

17.  Bachelor  of   Business   Administration   with   a   major   in   Eco- 
nomics. 

18.  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  with  a  major  in  Man- 
agement— Marketing. 

19.  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  with   a   major   in   Busi- 
ness Education. 

20.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology. 

21.  Associate  in  Arts. 


*If  a  student  plans  to  continue  work  in  the  future  toward  a  Bachelor's  degree,  he 
should  select  courses  that  will  meet  the  listed  requirements  of  a  Bachelor's  degree 
program. 

91 


22.  Associate  in  Arts  in   Nursing. 

Vsscoiate  in  Science  in  Dental  Hygiene. 
21.   Bachelor   ol    Science    in    Dental    Hygiene    Education. 

25.  Associate   in    Arts   in    Police   Administration. 

26.  Bachelor   of   Science    in    Education   with   a   major   in   Speech 

Correction. 

27.  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  French. 

28.  Bachelor  of  Aits  in  Social  Welfare. 

2!).   Bachelor  ol  Business  Administration  with  a  major  in  Finance. 


!___ 


k  A 


92 


125 

101 

102 


[X.  Departmental  Course 
Offerings  and  Requirements 
For  Majors 

Page 

Vnthropolog)  '  ' ' 

Am 

Biology 

Botany 

Business  Administration  1()1 

Business  Education  ■--  l(l<' 

Chemistry  - ----- 1!1 

Chinese  - -  -- -- 128 

Dental  Hygiene  - • 96 

Economics  —  — —  109 

Education  H6 

Engineering  Graphic  s      1 140 

English  121 

Entomology 103 

French  -  -   1 28 

Geography  136 

German  ■ 1 30 

Health  98 

Hebrew     131 

History  133 

Library  Science  119 

Mathematics 139 

Music 124 

Nursing 94 

Nutrition      96 

Philosophy  136 

Physical  Education  143 

Physical  Science  114 

Physics  1 15 

Police  Administration  145 

Political  Science 137 

Psychology  146 

Social  Welfare  „   149 

Sociology  146 

Spanish  131 

Speech  12-1 

Speech  Correction  1 19 

Zoology  103 


Armstrong  State  College  reserves  the  right  to  (1)  withdraw 
any  course  for  which  less  than  ten  students  register,  (2)  limit  the 
enrollment  in  any  course  or  class  section,  (3)  fix  the  time  of  meet- 
ing ol  all  classes  and  sections,  and  (4)  offer  such  additional  courses 
as  demand  and  faculty  warrant. 

No  credit  will  be  given  in  beginning  courses  in  languages  where  \ 
the  same  or  similar  courses  have  been  presented  for  admission  from  • 
hruh  school.  * 


Where  two  or  more  courses  are  listed  under  one  description  no 
credit  for  graduation  will  be  given  until  the  sequence  is  completed, 
for  example:  French  101-102-103 

Alter  each  course  name,  there  are  three  numbers  in  parenthesis. 
The  first  number  listed  is  the  number  of  hours  of  lecture;  the  sec- 
ond, the  number  of  hours  ol  laboratory;  and  the  third,  the  number 
of  quarter  hours  of  credit  the  course  carries.  For  example:  Biology 
101   -  General  Biology    (4-3-5). 

Courses  numbered  100  to  199  are  generally  planned  for  the  fresh- 
man level;  courses  numbered  200  to  299.  for  the  sophomore  level;  400- 
499,  for  the  senior  level. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ALLIED  HEALTH  SERVICES 

NURSING 

Assoc.   Professor  Doris   Bates.   R.X.   Director;    Rose   Marie   Blase,   R.N., 
Asst.  Director.,  Anne  Mayer,  R.N.,  Assistant  Professor 

Instructors:  Christine  Hamilton,  R.X.;  Nancy  Duffy,  R.N.;  Carol  Sutton, 
R.X.;  Dorothy  Bell,  R.N. 

The  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  Program  in  Nursing  provides  the 
student  with  the  opportunity  to  obtain  a  general  education  and  to 
study  nursing  at  the  college  level.  Graduates  are  eligible  to  take  the 
State  Examination  for  licensure  to  practice  as  registered  nurses. 

The  nursing  educational  program  is  developed  by  proceeding  from 
simple  to  complex  situations  in  nursing  which  evolve  from  basic  con- 
cepts fundamental  to  the  total  needs  ol  the  individual. 

Student  nurses  participate  in  nursing  laboratory  experiences  at 
Memorial  Medical  Center,  Candler  General  Hospital  Complex.  St. 
Joseph's  Hospital,  and  other  community  agencies.  Students  are  assigned 
to  the  clinical  area  and  are  responsible  lor  providing  their  own  trans- 
portation. 

Students  who  enroll  in  this  program  have  opportunities  for  per- 
sonal, intellectual,  and  socio-ethical  development,  as  well  as  having 
the  personal  satislaction  ol  becoming  a  member  of  a  professional  group 
which  has  unlimited  opportunities  alter  graduation. 

9± 


FRESHM  \\  COURS1  SOPHOMOR1    (  OURS! 

On.   His.  On.   His. 

English  101                                5  Political  Science  MS*               5 

Physical  Science  108,  109,  110  15  Nursing  201  B 

Nursing  101                               6  History   251f  or  l;:>2#               5 

Psychology   101                           5  Nursing  202  8 

Nursing  102                               6  P.  E.  208  1 

Psycholog)  301  oi   305               5  Genera]  Elective  5 

Nursing  103                              8  Nursing  203  10 

Nutrition   105                                5  P.E.   113  1 

Nursing  104                                 8  P.E.  204  1 

Sociology  201  5 

Course  Offerings  —  Freshman 
NURSING  101  —  Fundamentals  of  Nursing  I.  -  Fall  Quarter. 

NURSING  10IL  —  Selected  Laboratory  Experiences.  (5-3-6) 

The  underlying  philosophy  of  this  introductory  course  is  that  the 
logical  approach  to  the  care  of  the  sick  is  through  a  developmental 
path  based  on  a  patient's  typical  day.  Sound  principles  of  profes- 
sional ethics  and  the  historical  development  of  the  nursing  profes- 
sion are  correlated.  Students  are  given  opportunity  to  develop  begin- 
ning nursing  skills,  to  understand  and  apply  basic  principles,  and  to 
identify  nursing  care  needs  of  individual  patients.  Clinical  experience 
in  community  hospitals  is  given  under  supervision. 
NURSING  102  —  and  Selected  Laboratory  Experiences  — 

Fundamentals  of  Nursing  II  -  Winter  Quarter    (4-6-6) 
Prerequisite:  Nursing  101 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Fundamentals  of  Nursing.  The  stu- 
dents develop  more  complicated  nursing  skills  and  an  awareness  of 
the  inter-relatedness  of  medical-surgical  nursing  problems,  and  the 
sociological,  physiological,  and  psychological  needs  of  the  patients. 
The  problem  -  solving  technique  is  introduced.  Selected  Nursing 
Practice  is  provided  in  applying  the  principles  of  comprehensive  nurs- 
ing care  to  patients  in  the  hospital. 
NURSING  103  and  104  —  and  Selected  Laboratory  Experiences  — 

Spring  &  Summer  Qtrs. 

Nursing  in  Maternal  and  Child  Health 

Nursing  I  and  II  (5-9-8) ,    (5-9-8) 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  102 

In  the  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing  sequence  the  framework 
of  knowledge,  needed  for  the  study  of  the  nursing  needs  of  the  in- 
dividual and  family  which  will  be  developed  through  the  curri- 
culum, is  established.   The  course   is  designed   to  assist  the  student  in 


•If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted 
b\  examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  56)  . 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

95 


the  application  of  appropriate  nursing  principles,  beginning  with  con- 
ception, the  prenatal  period,  labor  and  delivery,  the  care  and  develop- 
ment of  the  newborn,  the  infant,  and  child,  and  the  effect  ot  illness  during 
the  growing  years  from  birth  to  adolescence. 

Laboratory  experience  is  planned  selectively  and  utilizes  agencies  and 
facilities  concerned  with  mothers,  babies,  children,  and  their  famiies. 
NUTRITION  105  —  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (5-0-5)  Summer 
Quarter. 

A  survey  of  the  fundamentals  of  nutrition  and  the  factors  influencing 
the  ability  of  the  individual  and  family  to  secure  and  maintain  optimal 
nutritional  status. 

Course  Offerings  —  Sophomore 
NURSING  201  and  202  —  and  Selected  Laboratory  Experiences  —  Fall 
&  Winter  Quarters. 

Nursing  in  Physical  and  Mental 

Illness   I   and  II  (5-9-8),    (5-9-8) 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  103  and  104 

The  physical  and  mental  illness  sequence  is  an  integrated  study  of  the 
typical  emotional  and  physical  problems  in  tempting  the  human  life 
cycle  from  adolescence,  through  middle  age,  to  senescence  and  death. 
Laboraotry  experiences  in  community  agencies  and  hospital  facilities 
are  provided  each  student  to  reinforce  theoretical  learning. 
NURSING  20j  —  and  Selected  Laboratory  Experiences  —  Spring 
Quarter. 

Advanced  Nursing  Problems        (5-15-10) 
Prerequisite:  Nursing  202 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Nursing  201  and  202.  Content  is  cor- 
related  to  strengthen  knowledge  and  skills  needed  by  the  present  day  be- 
ginning nurse  in  giving  physical  care  and  psychological  support  to  pa- 
tients. Current  trends  in  nursing  are  explored,  as  well  as  responsibi- 
ties,  both  legal  and  professional.  Laboratory  experiences  are  designed  to 
enhance  breadth  and  depth  of  knowledge  in  selected  clinical  areas. 

ASSOCIATE  IN  SCIENCE  IN   DENTAL  HYGIENE 

Associate  Professor,  Doris  Bates,  R.D.H.,  Director; 

Robert   1.   Phillips,   I).  M.  D..  Supervising    Dentist 

Instructors:  Bettv  C.  Dallas,  R.D.H.  and  Sallv  Blitch,  R.D.H. 

The  curriculum  in  dental  hygiene  at  Armstrong  State  College  was 
established  in  the  fall  of  1968. 

The  pu/pose  was  and  is  to  meet  the  ever-increasing  need  for  young 
women  educated  in  this  rapidly  growing  and  important  health  profession. 
Dental  hy^ienists  are  in  demand  to  provide  dental  health  services  m 
private  dental  offices,  civil  service  positions,  school  programs,  and  var- 
ious public  health  fieids.  The\  practice  under  the  supervision  o[  :i 
dentist  arid  must  pass  a  state  board  examination  foi  licensure. 

9(3 


f       Admission  ol  this  two-yeai  program  is  limited  to  ">"  in  each 
null  nts  i  •;:  )li  .n  tlic  l.il'  ol  eai  h  year. 
Application  !<>i   admission  should  be  completed  bj    Jim-  1  Eoi  tltc 
(all  quarter,  including  .1  transcript  <>l  course  \\<>ik  up  to  thai  date.  A 
loiniilcu  uanscripi  shall  be  submitted  as  soon  as  possible  thereafter. 

Dl  \  1  AL  HYGI1  M 
1  DU<  \  l  ION 


GEN1  R  \l.    l  Die  \  l  ION 


Cr 


hysical    Science    108,    I"1-'. 

110 

, 'unit  ion   lit") 
•sychology    1 0 1 
nglish  101 
ociology  201 
Political  Science    1 13 
kith    107 
peech  228 
History  251   or  252 
•P.E.  204 


15 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
1 


Cr. 
Denial  Hygiene  101  and  102 
Dental   Hygiene   103  2 

Dental  Hygiene  104  and  105  3-4 
Dental  Hygiene   106  2 

Dental   Hygiene  201  3 

Dental   Hygiene  202  and  203  6-6 
Dental   Hygiene  204  6 

Dental    Hygiene   205  2 

Dental   Hygiene  206  4 

Dental   Hygiene  207  2 


Dental   Hygiene   208 
Dental   Hygiene   209 


56 


41  plus  13  equal  54 


Course  Offerings 

DENTAL  HYGIENE   101   and   102  —  Dental  Anatomy  and  Oral  His- 
tology I  and  II    (4-2-5),    (1-4-3)    Fall  &  Winter  Quarters. 

A  developmental  study  of  the  embryonic  growth  of  the  oral  cavity,  the 

primary   tissues   and   histology  of   the   teeth,   the   calcification,   eruption, 

anatomy,  and  function  of  the  human  dentition  and  supporting  structures. 

For  Dental  Hygiene  students  only. 

Laboratory  —  Identification,  sketching,  cross  sectioning  and  carving  of 

individual  teeth.  Correlated  with  lectures.  For  Dental  Hygiene  students 

only. 

DENTAL    HYGIENE    103   —   Orientation    to   Fields   of   Denistry  and 
Dental  Hygiene       (2-0-2)    Winter  Quarter. 
The  historical   background  ot   the  dental  hygiene  movement  and  an 

introduction  ot  the  profession  of  denistry,  its  fields  of  specialization  and 

the  role  of  the  dental   hygienists,   with   respect   to   her  membership  on 

a  dental  health  team. 

DENTAL  HYGIENE   104  -   105  —  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  I  and  II 
(1-4-3)  ,    (2-4-4)    Spring  &  Summer  Quarters. 


•If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted 
In  examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  56)  . 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  elective*. 

••Required  by  Council   on   Dental   Education,   American   Dental   Association. 


97 


Lectures    anu    ueiiiuiisiiauuiis    in    ine    iccuiiiquc    ui    icinuwng    stains    anu 

deposits  from  the  exposed  surfaces  of  the  teeth.  Work  is  introduced  by 
practice  on  manikins,  Alter  the  student  has  mistered  the  technique,  she 
receives  clinical  experience  in  oral  prophylaxes  on  children  and  adults, 
mouth  inspection,  and  charting  in  the  dental  hygiene  clinic. 
DENTAL  HYGIENE   106  —  Pharmacology  and  Anesthesiology    (2-0-2) 

Spring  Quarter. 
The  study  of  drugs  and  anesthetics  with  special  consideration  given  to 
those  used  in  the  dental  office.  This  study  is  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  the  origin  of  these  drugs  and  anesthetics,  their  physical  and  chemi- 
cal properties,  modes  of  administration,  and  eltects  upon  the  bodv  systems. 
NUTRITION    105   —   Fundamentals  ol   Nutrition         (5-0-5)    Summer 

Quarter. 
A  survey  of  the  fundamentals  of  nutrition  and  the  factors  influencing 
the  ability  of  the  individual  and  family  to  secure  and  maintain  optional 
nutritional  status. 
HEALTH  107  —  Personal  and  Community  Health  (5-0-5)   Summer 

Quarter. 
The  course  includes  information  for  protection  and  promotion  of  in- 
dividual and  public  health.  Emphasis  is  given  to  personal  hygiene,  men- 
tal health,  parenthood,  disease  prevention,  and  community  organizations 
for  maintaining  and  improving  health  of  self  and  society. 
DENTAL  HYGIENE   201   —  General  and  Oral  Pathology  (3-0-3) 

Fall  Ouarter. 
The  principles  of  general  pathology   in   relationship   to   the  diseases  of 
the  teeth,  soft  tissues,  and  supporting  structures  of  the  oral  cavity.  The 
importance  of  early  recognition  of  abnormal  conditions  in  the  mouth  by 
the  hygienist  is  emphasized. 
DENTAL  HYGIENE  202  -  203  —  Clinical  Dental  Hygiene  III  and  IV 

(2-8-6)  .  (2-8-6)  Fall  &  Winter  Quarters. 
Prerequisite:  Dental  Hygiene  104  and  105.  A  continuation  of  104  and 
105.  The  hygienist  further  learns  and  applies  the  principles  of  preven- 
tive dental  hvgiene  and  oral  prophylaxis  techniques  on  patients  in  the 
clinic  under  supervision.  Conference  time  is  used  for  further  teaching 
student  evaluation,  discussion  of  common  problems  and  situations  en 
countered  in  the  clinical  laboratory. 
DENTAL  HYGIENE  204  —  Clinical  Dental  Hvgiene  Y    (2-8-6)    Sprinc 

Quarter. 
Prerequisite:  202,  203,  and  207  —  Co-requisite  208.  The  student  con 
tinues  to  learn  and  apply  the  principles  of  preventive  dental  hygiene 
techniques  on  adult  patients  in  the  clinic  under  supervision.  Confer 
ence  time  covers  laws  governing  dental  hygiene  practice,  professiona 
ethics,  areas  of  employment,  office  procedures,  and  discussion  of  situa 
tions  encountered  in  clinical  laboratory  and  externship  experience. 
DENIAL  HYGIENE  203  —  Dental  Health  Education  (2-0-2)    Fal 

Quarter. 

98 


demonstrations  and  practical  applications  <>l  m  idem  methods  <>l  dental 
ealth  education,  reaching  techniques,  visual  aids,  materials,  and  op- 
ortunities  foi    teaching  are  covered. 

)l  \  l  \l.  HYG1EN]    206        Dental  Roentgenology  and  X-raj  Labora- 
tory       (2-4-4)      Wintei  Quarter. 

v  series  ol  lectures  and  demonstrations  on  the  applications  <>i  roentgen 
.i\s  for  dental  diagnostic  purposes.  Includes  the  electrophysics  ol  the 
pparatus,  positioning  ol  the  films,  angulation  ol  the  machine,  and  de- 
moping  processes. 


)1  \  IAI.  HYGIENI  207  —  Dental  Materials  and  Assisting  Procedures 
(1-2-2)       Winter  Quarter. 

>.inu  concepts  of  dental  assisting,  laboratory  procedures,  and  dental 
Materials  used  commonly  and  the  role  of  the  dental  hygienist.  Field  trips 
o  local  commercial  dental  laboratories  and  the  local  dental  supply 
louses. 

)1  \TAL  HYGIENE  208  —  Externship  (0-6-3)  Spring  Quarter. 
Supervised  learning  experiences  in  selected  dental  offices  and  field 
rips  to  local  community  dental  agencies  and  specialized  dental  offices 
n  order  to  amplify  formal  teaching. 

)EMAL    HYGIENE    209   —    Dental    Public    Health    and    Preventive 
Dentistry       (3-0-3)        Spring  Quarter. 

\  comprehensive  overview  of  health  programs  with  reference  to  the 
leeds  of  the  community.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  methods  of 
prevention  and  control  of  dental  disease,  the  promotion  of  dental  health, 
md  opportunities  for  participation  by  the  dental  hygienist. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  DENTAL  HYGIENE  EDUCATION 

An  additional  two  years  of  study  (six  quarters)  are  offered  to 
graduates  of  accredited  Associate  Degree  Dental  Hygiene  programs  who 
are  registered  Dental  Hygienists.  The  enrollment  is  limited  to  those 
applicants  with  a  minimum  of  one  year  of  professional  experience  who 
wish  to  prepare  themselves  for  a  second  career  in  Dental  Hygiene  Edu- 
cation. 

In  addition  to  courses  listed  for  Associate  in  Science  in  Dental  Hygiene 
degree,  the  following  courses  must  be  completed. 


99 


English    102 

5 

Math  -  Any  10  qtr. 

hr. 

sequence 

10 

History  114 

5 

History  1  15 

5 

Philosophy  201 

5 

Education  301 

5 

Education  303 

5 

Psychology  301 

5 

Psychology  305 

5 

Education  437 
Electives 

5 

55 
15 

uentai  .Hygiene  401  5 

Dental  Hygiene  402  5 

Dental  Hygiene  403  5 

Dental  Hygiene  404  5 


20 


70 

DENTAL  HYGIENE  401  —  Practicum  in  Dental  Hygiene  Education  I 

(1-8-5)        Offered  on  Demand. 
An   introductory  field  experience  in   the  college  dental  hygiene  clinic, 
with  emphasis  on  observation,  individual  and  small  group  teaching,  and 
teacher  aide  work.  The  professional  course  for  majors  in  Dental  Hygiene 
Education. 
DENTAL  HYGIENE  402  —  Practicum  in  Dental  Hygiene  Education  II 

(1-8-5)  Offered  on  Demand. 

A  continuation  of  Dental  Hygiene  401.  Problems  common  to  beginning 
dental  hygiene  teachers,  practices  and  procedures  designed  to  accomplish 
program  objectives,  the  establishment  and  organization  of  content, 
methods  of  clinical  evaluation  and  supervision  in  the  dental  hygiene 
clinic. 
DENTAL  HYGIENE  403  —  Practicum  in  Dental  Hygiene  Education  III 

(1-8-5)  Offered  on  Demand. 

An  advanced  field  experience,  designed  to  assist  the  student  in  the 
development  of  learning  activities,  teaching  procedures,  and  the  presen- 
tation of  materials  pertinent  to  dental  hygiene  education.  The  student 
will  develop  and  teach  selected  units  in  the  basic  dental  hygiene  sequence. 
DENTAL  HYGIENE  404  —  Dental  Hygiene  Independent  Study  (5-0-5). 

Offered  on  Demand. 
Individual  independent  study  and  field  work  in   an  area  of  major  in 
terest  with  special  relevance  to  dental  hygiene  and  future  career  objec 
tives. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Psychology  and  Sociology) 

ART 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Fine  Arts) 

100 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY 

Professoi  Leslie  B.  Davenport,  fr.,  Head;  Associate  Professors 
Belu  and  Thorne;  Assist. mi  Professors  Browei  and  Pingel 

DEPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE   MAJOR 

IN  BIOLOGY 

The  major  in  biology  consists  of  Biology  101,  102,  Botany  203, 
Sbolog)  204,  and  at  Last  io  quarter  hours  credil  in  biology  courses 
(botany,  zoology,  etc.)  numbered  300  or  above.  In  addition,  biology 
ttajors  must  complete  the  course  sequence  in  organic  chemistry  (15 
juai  ter  hours) .  The  course  in  General  College  Physics  ( 15  quarter  houi  s) 
s  strongl)  recommended  and  should  be  considered  essentia]  Eor  those 
.vho  expect  to  continue  the  study  of  biology  beyond  the  B.  S.  degree. 

Ever}   student   acquiring  a   major  in  biology  must  include  in  his 
Irogram  the  following  courses:    Biology  370;   Biology  380;   and  Botany 
(380  or  Zoology  390. 

Beginning  students  who  have  successfully  completed  strong  courses 
in  biology  in  high  school  are  advised  to  take  the  examinations  for 
advanced  placement  which  are  offered  with  the  College  Entrance  Ex- 
aminations. Arrangements  to  take  these  tests  may  be  made  through  the 
office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

Course  Offerings 

BIOLOGY  101  —  Principles  of  Biology  (4-3-5).  Offered  each 
quarter.  Biological  structure;  the  reproduction  and  development  of 
organisms;  the  physical  and  chemical  organization  of  protoplasm  and 
cells.  Prerequisite:  none. 

BIOLOGY  102  —  Principles  of  Biology  (4-3-5).  Offered  each 
quarter.  Biological  function;  bioenergetics  of  cells,  cellular  and  organ- 
ismal  physiology,  genetics,  differentiation,  behavior,  ecology,  and  evo- 
lution. Prerequisite:  Biology  101. 

BIOLOGY  351  —  Bacteriology  (3-4-5).  Fall.  Prerequisites:  10 
hours  of  biological  science,  Chemistry   128-129. 

A  survey  of  micro-organisms  with  special  emphasis  on  bacteria  and 
their  relationships  to  man. 

BIOLOGY  352  —  Mycology  (3-4-5)  .  Offered  on  demand.  Prere- 
quisite: Biology  351. 

A  survey  of  the  microscopic  and  macroscopic  fungi  common  to 
the  local  geographic  area. 

BIOLOGY  358  —  Histological  Technique.  (0-10-5).  Offered  on 
demand.  Prerequisites:  Biology  101,  102. 

Principles  and  methods  of  killing,  fixing,  embedding,  sectioning, 
staining,  and  mounting  plant  and  animal  materials  for  study. 

BIOLOGY  370  —  Genetics  (3-4-5) .  Winter.  Prerequisites:  Biology 
101,  102. 

101 


An   introduction   to   the   principles   of  biological   inheritance. 

BIOLOGY  380  -  General  Ecology  (3-4-5) .  Spring.  Prerequisites: 
Two  upper  division  courses  in  biology    (botany  or  zoology) . 

A  survey  of  the  principles  of  ecology  and  their  application  to  the 
welfare  of  man,  co-ordinated  with  a  study  of  populations  and  com- 
munities in  the  field. 

BIOLOGY  410  —  Cellular  Physiology  (3-4-5) .  Offered  on  demand. 
Prerequisites:  At  least  third  quarter  junior  status;  two  upper  division 
courses   in  biology;    and  organic  chemistry. 

A  consideration  of  the  functional  relationships  between  micro- 
scopic anatomy  and  cell  chemistry,  emphasizing  permeability,  meta- 
bolism, and  growth. 

BIOLOGY  440  —  Cytology  (2-6-5).  Fall  Odd  Numbered  Years. 
Prerequisite:  Two  senior  division  courses  in  biology. 

The  study  of  cells,  their  cytoplasm  and  nuclei,  growth,  differen- 
tiation, and  reproduction. 

BIOLOGY  450  —  Evolution  (5-0-5) .  Winter.  Prerequisite:  major 
in  biology   (at  least  15  qtr.  hrs.  credit  in  upper  division  courses) . 

Modern  concepts  in  organic  evolution. 

BIOLOGY  490  —  Problems  in  Biology   (1-5  hours  credit) .  Offered 
on  demand.   Prerequisites:   At  least  20  hours  credit  in  biology  courses 
numbered  300  or  above;  a  B  average  in  biology  courses  and  in  overall 
work;  consent  of  department  head;  agreement  of  staff  member  to  super-  \ 
vise  work. 

Problems  to  be  assigned  and  work  directed  by  a  member  of  the 
department.  Supervised  research  including  literature  search,  field  and/or 
laboratory  investigation,  and  presentation  of  acceptable,  written  report 
of  results. 

Credit  will  depend  upon  the  work  to  be  done.  Both  credit  and 
proposed  work  must  be  approved  in  advance,  in  writing,  by  the  faculty 
member  to  supervise  the  work  and  by  the  department  head. 

BOTANY  203  —  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.  (3-4-5) .  Spring. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  101  and  102.. 

Morphology  and  phylogeny  of  the  divisions  of  the  plant  kingdom, 
with  emphasis  upon  the  evolution  of  the  land  flora. 

BOTANY  305  —  Identification  of  Flowering  Plants  (0-10-5). 
Spring.  Prerequisite:  Botany  203. 

Studies  in  the  identification  of  plants  with  emphasis  on  local  flora. 

BOTANY  323  —  Plant  Anatomy  (0-10-5).  Fall,  even  numbered 
years.   Prerequisites:   Botany  203. 

The  origin  and  development  of  the  organs  and  tissue  systems  oi 
vascular  plants,  and  a  comparative  study  of  the  structure  of  roots 
stems,  leaves,  flowers,  and  fruits. 

BOTANY    380    —    Plant    Physiology     (3-4-5)  .    Summer.    Prerequisites: 
Botany  203  and  Organic  Chemistry. 

102 


A  mm \ t\  ol  physiological  processes  occuring  in  economic  plants 
and  the  conditions  which  affect  these  processes. 

hoiwy   125        Plant  Morphology  Offered  on  demand. 

Prerequisite:   Botany  525. 

Comparative  studies  oi  vascular  pi. mis  with  emphasis  on  form, 
structure,  reproduction,  and  evolutionar)   relationships. 

ENTOMOLOGY  SOI      -Introductory  Entomology    (5-4-5) .  Sprii 
Prerequisite:  Zoology  204. 

An  introduction  to  the  study  ol  insects  theii  structure,  identi- 
■cation,   and   biology. 

ZOOLOGY  204  Survey  ol  the  Animal  Kingdom.  (5-4-5).  Wintei 
Prerequisite:  Biology  101  and  i02. 

An  evolutionary   survey   ol   the  major  animal  phyla. 

ZOOLOGY  208  —  Structure  and  Function  ol  the  Human  Body. 
(5-0-5) .  Prerequisite:  Sophomore  status. 

A  basic  course  considering  the  gross  anatomy,  histology,  and 
physiology  of  the  organ  system  by  means  of  combined  lectures  and  dem- 
onstrations. Credit  for  this  course  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  major 
in  biology. 

ZOOLOGY  325  —  Advanced  Invertebrate  Zoology.  (3-4-5)  .  Pre- 
requisite: Zoology  204. 

A  study  of  the  structure,  body  functions,  interrelations,  and  na- 
tural history  of  the  major  invertebrate  groups. 

ZOOLOGY  355  —  Embryology  (3-4-5).  Fall.  Prerequisites:  Zool- 
ogy 204  or  equivalent  in  another  biological  science. 

An  elementary  course  in  embryology  in  which  the  chick  is  used 
to  illustrate   the   basic  principles   of  developmental   anatomy. 

ZOOLOGY  356  —  Comparative  Anatomy  of  the  Vertebrates 
(3-6-6)  .  Winter.  Prerequisite:  Zoology  204. 

A  study  of  the  anatomy  and  evolution  of  the  organ  systems  of  the 
vertibrates. 

ZOOLOGY  357  —  Animal  History  (3-4-5)  .  Winter.  Prerequisite: 
Zoology  204. 

A  study  of  the  tissues  and  their  organization  into  organs  and 
organ  systems  in  animals. 

ZOOLOGY  372  —  Parasitology  (3-4-5) .  Spring.  Prerequisites: 
Zoology  204. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  internal  and  external  parasites  of  man 
and  other  animals. 

ZOOLOGY  390  —  General  Vertebrate  Physiology  (3-4-5).  Fall. 
Prerequisites:  Zoology  204  and  organic  chemistry. 

An  introduction  to  the  general  physiologic  processes  of  the  veter- 
brates. 

ZOOLOGY  425  —  Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  (2-6-5).  Prere- 
quisite: Zoology  325,  or  permission  of  instructor  and  department  head. 

103 


Studies  in  the  identification  and  ecologic  distribution  of  marine 
invertebrates  as  exemplified  by  collection  from  the  southeastern  coastal 
region. 

ZOOLOGY  -129  —  Endocrinology  (4-4-5)  .  Offered  on  demand. 
Prerequisites:  Zoology  390  and  one  other  senior  division  course  in  biology. 

Physiology  of  the  endocrine  glands,  their  control  of  metabolism 
and  reproductive  cycles. 

ZOOLOGY  435  —  Comparative  Physiology  (3-4-5) .  Spring.  Prere- 
quisites: Zoology  204,  and  Chemistry  341,  342,  and  343. 

Studies  in  various  groups  of  animals  of  the  functions  of  organ 
systems  involved  in  the  maintenance  of  homestasis  under  varying 
conditions  within  normal  habitats  and  of  in  vitro  reactions  of  tissues 
and  systems  under  laboratory  conditions. 

BOTANY 

(See  listing    .mder  Department  of  Biology) 

DEPARTMENT  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor  Orange  Hall  Head,;  Professors  Davis  and  Bhatia;  Associate 
Professors  Morgan  and  Squires;  Assistant  Professors  DeCastro,  Johns, 
LaBurtis  and  Pearce. 

Major  Concentrations.  (For  Business  Education,  see  listings  un- 
der Teacher  Education)  .  Xo  student  will  be  allowed  to  take  upper 
division  courses  unless  he  has  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  prere- 
quisite courses  in  his  major  field.  An  average  of  at  least  2.0  in  his  major 
courses  will  be  a  requirement  for  graduation. 

1.  ACCOUNTING 

B.A.    301,    302    Intermediate   Accounting   I,    II,    and   four   of   the 

following: 
B.A.  329  Cost  Accounting  I 
B.A.  330  Cost  Accounting  II 
B.A.  436  Income  Taxation  I 
B.A.  437  Income  Taxation  II 
B.A.  440  Accounting  Systems 
B.A.  450  Auditing  Principles 
B.A.  455  Advanced  Accounting 

2.  ECONOMICS 

Econ  401   Price  and  Income  Theorv 

J 
Econ  435  Seminar   on   Contemporary   Economic   Problems,   and 

four  of  the  following: 

Econ  326  Economic  History  $4  the  United  States 

Econ  335  Public  Finance 

Econ  345  Economic  Development 

Econ  350  Transportation  Economics 

Econ  405  Government  and  Business 

Econ  410  International  Trade 

104 


icon   ijn  Comparative  Economic  Systemi 

icon   122  Business  Fluctuations!  Macroeconomici 

Econ   i:'»l   Investments 

l  ( on   1 15  [ndependenl  Study 

$.    \I  \\  \(.l  Ml  \  l-\l  \RK1    1  INC 

__  -    K. A.   |<).r)    Business    l)oli(\]    and    Eive    oi    the    following: 

B.A.  508  Business  Law  II 

B  A.  515  Business  Communications 

B.A.  829  "i    B A  501  Cost  or  Intermediate  Accounting  I 
^m    11. A.   :>75   Personnel   Administration       *Pf  ll^* 

B.A.   Ill  Marketing  Management 

B.A.  412  Marketing  Research 

B.A.   125  Managerial  Accounting 

B.A.  460  Production  Planning  and  Control 

B.A.  462   Human  Relations  in   Industry 

Econ.  350  Tnui^ijQjlaJJI2ILJ^_"QrQics 

Tcon.  405  Government  and  Business 

Psyc.  320   Industrial  Psychology 

**  (B.A.  304)    Salesmanship  and  Sales  Management 
**  (B.A.  306)    Retailing 
**  (B.A.  403)   Advertising 
4) .  FINANCE 

B.A.  461  Corporate  Financial  Policy  or 

IB. A.  456  Business  Policy 
B.A.  425  Managerial  Accounting  or 
B.A.  301   Intermediate  Accounting  or 
B.A.  329  Cost  Accounting  I 
Four  of  the  following: 
B.A.  308  Business  Law 
B.A.  404  Real  Estate 
*  (B.A.  307)    Principles  of  Insurance 
B.A.  436  Income  Taxation  I 

kB.A.  437  Income  Taxation  II 
Economics  335  Public  Finance 
Economics  422  Business  Fluctuations 
Economics  431   Investments 

Course  Offerings 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  200  —  Survey  of  Business  (5-0- 
5) .  Fall,  Spring,  Summer. 

A  first  course  in  business  for  Business  Administration  majors  or 
an  elective  for  non-majors  who  wish   to  gain  an  understanding  of  the 

•This  course   is  offered   at   Savannah    State   College   and   may  be   taken   as   a   part   of 
the  major  concentration   in    Finance   for  the  degree  of  BJ3.  A. 

**These  courses  offered  at   Savannah  State  College   may   be  taken   by   students  wishing 
a  more  specialized  concentration   in    marketing  for   the  degree  of  B.B.A. 

105 


functioning  ol  business  enterprises  in  our  capitalistic  system.  The  course 
will  provide  a  basic  familiarity  with:  (a)  the  economic,  social,  and 
political  environment  in  which  business  enterprises  operate,  and  (b) 
the  tools  and  managerial  skills  used  in  business  decision-making  in  the 
various  functional  areas  such  as  organization,  management,  financing, 
marketing,  production  and  personnel.  (Not  open  to  upper-division 
business  majors  who  have  already  taken  300-level  work) 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  205  —  Data  Processing  (5-0-5). 
Winter.  A  basic  stud)  of  the  principles  and  procedures  of  processing 
data  by  means  ol  automatic  data  processing  machines. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  211  —  Introductory  Accounting 

I.  (5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Winter,  Spring. 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  and  procedures 
of  accounting,  including  a  study  of  the  journal,  the  ledger,  working 
papers,  accounting  statements,  controlling  accounts,  special  journals, 
partnerships  and  corporations. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  212  —  Inrtoductory  Accounting 

II.  (5-0-5)  .  Winter,  Spring.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  211. 

An   application  of  accounting  principles   to  certain  problems  such  I 
as    departmental    operations,    manufacturing    accounts,    the    analysis    of  ' 
financial  statements,   accounting  aids   to  management,   statement  of  ap- 
plication of  funds. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  301  —  Intermediate  Accounting 

I.  (5-0-5)  .  Fall.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  212. 

Accounting  theory  and  the  solution  of  problems  requiring  an  ap- 
plication of  accounting  theorv. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  302  —  Intermediate  Accounting 

II.  (5-0-5)  .  Winter.  Prerequisite:   Business  Administration  301. 

A   continuation   of   Business   Administration   301,   emphasizing  the 
theories  of  valuation  of  lixed  assets  and  liability  accounts,  the  applica- 1 
tion   of   these,    and    the   interpretation   of   financial    statements   prepared! 
on  the  basis  of  these  theories. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  307  —  Business  Law  I.  (5-0-5). 
Fall,  Winter,  Spring. 

Law   governing    the    basic   principles    applicable    to    the    following 
subjects:   Contracts,  offer  and  acceptance,  consideration,  rights  of  third  ( 
parties  and  discharge;  agency,  liabilities  of  principal  and  agent;  negoti-  ! 
ability,  endorsement  and  transfer,  liabilities  of  parties. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  308  —  Business  Law  II.   (5-0-5)   I 
Winter. 

The  law  applicable  to  the  following  subjects:  partnership  forma 
tion,  powers  and  liabilities  of  partners;  corporation,  formation,  powers 
rights  of  security  holders;  sales,  vesting  of  title,  warrants,  remedies. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  315  —  Business  Communications 
(5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Winter. 

Principles    of    effective    business    communications,    application    o 

106 


mat  principles  i<>  business  and  technical  report  writing,  correspondence, 
bd  othei   information  media. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  320  Business  Finance.  (5-0-5). 
Fall.  Winter.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  212. 

I  lu-  interna]  and  externa]  sources  ol  Financing  for  business  enter- 
prises; acquisition  and  management  »>i  Long-term  and  shorter-term  funds; 
t\|>cs  ol  securities;  equit)  and  debi  instruments;  problems  <>t  financial 
management. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  329  —  Cost  Accounting  I. 
(5-0-5).  Winter.  Prerequisite:   Business  Administration  212. 

Methods  ol  determining  and  distributing  costs  in  manufacturing, 
Deluding  job  ordei  and  process  methods. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  330  —  Cost  Accounting  II. 
(5-0-5) .  Summer.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  32(.>. 

Standard  cost  procedures;  budgeting;  distribution  costs  and  special 
cost  problems. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  340  —  Principles  of  marketing. 
(5-0-5).  Fall,  Winter.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  200  or  Eco- 
nomics 202. 

Principles  and  methods  involved  in  the  movement  of  goods  and 
services  from  producers  to  consumers. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  360  —  Principles  of  Manage- 
ment. (5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Winter.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  200 
or  212. 

The  basic  principles  of  management  applicable  to  all  forms  of 
business  and  to  all  levels  of  supervision;  the  functions  of  planning, 
organizing,  directing,  and  controlling  as  components  of  the  manage- 
ment process. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  375  —  Personnel  Administration. 
(5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Spring.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  200  or  Eco- 
nomics 202. 

Personnel  administration  as  a  staff  function.  Employment  stand- 
ards,training,  safety  and  health,  employee  services  and  industrial  re- 
lations. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  101  —  Real  Estate  (5-0-5). 
Winter.  Prerequisites:  B.  A.  320  or  B.  A.  425,  or  B.  A.  340  and  B.  A.  360. 

Principles  and  practices  concerned  with  the  economic,  financial, 
managerial,  and  marketing  aspects  of  commercial  and  industrial  real 
estate  planning  and  utilization. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  411  —  Marketing  Management 
(5-0-5)  .  Fall.  Prerequisites:  Business  Administration  340,  and  360.  Man- 
agement of  marketing  organizations,  with  emphasis  on  planning,  organ- 
izing and  controlling  the  marketing  organization;  internal  and  external 
communications;  marketing  management  decision-making. 

107 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  412  —  Marketing  Research 
(5-0-5).  Spring.  Prerequisites:  Business  Administration  340,  Math  211. 
Sampling,  survey,  experimental  and  other  research  techniques  for  de- 
termining customer  preferences  and  market  potenitals.  Interpretation 
and  presentation  of  research  findings  for  management  decision  making. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  425  —  Managerial  Accounting. 
(5-0-5)  .  Spring.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  212.  Emphasizes 
theon  and  practice  of  accounting  from  the  standpoint  of  those  who 
direct  business  operations  and  shape  business  policy. 

BUSINESS    ADMINISTRATION    436   —      Income    Taxation    I. 
(5-0-5)  .  Spring,  Fall.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  212.  A  study 
of  federal  income   tax  law  and  regulations;   the  income  tax  returns  of  I 
individuals,  partnerships,  and  corporations. 

BUSINESS    ADMINISTRATION    437    —    Income    Taxation    II. 
(5-0-5) .  Summer.   Prerequisite:   Business  Administration  436  or  consent  . 
of    instructor.    A    continuation    of    Business    Administration    436    with  . 
emphasis   on   corporations  and  fiduciary  returns,   gift   taxes,   and  estate 
taxes. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  440  —  Accounting  Systems.  (5-1 
0-5)  .  Offered  on  demand.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  302.  i 
The  design  and  installation  of  appropriate  accounting  systems  in  ac- 1 
cordance  with  the  needs  of  the  business  being  serviced. 

BUSINESS    ADMINISTRATION    450    —    Auditing    Principles.! 
(5-0-5)  .  Spring.Prerequisite:  Business  Administraiton  302.  The  principles 
of  adults  and  financial  verifications,  standards  of  field  work,  preparation  ! 
of  audit  working  papers,  writing  audit  reports,  auditing  ethics 

BUSINESS   ADMINISTRATION    455   —   Advanced   Accounting.  I 
(5-0-5).   Spring.   Prerequisite:    B.A.   301    and   302.   Selected  problems  in 
accounting.    Analysis  and  evaluation  of  methods  used  for  organizing  and 
solving  special  accounting  problems. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  460  —  Production  Planning  and,  j 
Control    (5-0-5)  .  Fall.  Prerequisites:   Business  Administration  360,  Math 
211.   Appreciation   of   the   principles   of  production   management   is  de- 
veloped   through    study    of    plant    layout,    inventory    control,    materials 
handling,  production  scheduling,  quality  control,  and  associated  topics 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  461  —  Corporate  Financial  Pol 
icy    (5-0-5)  .  Spring.  Prerequisites:   B.  A.  320  and  Senior  Status. 

Analysis  of  financial  problems,  practices,  policies,  and  decision-mak- 
ing rules  of  corporations.  This  course  should  be  taken,  when  possible 
in  the  student's  last  quarter  before  graduation. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  462  —  Human  Relations  in  In 
dustry.  (-0-5)  .  Winter.  Prerequisites:  Business  Administration  360.  Busi 
ness  Administration  375  and  Psychology  101  are  desirable.  A  study  o. 
the  process  of  integrating  people  into  the  work  situation  so  that  they  an 
motivated  to  work  together  harmoniously,  productively,  and  with  eco 
nomic,  psychological  and  social  satisfaction. 

108 


BUSlNl  ss  admims  i  r  \  i  io\  Business  Policy.   C.-0-5) . 

winter,  Spring.    1  lie  formation   and  application  oi   business  policy  l>\ 
top  management.  Emphasis  is  on  decision-making. 

BUSINESS  i  !)('(   \  I  ION 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  MM  Beginning  Typing  (0-5-2)  Fall. 
I  his  course  consists  ol  Introductory  instruction  in  the  technical 
features  Ami  care  of  tin-  machine,  position,  fingering,  proper  techni- 
que and  master)  of  the  keyboard,  continuing  with  speed  develop- 
ment, and  instruction  in  typing  letters  and  setting  up  simple  tabula- 
tions, term  papers. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  105  —  Intermediate  Typing  (0-5-2). 
Winter.  Prerequisite:  Business  Education   101  or  equivalent. 

In  this  course  emphasis  is  placed  on  speed  building  and  accuracy. 
Special  typing  problems  such  as  business  letters,  minutes,  notices, 
stencil  cutting  and  carbon  copies  are  stressed. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  106  —  Advanced  Typing  (0-5-2). 
Spring.  Prerequisite:  Business  Education  105  or  equivalent. 

A  course  in  the  acquisition  of  speed  and  accuracy.  Includes  various 
legal  forms  and  papers,  manuscripts  and  business  papers.  Most  of  the 
student's  work  is  done  on  a  production  timing  basis.  An  average  of 
60  wards  a  minute  is  attained. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  111  —  Beginning  Shorthand  (5-0-3). 
Fall. 

Complete  theory  of  Gregg  Shorthand  simplified.  Reading  dicta- 
tion and  transcription  from  studied  material.  A  dictation  speed  of  65 
iwords  a  minute  is  attained. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  112  —  Intermediate  Shorthand  (5-0-3). 
Winter.   Prerequisite:   Business  Education   111   or  equivalent. 

Continuing  development  of  shorthand  skill.  Students  entering 
directly  into  this  course  must  have  a  knowledge  of  basic  brief  forms 
and  the  fundamentals  of  beginning  Gregg  Shorthand. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  113  —  Advanced  Shorthand  (5-0-3). 
Spring.  Prerequisite:  Business  Education  112. 

Dictation  and  transcription  of  new  and  studied  material.  Student 
is  required  to  take  dictation  at  the  rate  of  100  words  a  minute. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  212  —  Office  Machines   (3-2-5).  Spring. 

The  lecture  and  laboatory  periods  are  devoted  to  the  achievement 
of  skill  in  the  use  of  various  office  machines,  such  as  adding-listing, 
calculating,   ke\    punching,   dictating,   duplicating,   and   reproducing. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  213  —  Office  Procedures  (5-0-5) .  Spring. 
Prerequisite:    Business    Education    112    or   permission    of    instructor. 

Typical  business  office  situations  are  duplicated  as  nearly  as  possible, 
including  use  of  various  machines,  practical  problems  dealing  with 
typing,  iiling,  and  office  courtesy. 


109 


ECONOMICS 

ECONOMICS    201    —   Principles    of   Economics   I.     (5-0-5).   Fall, 
Winter,    Spring.    A    siucU    of    the    principles    underlying    the    economic- 
institutions    of    the    present    time    and    their    application    to    economic 
problems.  Aggregative  or  macroecomics  is  emphasized. 

ECONOMICS  202  —  Principles  of  Economics  II.  (5-0-5).  Winter, 
Spring,  Summer. 

Microeconomics,  with  emphasis  on   the   theory  of  prices  and  fac- 
tor shares.  If  a  student  plans  to  take  only  one  economics  course,  Eco- 
nomics 201  or  Economics  326  would  be  more  suitable  than  Economics  ] 
2C2. 

ECONOMICS  311  —  Quantitative  Methods  (5-0-5).  Spring.  Prere- 
quisite: Math  211. 

Applications  of  statistics  and  other  qualitative  techniques  to 
decision  making  in  business  and  economics. 

ECONOMICS  326  —  Economic  History  of  the  United  States.  (5- 
0-5)  .Offered  on  demand. 

The  growth  and  development  of  economic  institutions  in  the 
United  States  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on 
the  period  since  1860,  and  including  developments  in  agriculture,  in- 
dustry, labor,  transportation,  and  finance. 

ECONOMICS  327  —  Money  and  banking.    (5-0-5).  Fall,  Spring.  • 
Prerequisite:  Economics  201. 

Monetary  theory,  banking  theory  and  practice,  central  bank  con- 
trols, other  financial  institutions,  credit  flows,  monetary  policies  to 
achieve  desired  economic  efforts. 

ECONOMICS  331  —  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations.  (5-0-5). 
Winter,  Summer.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201. 

The  development  and  structure  of  the  labor  movement  in  the 
United  States;  the  principles  of  wage  determination;  collective  bargain- 
ing; and  public  policy  toward  labor  unions. 

ECONOMICS  335  —  Public  Finance.  (5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Summer.  Prere- 
quisite: Economics  201. 

The  economic  effects  of  governmental  taxation,  expenditures, 
and  public  debt  management.  The  principal  sources  of  revenue  and 
types  of  expenditures  at  the  federal,  state,  and  local  levels.  The  proper 
scope  of  government  and  issues  of  fairness  in  taxation. 

ECONOMICS  345  —  Economic  Development.  (5-0-5) .  Alternate 
winters.  Prerequisite:  Economics  202.  The  nature  and  cause  of  econo- 
mic stagnation  in  developing  nations  of  the  world,  urgent  need  for  their 
economic  development,  theory  ot  economic  growth,  ways  of  fostering 
development,  and  balanced  growth  and  industrialization. 

ECONOMICS  350  —  Transportation  Economics.  (5-0-5) .  Winter 
Prerequisite:  Economics  202.  The  economic  aspects  of  transportation; 
significant    developments    in    the    fields    of    highway    transport,    water 

110 


transport,  and  ail    transport,  and  in   regulatory  policy   concerning  the 

transpoi  union  industi  y. 

ECONOMICS  101  Price  and  Income  Theory.  (5-0-5) .  Winter. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  202,  Economi<  analysis,  especially  the  theories 
of  production,  price  determination,   factoi    shares,   income  distribution 

and  determination. 

ECONOMICS  -105  -  Government  and  Business.  (5-0-5).  Fall. 
prerequisite:  upper-division  stains,  rhe  effects  of  publu  policies  upon 
business  and  industry,  with  emphasis  on  anti-trust,  taxation,  regulatory, 
and  defense  polit  its. 

ECONOMICS  410  —  International  Trade.  (5-0-5).  Offered  on 
demand.  Prerequisite:  Economics  202.  Export-import  trade,  emphasizing 
exchange  techniques,  balance  ol  trade  and  payments  accounts,  and  the 
tbeorv  of  international  specialization  and  exchange,  the  relationship 
of  international    transactions   to   national   income. 

ECONOMICS  120  —  Comparative  Systems.  (5-0-5).  Alternate 
Springs.  Prerequisite:  Economics  202.  Study  of  economic  problems 
under  different  economic  systems  such  as  capitalism,  socialism;  and 
introduction  to  Marxian  economic  theory. 

ECONOMICS  422  —  Business  Fluctuations,  Macroeconomics. 
(5-0-5)  .  Alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  Economics  327  or  Economics  202 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Causes  of  business  fluctuations,  means  of 
prevention  or  control,  policy  proposals  to  maintain  full  employment 
and  price  stability. 

ECONOMICS   431    —   Investments.    (5-0-5).   Offered   on   demand. 

The  investment  i asks  in  different  investment  media;  selection  of 
appropriate  media  in  accordance  with  individual  or  institutional  goals 
and  risk-bearing  capacity.  Types  of  investments  and  securities. 

ECONOMICS  435  —  Seminar  on  Contemporary  Economic  Prob- 
lems. (5-0-5)  Alternate  Springs.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202, 
and  two  300-level  economics  courses.  General  problems  of  production, 
employment,  and  income,  with  special  reference  to  the  specific  problems 
faced  by  the  American  economic  system. 

ECONOMICS  445  —  Independent  Study.  (5-0-5).  Offered  on 
demand.  Mature  students  of  economics  may  be  permitted  to  undertake 
special  independent  studies  in  one  or  more  aspects  of  economics,  under 
the  supervision  and  guidance  of  a  member  of  the  faculty.  Normally,  the 
subject  matter  covered  will  parallel  a  bulletin-described  course  which 
is  only  infrequently  offered.  The  student  will  meet  frequently  with  his 
advisor  and  will  be  expected  to  submit  reports  in  depth  on  his  studies. 
Approval  of  the  Advisor  and  the  Department  Head  will  be  necessary 
for  admittance  to  this  course. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  &  PHYSICS 

Professor  Fretwell  G.  Glider,  Head;  Associate  Professors  Brewer, 
Harris,  Robbins,  and  Stratton;  Assistant  Professor  Hill 

111 


Qtr.  Hrs. 
I.  Major  Requirements 

A.  Lower  Division 

General  Inorganic  Chemistry    (128,   129)  10 

Analytic  Chemistry    (Qual.  281;   Quant.  282)  10 

B.  Upper  Division 

Organic  Chemistry  (341,  342,  343)  15 

Physical  Chemistry    (491,  492,  493)  12 

Electives    (13  qtr.  hrs.)    from  the  following:  13 

Advanced  Inorganic    (421)    4  qtr.  hrs. 

Qualitative  Organic  Analysis   (448)   4  qtr.  hrs. 

Instrumental  Analysis    (480)    5  qtr.  hrs. 

Special  Problems  in  Chemistry    (498,  499)    1-5  qtr.  hrs. 

Chemistry  431,  432,  441  3  qtr.  hrs.  ea. 
II.  Requirements  in  Related  Fields 

A.  Mathematics  through  Calculus  5 

B.  Physics  15 

Course  Offerings 
CHEMISTRY 

CHEMISTRY  121,  122  —  General  Inorganic  (4-3-5).  Prerequisite: 
Entrance  Requirements.  Offered  each  quarter. 

This  course  is  designed  for  the  student  who  is  pursuing  a  non- 
science  college  major.  It  includes  a  study  of  the  fundamental  laws  and 
theories  of  chemistry  emphasizing  the  descriptive  chemistry  of  the  ele- 
ments and  their  relationships  as  shown  in  the  Periodic  Table.  The 
course  is  a  lecture  laboratory  study  with  minimum  reliance  on  mathe- 
matics. 

CHEMISTRY  125  —  Stoichiometry  (1-2-2).  Offered  each  quarter. 
The  application  of  mathematics  to  freshman  chemistry  courses.  The 
quantitative  treatment  of  chemical  reactions  will  be  covered  in  detail 
and  in  practice  sessions.  Students  will  be  assigned  to  this  course  according 
to  their  college  entrance  test  results,  or  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
faculty. 

CHEMISTRY  128,  129  —  General  Inorganic  (4-3-5).  Prerequisite: 
College  Algebra  or  equivalent.  Offered  each  quarter. 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  laws  of  chemistry  with 
a  quantitative  approach  to  the  subject.  This  course  is  designed  for 
the  science  major  expecting  detailed  work  in  the  modern  concept  of 
the  atom,  chemical  bonding  and  a  thorough  treatment  of  the  chemistry  of 
particular  elements,  families  and  groups.  The  laboratory  work  includes 
an  understanding  of  fundamental  techniques  as  applied  to  beginning 
experiments  and  a  study  of  properties  and  preparations. 

CHEMISTRY    281  Qualitative    Inorganic    Analysis     (3-6-5)1 

Prerequisite:   Chemistry   129.  Spring  and  Fall, 

112 


Theory  and  adequate  laboratory  practice  in  the  analysis  of  com- 
mon cations  and  anions. 

CHEMISTRY    282  Quantitative    Inorganu    Analysis    (2-9-5). 

Prerequisite:  Chemistr)  281.  Wintei  and  Summer. 

The  fundamental  theories  and  practice  oi  gravimetric  and  volu- 
metric analysis  with  an  introduction  to  iiisiimncni.il  analysis. 

CHEMISTRY  311  —  Oceonography  —  Inorganu  Chemistry  (2- 
ii-l'  .  Fall.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  282,  or  841,  or  approved  equivalent  in 
physi<  s  or  biology. 

The  minerals  of  the  ocean  and  ocean  Floor;  methods  of  analysis 
and  collection;  inter-relationship  between  the  components;  changes 
tbat  ma)   take  place;  clients  of  the  components  on  bio-processes. 

CHEMISTRY  312  —  Oceanography  —  Physical  Chemistry  (2-0-2). 
Winter.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  282,  or  341,  or  approved  equivalent 
in  physics  or  biology. 

The  study  of  phases  in  the  ocean;  pH  and  its  variations;  redox 
potential  and  its  variations;  methods  oi  obtaining  data:  solubility 
effects  and  precipitation:   correlation  of  data  with  bio-processes. 

CHEMISTRY  313  —  Oceanography  —  Chemical  Applications 
(2-0-2) .  Spring.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  282,  or  341,  or  approved  equiva- 
lent in  physics  or  biology. 

Study  of  the  mineral  potential  oi  the  ocean;  description  of  the 
processes  already  operating;  energy  from  the  sea;  ion-exchange  processes; 
freshwater  from  the  sea;  biological  concentrative  effects;  future  pro- 
jections. 

CHEMISTRY  341,  432,  313  —  Organic  Chemistry  (3-6-5).  Fall, 
winter,  spring.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  129. 

Three  quarter  courses  in  the  study  of  aliphatics,  raomatic  hydro- 
carbons and  their  derivatives.  Includes  the  study  of  polyfunctional 
compounds,  polynuclear  hydrocarbons,  carbohydrates,  amino  acids, 
heterocyclics  and  related  compounds.  The  course  will  emphasize  or- 
ganic reactions  in  terms  of  modern  electronic  theory. 

CHEMISTRY  350  —  Chemical  Literature  (2-0-2)  .  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  342  or  consent  of  Department  Head.  Spring. 

A  study  of  the  use  of  the  chemical  library  and  the  important 
journals,  references,  and  information  sources. Course  will  include  in- 
struction in  report  writing. 

CHEMISTRY  360  —  Biochemistry  (5-0-5).  Prerequisite.  Chem- 
istry 343.  Spring. 

A  study  of  the  chemical  nature  of  cellular  constituents  and  their 
metabolisms. 

CHEMISTRY  371  —  Industrial  Chemistry  (3-0-3).  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  Department  Head.  Winter. 

This  course  presents  a  study  of  inorganic  chemical  industries.   It 

113 


deals  with   chemical   processes   and   modem    developments   in    these   in- 
dustries. A  survey  of  operations  and  economics  is  given. 

CHEMISTRY  372  -  Industrial  Chemistry  (3-0-3).  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  Department  Head.  Spring. 

This  course  covers  the  important  organic  chemical  industries  in 
the  same  manner  as  Chemistry  371. 

CHEMISTRY  3 12  —  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3-3-4) .  Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  282.  Spring. 

Selected  topics  in  inorganic  chemistry  tending  to  increase  students' 
understanding  of  mechanisms  of  chemical  reactions.  Emphasizes  the 
periodicity  of  elements. 

CHEMISTRY  431,  342  —  Seminars  (3-0-3)  .  Prerequisitents:  Chem- 
istry 491,  Chemistry   343,  or  Chemistry  421.  Winter  &  Spring. 

Selected  topics  for  group  discussion. 

CHEMISTRY  441  —  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3-0-3).  Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  343.  Fall. 

A  further  study  of  important  organic  reactions  emphasizing  theo- 
ries of  reaction  mechanisms  of  organic  chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY  448  —  Organic  Qualitative  Analysis  (2-6-4).  Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  343.  Summer. 

Systematic  approach  to  the  identificaiton  of  organic  compounds. 

CHEMISTRY  480  —  Instrumental  Analysis  (2-9-5)  .  Prerequi- 
sites: Chemistry  282,  342.  Winter  and  Summer. 

Includes  study  of  principles  involved  in  the  operation  and  the 
laboratory  use  of  special  instruments  for  analysis. 

CHEMISTRY  491,  492,  493  —  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3-4).  Pre- 
requisites:  Chemistry  343,  282.   Physics  213.   Mathematics   104. 

Fundamental  principles  of  physical  chemistry  including  the  study 
of  solids,  liquids,  gases,  thermochemistry,  thermodynamics  and  solu- 
tions. The  course  will  also  cover  a  stud)  of  chemical  equilibria,  chem- 
ical kinetics,  electrochemistry,  colloids,  quantum  mechanics  and  nu- 
clear chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY  498,  499  —  Special  Problems  (Schedule  and  credit 
vary)  .  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  493  and  consent  of  Department  Head. 

Problems  to  be  assigned  and  work  directed  by  a  member  of  the 
Department.  Supervised  research  including  literature  search,  labora- 
tory experimentation  and  presentation  of  results.  Course  credit  will 
depend  on  problem. 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  108,  109,  110  —  Physical  Science  of  Bio- 
Processes   (4-3-5  for  each  course)  .  Prerequisite:  Entrance  Requirements. 

A  three  quarter  sequence  which  teaches  the  interrelationships  ol 
content  and  application  of  essential  principles  from  chemistry,  physics, 
physiology,  and  microbiology. 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  III  —  Physical  Environment  (5-0-5)  .  Winter. 

114 


Prerequisite:  Entrance  Requirements. 

An  elementary  survey  of  the  fundamentals  of  general  physics. 
ncluding  mechanics,  heal  and  sound,  electricity  and  magnetism,  and 
oodern  physics.  Designed  for  non-science  majors.  Only  simple  mathe- 
oatics  is  utilized.  Lectures,  demonstrations,  \isu;il  aids  and  problems. 
<o  credit  is  given  to  a  student  who  lias  completed  a  course  in  college 
>hysics. 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  113  -■  Meteorology,  Geology,  Astronomy 
;5-0-f)) .  Fall,  Spring.  Prerequisite:  Entrance  Requirements. 

\  survey  oi  elementary  meteorology,  geology  and  astronomy, 
jjements  ol  weather  and  climate,  their  forecasting  and  possible  modi- 
ication.  Composition,  structure,  and  history  of  the  earth.  Relative 
positions,  motions  and  sizes  of  members  of  the  solar  system,  our 
alaxy,  and  other  regions  ol  the  universe.  Lectures,  visual  aids,  fossils, 
oinerals  and  rocks,  demonstrations  and  problems. 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  111  —  Physical  Oceanography  (5-0-5). 
iummer.  Prerequisite:   Entrance  Requirements. 

A  survey  of  basic  physical  oceanography.  Distribution  of  land  and 
vater  over  the  earth.  Nature  and  relief  of  the  sea  floor.  Physical  and 
hemical  properties  of  sea  water.  Propagation  of  sound  and  light  in 
he  ocean.  Tides  and  currents,  turbulence  and  waves,  and  air-sea  energy 
•xchange.  Instrumentation.  Lectures,  visual  aids,  charts,  maps,  and 
>roblems. 

PHYSICS 

PHYSICS  211  —  Mechanics  (4-2-5).  Fall,  Summer.  Prerequisite: 
vlathematics  102. 

The  first  part  of  the  sequence  Physics  211-212-213  in  general  physics. 
Sasic  classical  physics,  including  mechanics,  sound,  and  heat.  Designed 
or  non-science  majors  with  apitude  in  mathematics  below  the  level  of 
alculus.  Lectures,  demonstrations,  visual  aids,  problems  and  laboratory 
vork. 

PHYSICS  212  —  Electricity,  Magnetism,  Basic  Light  (4-2-5).  Win- 
er. Prerequisites:  Mathematics  102  and  Physics  211. 

The  second  part  of  the  sequence  Physics  211-212-213.  Basic  elec- 
ricity,  magnetism,  and  geometrical  optics. 

PHYSICS  213  —  Light  Phenomena,  Modern  Physics  (4-2-5). 
Jpring.  Prerequisites:   Mathematics   102  and  Physics  212. 

The  last  part  of  the  sequence  Physics  211-212-213.  Continues  the 
tudy  of  light  from  the  viewpoint  of  physical  optics,  and  concludes  with 
he  study  of  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  Laboratory  work  includes 
wo  selected  experiments  of  advanced  scope. 

PHYSICS  217  —  Mechanics  (5-3-6).  Fall,  Summer.  Prerequisite: 
Vlathematics  104,  or  concurrently. 

The  first  part  of  the  sequence  Physics  217-218-219  in  general 
physics.   Basic   classical   physics,    including   mechanics,   sound   and   heat. 

116 


Designed  for  science  majors  and  engineering  students.  Lectures,  demon- 
strations, visual  aids,  problems,  and  laboratory  work. 

PHYSICS  218  —  Electricity,  Magnetism,  Basic  Light  (5-3-6).  Win- 
ter.  Prerequisites:   Mathematics   104  and  Physics  217. 

The  second  part  of  the  sequence  Physics  217-218-219.  Basic  elec- 
tricity, magnetism,  and  geometrical  optics. 

PHYSICS  219  —  Light  Phenomena,  Modern  Physics  (5-3-6) .  Spring. 
Prerequisites:   Mathematics   104  and  Physics  218. 

The  last  part  of  the  sequence  Physics  217-218-219.  Continues  the 
study  of  light  from  the  viewpoint  of  physical  optics,  and  concludes 
with  the  study  of  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  Laboratory  work  includes 
two  selected  experiments  of  advanced  scope. 

PHYSICS  301  —  Physical  Geology  (2-0-2).  Spring.  Prerequisite: 
Physics  21 1  or  consent  of  Instructor. 

Geologic  history  of  the  earth.  Stratigraphy,  volcanism,  earth- 
quakes, and  metamorphism.  Lectures,  visual  aids,  rocks  and  minerals, 
fossils,   topographic  and  geologic  maps,  and  problems. 

CHINESE 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Foreign  Language) 

DENTAL  HYGIENE 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Allied  Health  Services) 

ECONOMICS 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Business  Administration) 

DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

Professor  William  W.  Stokes,  Head;  Assistant  Professors,  Boney, 
Newberry,  Rundaken,  and  Ward. 

The  purpose  of  the  Department  of  Education  is  to  coordinate  the 
college-wide  programs  ol  teacher  education  and  to  offer  professional 
courses  for  the  pre-service  and  in-service  preparation  of  teachers.  For 
specific  requirements  of  the  teacher  education  programs  offered  by  the 
college,  see  pages  77-86. 

Course  Offerings 

EDUCATION  203  —  Orientation  to  Teaching.  (5-0-5).  Each 
quarter. 

The  study  of  the  status  of  education  and  of  teaching  as  a  profes- 
sion. The  student  engages  in  directed  self-study  and  plans  for  the 
achievement  of  his  professional  goals. 

EDUCATION  301  —  Child  Development  and  the  Educative  Pro- 
cess.   (2-6-5) .  Fall,  Winter,  Spring. 

A  study  of  the  developmental  learning  characterstics  of  pupils 
in  relation  to  ways  in  which  the  school  environment  may  elicit  further 

116 


development.  Students  attend  seminars  on  campus  and  serve  as  junioi 
Professionals  in  selected  elementary  schools,  En  roll  men  I  limited  to  12 
ttudents  pei   section.  Prerequisite:   Education  203. 

EDUCATION    125  rhe    reaching  ol    Reading.    (5-0-5).    Each 

quarter. 

The  teaching  ol  reading  including  methods,  techniques,  and  ma- 
■rials.  Prerequisite:    Admission  to  Teacher  Education. 

EDUCATION     13  1    —   Methods   and    Curriculum    ol    Elementary 


"( ience  (5-0  5)  .  Wintei  and  Summer 


Provides  prospective  teachers  with  a  better  concepl  ol  the  meaning 

ol  science,  processes  foi  translating  this  concepl  into  classroom  practice, 
and  a  \ariet\  ol  wa\s  lor  helping  children  learn  science,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  kind  ol  inquiiv  that  engages  them  in  the  processes  of 
discovery. 

EDUCATION  135  —  Elementary  School  Curriculum.  (5-0-5). 
Each  quarter. 

The  stud)  ol  existing  instrumental  programs  and  experiences  in 
curriculum  design.  Directed  observation.  Prerequisite:  Edu.  301  and 
Psy.  301,  or  permission  ol  the  instructor,  Corequisite:  Edu.  436. 

EDUCATION  436  —  Elementary  School  Methods.  (5-0-5).  Each 
quarter. 

The  study  and  evaluation  of  teaching  methods,  materials,  and 
equipment  in  the  various  teaching  fields.  Actual  unit  development 
in  preparation  for  student  teaching.  Prequisite:  Edu.  301  and  Psy.  301, 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Corequisite:  Edu.  435. 

EDUCATION  137  —  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Methods, 
General.    (5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Winter. 

The  study  ol  secondary  school  curriculum  with  emphasis  upon 
materials  and  methods  of  teaching.  Directed  observation.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Psy.  301. 

EDUCATION  438  —  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Methods, 
Business  Education.    (5-0-5)  .  Fall. 

The  study  of  secondary  school  business  education  curriculum 
with  emphasis  upon  materials  and  methods  of  teaching  business  edu- 
cation. Directed  observation.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Teacher  Edu- 
cation and  Psy.  301. 

EDUCATION  439  —  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Methods, 
English.    (5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Spring. 

The  study  of  secondary  school  English  curriculum  with  emphasis 
upon  materials  and  methods  of  teaching  English.  Directed  observation. 
Prerequisite:    Admission    ot    Teacher    Education    and    Psy.    301. 

EDUCATION  440  —  Secondary  School  Curriculum  and  Methods, 
Social  Science.    (5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Spring. 

The  stud)  of  secondary  school  social  science  curriculum  with 
emphasis  upon  materials  and  methods  of  teaching  social  science.  Directed 

117 


observation.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Psy.  301 
EDUCATION    146,   447,   -M8   —   Student   Teaching.     (15   quarter 
hours)  .  Fall,  Winter,  Spi  ing. 

Students  are  placed  in  selected  schools  for  one  quarter  as  full 
time  student  staff  members.  No  additional  credit  hours  may  be  earned 
while  student  teaching.  Classroom  teaching  experiences  and  other  staff 
responsibilities  are  jointly  supervised  by  the  college  staff,  supervising 
teachers  and  principals  in  the  selected  schools.  Prerequisite:  See  Page 
77. 

RELATED  PROFESSIONAL  COURSES  OFFERED 
IN  OTHER  DEPARTMENTS 

ART  320  —  Art  for  the  Elementary  Teacher.    (4-2-5) . 

A  study  of  materials  and  methods  for  teaching  art  at  the  elemen 
tary   school   level.   Prerequisite:    Admission   to   Teacher   Education. 

ENGLISH  331  —  Children's  Literature.    (5-0-5). 

The  literary  genres  usually  emphasized  in  elementary  and  sec 
ondary  schools  will  be  studied.  The  primary  purpose  of  this  course  will! 
be  to  consider  how  literature  may  both  stimulate  the  child  and  catei 
to  his  interest  as  well.  Secondary  purposes  will  be  the  consideration  ol 
critical  techniques,  methodology,  and  overall  usefulness  of  material* 
studied.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Teacher  Education. 

MATHEMATICS  350  —  Basic  Ideas  of  Arithmetic.  (5-0-5)  .  Fall 
Spring.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  105,  100,  or  101,  and  at  least  sopho 
more  standing. Mathematics  majors  will  not  receive  credit  for  this  course. 
This  course  is  designed  to  give  elementary  teachers  a  clear  understanding 
of  the  fundamental  ideas  oi  arithmetic,  and  to  acquaint  them  with  cur- 
rent elementary  school  materials  and  methods. 

MATHEMATICS  351  —  Basic  Ideas  of  Geometry.  (5-0-5)  .  Winter. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  105,  100,  or  101  and  at  least  sophomore 
standing.  Mathematics  majors  will  not  receive  credit  for  this  course 
This  course  is  designed  to  give  elemen  tary  teachers  a  clear  understanding 
of  the  fundamental  ideas  of  geometry,  and  to  acquaint  them  with  current 
emleentary  school   materials   and   methods. 

MUSIC  320  —  Music  for  the  Elementary  Teacher.    (5-0-5). 

An  introduction  to  music  skills  and  materials  for  the  elemental) 
classroom   teacher.   Prerequisite:   Admission   to  Teacher  Education. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  320  —  Health  and  Physical  Education 
for  the  Elementary  Teacher.    (5-0-5). 

An  introduction  to  the  teaching  of  health  and  phvsical  education 
for  the  elementary  teacher.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Teacher  Edu- 
cation. 

PSYCHOLOGY  301   --  Educational  Psychology.    (5-0-5). 

I  he  application  of  behavioral  science  to  the  problems  of  learning 

118 


in  the  classroom.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  loi  and   Admission  to  Teacher 

Education. 

LIBR  \RY  sen  \(  I 
LIBRARY  SCIENCE  320       ( lataloging  and  Classification  ol  School 

Lil)i.n\  Materials  (5-0-5).  Fall.  Introduction  to  the  basic  principles  o( 
cataloging  and  classification  ol  books  and  audiovisual  materials  through 
[he    use   of   Dewe)    and    Library    ol    Congress   classification.   The   card 

catalog,  shell  list,  physical  procession,  and  procedure  for  ordering  and 
using  printed  cards  will  be  studied. 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE  110  —  Materials  Selection  (5-0-5).  Winter. 
Selection  and  evaluation  of  hooks  and  non-hook  materials;  emphasis 
on  these  which  meet  curriculum  needs  and  interest,  and  which  repre- 
sent  various  levels  ol  difficulty;  ways  ol  stimulating  their  use.  Attention 
will  be  given  to  selection  aids  and  reading  guidance. 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE  120  —  School  Library  Administration  and 
Organization  (5-0-5)  .  Spring.  Basic  organization  of  books,  non-book 
materials,  and  services  for  effective  use  in  school  libraries.  Administering 
the  budget,  purchase  of  materials,  personnel,  circulation,  inventory, 
weeding,  and  instruction  in  the  use  of  library  materials  will  be  con- 
sidered. Examination  of  the  improvement  of  instruction  by  correlating 
library  use  with  school  curricula. 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE  310  —  Reference  Materials.  (5-0-5) .  Summer. 
Study  and  evaluation  of  basic  reference  sources  for  eflective  reference 
service  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Designed  to  give  the  stu- 
dent a  working  knowledge  of  a  library  as  an  information  and  resource 
center. 

SPEECH  CORRECTION 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  305  —  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Chil- 
dren. (5-0-5) .  Fall. 

A  study  of  the  different  kinds  of  exceptional  children  with  em- 
phasis on  etiological  factors,  educational  implications,  and  rehabilitation 
requirements.  Primary  consideration  will  be  given  to  general  discussions 
of  mental  retardation,  emotional  and  social  disturbances,  visual  and  hear- 
ing impairments,  physical  handicaps,  and  speech  and  language  dis- 
orders. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  310  —  Survey  of  Speech  Problems.  (5-0-5) . 
Fall. 

A  study  of  the  major  etiology  and  basic  therapy  for  all  types  of 
speech  defects,  with  a  concentration  on  those  most  commonly  found  in 
the  classroom.  The  content  of  this  course  is  designed  for  the  speech  cor- 
rection major  as  well  as  the  classroom  teacher  who  wishes  to  become 
informed  about  speech  problems.  Observations  in  both  public  schools 
and  the  speech  and  hearing  clinic. 

119 


SPECIAL  EDUCATION  315  -    Language  Development.    (5-0-5) 
Winter. 

The  study  of  normal  language  development  with  emphasis  on  oral 
language.  This  course  includes  the  relationship  between  speech  and  lan- 
guage, developmental  scales  that  trace  language  growth  across  various 
age  levels,  and  implications  of  delayed  speech  and  language.  Observations 
in  both  public  schools  and  the  speech  and  hearing  clinic. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  320  —  Psychology  of  Speech.  (5-0-5). 
Winter. 

Basic  principles  of  psychology  as  they  apply  to  speech,  with  em- 
phasis on  learning,  motivation,  emotions,  intelligence,  personality,  so- 
cial relations,  and  psychological  effects  of  speech  disorders.  Observations 
in  both  the  public  schools  and  the  speech  and  hearing  clinic. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  325  —  Phonetics  for  Speech  Correctionists. 
(2-6-5) .  Spring. 

Deals  with  the  use  of  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet  (IPA) 
in  speech  correction.  IPA  transcription  of  normal  and  defective  arti- 
culation and  the  important  characteristics  of  regional  dialects  are  stress- 
ed. Prerequisites:  Special  Education  310  and  315. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  330  —  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the 
Speech  and  Hearing  Mechanism.    (5-0-5)  .  Spring. 

Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  head,  neck,  and  thorax  from  a 
speech  and  hearing  standpoint.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  functional 
considerations  of  the  respiratory  system,  larynx,  oral  and  nasal  struc- 
tures, and  ear.  Prerequisites:  Special  Education  310  and  315. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  335  —  Speech  Science.    (3-4-5) .  Fall. 

Speech  communication  from  a  psychophysical  standpoint.  Study 
focuses  on  acoustics,  physics  of  speech,  transmission  media,  and  physical 
analysis  of  speech.  Prerequisites:  Special  Education  310  and  315. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  410  —  Group  Processes  and  Practicum. 
(3-4-5) .  Fall. 

Characteristics  of  task  oriented  small  behavior  and  interaction. 
Study  focuses  on  the  analysis  and  evaluation  of  group  interaction  and 
process,  with  particular  emphasis  on  working  with  children  in  groups. 
Theories  of  group  process  are  related  to  speech  correction  and  super- 
vised clinical  practice.  Prerequisites:  Completion  of  300  level  sequence 
in  speech  correction,  Admission  to  Teacher  Education. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION  415  —  Articulation  Problems.  (2-6-5). 
Winter. 

A  study  of  the  etiology,  rationale,  and  methods  of  therapy  for 
functional  disorders  of  articulation.  The  course  includes  the  develop- 
ment of  a  therapeutic  program,  lesson  plans,  and  supervised  clinical 
practice.  Prerequisite:  Special  Education  410. 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION    120  —  Audiometry.    (2-6-5)    Winter. 

The  measurement  of  normal  and  defective  hearing  with  the  pure 

120 


tone  audiometer.  Particulai  attention  focuses  on  recording  hearing  thres- 
holds, audiogram  interpretation,  and  the  pathologies  that  cause  hearing 
loss  Students  are  also  familiarized  with  speech  audiometry  and  special 
audiometry  equipment  and  techniques.  Supervised  clinical  practice, 
prerequisites:   Completion  ol  300  level  sequence  in   speech  correction, 

Admission    to     IV. u  her    1  du<  ation. 

SPECIAL    EDUCATION     145  Aural    Rehabilitation.    (2-6-6). 

Spring. 

The  stud)  of  theories  and  methods  involved  in  speech  reading, 
auditoiv  training,  and  speech  conservation  foi  the  hearing  impaired, 
■he  importance  of  the  conservation  ol  hearing  is  also  stressed.  Super- 
vised clinical  practice.  Prerequisite:  Special  Education  410. 

ENGINEERING 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Mathematics) 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  &  SPEECH 

Professor  Hugh  Pendexter  III,  Head;  Professors  Anchors,  Killorin, 
Seale.  Strozier;  Associate  Professoi  (ones;  Assistant  Professors  Brooks, 
Brown,   Jenkins,  Ramsey,  Suchower,  Welsh,  and  White. 

DEPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE 
MAJOR  IN  ENGLISH 
A  student  majoring  in   English   must  complete   at  least  40  hours 
of  upper-division  courses    (300-400  kvel)    in   the  major  field,  of  which 
at  least  15  hours  must  be  on  the  400  level.  A  major  program  must  in- 
clude at  least  one  ol  the  starred  courses  in  each  of  the  following  groups: 

I.  Shakespeare    (404*) 
II.  English  Literature  before  1700   (300*,  301*,  302*,  320*,  402,  403) 

III.  English  Literature   after   1700    (303*,   304*,   305*,   307*,   311,   312, 
316,  321,  322) 

IV.  American  Literature    (308*,  309*,  310*,  313,  315,  322) 
V.  a.  Comparative  Literature    (314*,  318*,  322*,  333*) 

b.  English  Language   (324*,  325*,  410*) 

c.  Speech   (for  Speech  Majors)    (341*,  345*,  346*) 

The  major  shall  select  one  area  of  specialization  from  groups  II-V 
and  complete  at  least  two  additional  courses  in  that  area  (starred  or  un- 
starred)  .  English  400,  401,  490,  and  -191  may,  depending  on  the  subject, 
be  counted  in  any  area  of  specialization. 

The  major  program  must  also  include  proficiency  in  foreign 
language  equivalent  to  courses  101  through  201,  and  25  quarter  hours 
of  courses,  approved  by  the  major  department,  from  these  related  fields: 
literature  in  a  foreign  language,  history,  philosophy,  art,  music,  speech. 
Those  concentrating  in  Speech  should  include  among  their  related-field 
courses,  Speech  227  (5  hrs.)  and  228  and  two  courses  in  dramatic  litera- 
ture either  in  English  or  in  a  foreign  language. 

121 


Course  Offerings 

ENGLISH 

Students  will  be  assigned  to  freshman  English  according  to  results 
of  tests  taken  before  the  beginning  of  the  term. 

ENGLISH  99  —  Fundamentals  of  Composition  (3-4-0).  Offered 
every  quarter. 

This  is  the  study  and  practice  of  sentence  and  paragraph  struc- 
ture. Students  must  learn  to  write  clearly,  logically,  coherently,  and  cor- 
rectly. In  the  2-hour  writing  laboratory  they  practice  composition. 

ENGLISH  121  —  Composition  and  Non-fiction  (5-0-5).  Offered 
every  quarter. 

Assignment  to  this  course  is  based  upon  entrance  test  results  or  upon 
successful  completion  of  English  99.  The  instruction  focuses  upon  rhet- 
oric, organization  of  ideas,  and  techniques  of  reading. 

ENGLISH  122  —  Composition  and  Introduction  to  Prose  Fiction 
(5-0-5) .  Offered  every  quarter.  Prerequisite:  grade  of  "C"  in  English 
121. 

The  documented  termpaper  is  included  in  this  course. 

ENGLISH   103  —  Honors  Composition    (5-0-5) .  Fall 

Instruction  in  this  course  will  not  follow  the  traditional  lecture 
method  only;  the  students  will  read  widely  and  write  a  research  paper  (or 
papers)  in  the  fashion  which  the  instructor  thinks  will  best  discipline 
them  for  independent  study. 

ENGLISH  104  —  Honors  Composition  and  Introduction  to  Liter- 
ature (5-0-5) .  Winter. 

In  this  course  the  students  will  read  material  in  addition  to  the 
literature  assigned  for  English  122  and  write  critical  papers  on  topic 
selected  from  the  periods  covered. 

ENGLISH  110  —  English  as  a  Second  Language  (5-0-5).  Offeree 
on  demand. 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  students  whose  native  language  II 
not  English  to  do  the  normal  college  composition  work.  Students  receiving  1 
a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  are  eligible  for  English  122.  Admission  by  per  | 
mission  of  the  instructor. 

ENGLISH  221  —  Composition  and  Introduction  to  Poetry  anc  J 
Drama  (5-0-5)  .  Offered  every  quarter.  Prerequisite:  grade  of  "C"  ii  , 
English  122. 

ENGLISH  222  —  Masterpieces  of  Literature  (5-0-5).  Offeree 
every  quarter.  Prerequisite:  English  221. 

This  course  is  prerequisite  to  all  300  and  400  level  courses  ir 
English. 

ENGLISH  300  —  Early  English  Literature:  Beginning  througl 
1485  (5-0-5) .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  301  —  Renaissance  1485-1063    (5-0-5)    Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  302  —  17th  Century:  1603-1660  (5-0-5)  .  Alternate  years. 

122 


ENG1  imi  303        Vge  ol  Dryden  and  Pope  (5-0-5) .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  304-18th  Century:  Swift  through  Blake  (5-0-5).  Alter- 
nate years. 

ENGLISH  305  •  19th  Century  I:  Romanti<  (5-0-5).  Alternate 
years. 

ENGLISH  306  19th  Century  II:  Victorian  (5-0-5).  Alternate 
years. 

ENGLISH  307     -  20th  Century   British    (5-0-5).  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  308  —  American  Literature  I:  Beginning  through  Coo- 
per (3-0-3)  .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  309  —  American  Literature  11.   (5-0-5) .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  310  —  Amu  k  an  Literature  III:  Rise  of  Naturalism  to 
the  present  (5-0-5).  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  332  —  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Europe  Literature 
(5-0-5)  .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  333  —  Modern  European  Literature  (5-0-5) .  Alternate 
years. 

ENGLISH  311  —  British  Novel  I:  Beginning  through  Austen  (3- 
0-3) .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  312  —  British  Novel  II:  Scott  through  Hardy  (5-0-5). 
Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  316  —  British  Novel  III:  Conrad  through  present  (5- 
0-5) .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  313  —  American  Novel  I:  Beginning  through  James 
(5-0-5)  .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  315  —  American  Novel  II:  Naturalists  to  present  (5- 
0-5) .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH   314  —  The  European  Novel    (5-0-5).  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  318  —  Greek  and  Roman  Drama  in  Translation  (5-0-5) . 
Alternate  years 

ENGLISH  320  —  British  Drama  I:  Beginning  to  1540  (5-0-5). 
Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  321  —  British  Drama  II:  1660-1850  (5-0-5).  Alternate 
years. 

ENGLISH  322  —  Modern  British,  American,  and  Continental 
Drama:   Ibsen  to  the  present    (5-0-5)  .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH  324  —  Introduction  to  Linguistics    (5-0-5) .  Fall 

ENGLISH  325  —  Advanced  Grammar:  Generative-Transformation- 
al Grammar    (5-0-5).   Winter.   Prerequisite:    English   324. 

ENGLISH  331  —  Children's  Literature  (will  not  apply  toward 
English  major)  .    (5-0-5)  .  Offered  on  demand. 

SENIOR  COURSES 
ENGLISH  400-  Seminar   ( (1-5) -0- (1-5) ) .  Offered  on  demand. 
ENGLISH  401   —  Seminar    ( (1-5) -0- (1-5) )  .  Offered  on  demand. 
ENGLISH  402  —  Milton    (5-0-5)  .  Alternate  years. 

123 


ENGLISH  403  —  Chaucer    (5-0-5) .  Alternate  years. 

ENGLISH   J0  1  —  Shakespeare   (5-0-5).  Fall. 

ENGLISH  410  —  History  of  the  English  Language  (5-0-5).  Alter- 
nate  years. 

ENGLISH  490  —  Independent  Study  ( (1-5) -0- (1-5) ) .  Offered 
on  demand. 

ENGLISH  491  —  Independent  Study  ( (1-5) -0- (1-5) ) .  Offered 
on  demand. 

SPEECH 

SPEECH  227  —  Theatre  Laboratory  (0-3-1) .  Offered  every  quarter. 

Practical  experience  in  theatre.  The  student  will  work  on  the  Mas- 
quers' production  of  the  quarter.  Only  one  hour's  credit  may  be  earned 
per  quarter.  The  maximum  total  credit  allowed  in  Theatre  Laboratory 
is  five  quarter  hours. 

SPEECH  228  —  Fundamentals  of  Speech  (5-0-5).  Offered  every 
quarter.  Practice  and  theory  of  oral  communication.  Each  student  makes 
several  major  speeches.  The  physiology  of  the  speech  mechanism  is 
covered,  and  articulation  is  studied  within  the  framework  of  tht  Inter- 
national Phonetic  Alphabet. 

SPEECH  341  —  Oral  Interpretation    (5-0-5).  Fall. 

A  practical  course  in  the  oral  interpetation  of  poetry  and  prose. 
The  techniques  of  literature  analysis  are  stressed  along  with  the  vocal 
techniques  needed  to  communicate  an   author's  mood  and  meaning. 

SPEECH  345  —  History  of  the  Theatre    (5-0-5)  .  Winter. 

A  survey  of  theatrical  art  from  its  beginning  to  the  present  day.  The 
course  emphasizes  the  development  of  the  physical  theatre. 

SPEECH  346  —   Play  Production    (5-0-5) .  Spring 

A  course  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  acting  and  directing,  wirh 
special  attention  to  image-making  on  stage.  Individuals  under  super- 
vision prepare  and  execute  the  production  of  scenes  and  short  plays. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Biology) 

DEPARTMENT  OF  FINE  ARTS 

Professor  Harry  Persse,  Head;  Assistant  Professor  McKinnell 

DEPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE 
MAJOR  IN  MUSIC 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  with  a  Major  in  Music 

The  college   offers   the   Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  j 
music.    Within    this    degree    program    the    student    may    choose    a    con-  j 
centration    from    the    areas    of    performance,    music    literature,    music 
theory,  or  music  education. 

In  addition  to  satisfying  the  requirements  of  the  core  curriculum 

124 


for  the  bacheloi  ol  arts  degree,  those  majoring  in  music   will  complete 
the  following  program: 

Lowa  1 1 » \  ision  i  oui  ses: 

M.isu    I  !u-.»i\   I  10.  I  I  i.  1 12  6 

Sightsinging  101,   102,   103  ?> 

Musi*    l  1koi\  210,  21 1.  212  6 
Sightsinging  201,  202,  203 

Applied   Mush    I  !<>.   I  II.   I  12  6 

240,  241,  242  6 


30 
Upper  division  courses: 

Mllsic     HistOlN     310,     311  _...     10 

Music    Theory  312,    112         6 

Applied  Mus,\   340,  341,  342  6 

440,  111,  1 12  _    6 


28 
Additional   courses   in    music   may   be   elected  by   the  student,  but 
no   more    than    seventy   hours    in    (he    major    field    may   be   applied   to- 
wards i he  degree. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  program  must  include  fifteen  to 
thirty  hours  of  approved  electives  in  related  fields. 

Course  Offerings 
ART 

ART  101  —  Basic  Design  and  Drawing   (3-4-5)  .  Alternate  years. 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  design  and  the  means  and 
materials  of  drawing. 

ART  102    — Basic  Design  and  Drawing   (3-4-5) .  Alternate  years. 

A  continuation  of  Art  101. 

ART  103  —  Basic  Design  and  Drawing  (3-4-5) .  Alternate  years. 

A  continuation  of  Art  102. 

ART  200  —  Introduction  to  the  Visual  Arts   (5-0-5) .  Fall,  Winter. 

The  study  of  theories  of  art  and  their  application  in  master-works 
of  art  from  all  a^es,  directed  toward  increasing  the  understanding  and 
enjoyment  of  art  for  the  non-art  major.  Not  recommended  for  students 
who  have  credit  for  Art  291. 

ART  201  —  Drawing  and  Painting    (0-6-3).  Alternate  years. 

Drawing  and  painting  from  various  figures,  animals,  and  objects, 
employing  various  materials  and  media. 

ART  202  —  Drawing  and  Painting    (0-6-3) .  Alternate  yaers. 

A  continuation  ol  Art  201. 

ART  203  —  Drawing  and  Painting    (0-6-3) .  Alternate  years. 

125 


A  continuation  of  Art  202. 

ART  290  —  History  of  Art    (5-0-5) .  Offered  on  demand. 

A  survey   of  world  art  from  ancient  times  through  the  Baroque. 

Art  291  —  Historv  of  Art  (5-0-5) .  Offered  on  demand. 

A  survey  of  world  art  fom  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century  to 
the  present.  Not  recommended  for  students  who  have  credit  for  Art  200. 

ART  .120  —  Art  for  the  Elementary  Teacher   (4-2-5)  .  Fall,  Winter. 

A  study  of  materials  and  methods  for  teaching  art  at  the  elementary 
school  level . 

ART  301  —  Ceramics  (3-4-5) .  Offered  on  demand. 

An  introductory  course  in  the  fundamentals  of  pottery,  clay, 
modeling,  glazing  and  firing  methods. 

ART  302  —  Ceramics    (2-3-5)  .  Offered  on  demand. 

A  continuation  of  Art  301  with  emphasis  on  the  potter's  wheel, 
and  the  study  of  glazed  materials. 

ART  303  —  Ceramics   (3-4-5)  .  Offered  on  demand. 

A  continuation  of  Art  302  with  emphasis  on  the  potter's  wheel 
and  an  introduction  to  elementary  ceramic  technology. 

Course  Offerings 

MUSIC 
Theoretical  Courses 

MUSIC  101  —  Sight  Singing  (2-0-1)  .  Fall. 

A  study  of  sight  singing  techniques  applied  to  diatonic  materials. 

MUSIC  102  —  Sight  Singing   (2-0-1)  .  Winter. 

A  continuation  of  Music  101. 

MUSIC  103  —  Sight  Singing  (2-0-1)  .  Spring. 

A  continuation  of  Music  102. 

MUSIC   110  —  Music  Theory  and  Eartraining    (2-1-2).  Fall. 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  theoretical  principles  of  music  and 
eartraining. 

MUSIC  1 1 1  —  Music  Theory  and  Eartraining  (2-1-2) .  Winter. 

A  continuation  of  Music  110. 

MUSIC   112  —  Music  Theory  and  Eartraining    (2-1-2).  Spring. 

A  continuation  of  Music  111. 

MUSIC  201  —\  Sight  Singing   (2-0-1).  Fall. 

A  study  of  sight  singing  techniques  aplied  to  chromatic  materials. 

MUSIC  202  —  Sight  Singing   (2-0-1)  .  Winter. 

A  continuation  of  Music  201. 

MUSIC  203  —  Sight  Singing   (2-0-1)  .  Spring. 

A  continuation  of  Music  202. 

MUSIC  210  —  Music  Theory  and  Eartraining    (2-1-2).  Fall. 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  music  theory  introducing  modu- 
lation and  chromatic  material.  Prerequisite:  Music  112. 

126 


MUSIC  21 1        Mush    I  hear)  and  Eartraining  (2-1-2) .  Winti  r. 

I        A  ( ontinuation  ol  M usi<  210. 
MUSIC  212        Musi<    rheor)  and  Eartraining   (2-1-2) .  Spring. 
\  i  ontinuation  oJ  M  usi<  2  I  I . 

MUSIC  312        Form  and  Analysis  Offered  on  demand. 

The  stud)  oJ  the  forma]  principles  <>i  music  .is  exemplified  in 
nusical  works  ol  the  various  style  periods. 

MUSIC  320  Music  loi  the  Elementary  Teachei  (5-0-5).  Winter, 
summer. 

An  introduction  to  music  skills  and  materials  foi  the  elementary 
Jkssroom  teacher. 

MUSIC  350        Conducting   (3-0-3).  Offered  on  demand. 

An   introduction   to  the  problems  and  techniques  of  conducting. 

MUSIC  111  —  Counterpoint   (3-0-b).  Offered  on  demand. 

\  study  ol  the  contrapuntal  techniques  of  Renaissance  music. 

MUSIC   112  —  20th  Centur)    Materials    (3-0-3).  Alternate  years. 

A  study  of  the  materials  and  techniques  of  20th  Century  music. 

MUSIC  420,   121  —  Piano  Pedagogy   (2-0-2).  Offered  on  demand. 

Introduction  to  techniques  of  piano  instruction  from  the  elemen- 
arv  through  the  advanced  levels. 

MUSIC  450  —  Orchestration    (3-0-3)  .  Offered  on  demand. 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  scoring  for  instrumental 
ensembles  and  the  orchestra. 

History  and  Literature  Courses 

MUSIC  200  —  Introduction  to  Music  Literature  (5-0-5).  Fall, 
Spring. 

A  course  designed  to  help  the  student  understand  and  enjoy  fine 
music  by  analysis  ol  form,  style  and  the  media  of  musical  expression 
from  the  great  periods  of  musical  art.  Not  open  to  music  majors. 

MUSIC  310  —  Music  History  (5-0-5) .  Alternate  years. 

The  history  of  music  in  Western  civilization  from  its  origins 
through  the  Baroque  period. 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  music  theory  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

MUSIC  311  —  Music  History   (5-0-5).  Alternate  years. 
The  history   of  music   in   Western   civilization   from   the  Baroque 
period  to  the  present. 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  music  theory  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

MUSIC  422  —  Opera  Literature    (3-0-3)  .  Offered  on  demand. 
A   study  ol   operatic   masterpieces   from    the   origin   of   the   form    to 
the  present. 

MUSIC  490  —  Independent  Study    (1   to  5  hours). 

127 


APPLIED  MUSIC  COURSES 

Applied  music  courses  consist  of  one  or  two  twenty-five  minute 
private  lessons  per  week.  A  special  fee  of  S24.00  for  one  lesson  or  $48.00 
lor  two  lessor  per  week  is  charged  quarterly  to  students  not  majoring 
in  music  and  to  music  majors  enrolled  for  less  than  ten  hours  credit 
or  enrolled  for  applied  music  courses  in  addition  to  those  required  in 
the  music  program. 

To  receive  credit  towards  satisfaction  of  the  applied  music  require- 
ment in  the  music  program  a  student  should  have  met  the  entrance 
requirements  for  proficiencv  in  his  principal  instrument.  Credit  in 
a  secondary  instrument  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  this  requirement. 

In  the  following  system  replacing  the  third  digit  by  a  letter 
(A,B>C)    indicates  credit  in  a  secondary  instrument. 

MUSIC  130,  131,  132,  230,  231,  232;  330,  331,  332;  430,  431,  432  — 
Applied  Music.  One  hour  credit  per  quarter.  One  twenty-five  minute 
private  lesson  per  week. 

MUSIC  140,  141,  142;  240,  241,  212;  340,  341,  342;  440,  441, 
442  —  Applied  Music.  Two  hours  credit  per  quarter.  Two  twenty-five 
minute  private  lessons  per  week. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

Professor  William  Easterling,  Head;  Professor  Lubs; 
Assistant  Professor  Noble. 

Course  Offerings 
CHINESE 

CHINESE  101-102  —  Elementary  Chinese  (10-0-10).  Offered  on 
demand. 

A  basic  training  in  Chinese  conversation  and  reading. 

CHINESE  201  —  Intermediate  Chinese  (5-0-5)  .  Offered  on  demand. 

CHINESE  233  —  Chinese  Literature  in  Translation  (5-0-5) .  Offered 
on  demand. 

FRENCH* 

DEPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS 

FOR  THE  MAJOR  IN  FRENCH 

A  student  majoring  in  French  must  complete  at  least  40  quartei 
hours  ol  French  bevond  French  202.  This  program  includes  successful 
completion  of  one  quarter's  study  (15  quarter  hours)  in  France  with 
the  University   S\stem  ol  Georgia  Study  Abroad  Program.  The  Depart 


•Students   who    own    tape    machines    may    check    copies    of    taped    lessons    out    of    th< 
library.  These  tapes  are  recorded  at  7y2  i.p.s. 

128 


inn  <>l  Foreign  Languages  <>i    Armstrong  State  College  reserves  th<-  i 
d  tesi  .1  returning  student    >n  an)  01  .ill  material  covered  during  the  ^m 
pit's  quartei    in    France     "Material   covered"    includes    information    .1 
fedent  should  have  acquired  in  scheduled  museum  \isits  01  othei  field 
■ps,  geography  ol  France,  and  an)   othei   information  which  mighl   be 
■pluded  undei   the  heading  ol  general  culture. 

\n  additional  thirty  quartei  hours  are  required  in  .1  related  area, 
t  Is  recommended  that  related  courses  be  taken  from  the  following: 

(1)  Literature  <>t  a  language  othei  than  French.  This  would  in- 
clude English,  American,  foreign  61  comparative  Literature. 
In  the  case  of  foreign  Literature,  it  is  strongl)  recommended 
that    the    coiuso    be    taken    in    the    original    language. 

(2)  History.  It  is  naturally  recommended  that  the  bulk  of  courses 
be  taken   in   French   and   Euro]>ean  histroy. 

(3)  Foreign  Language  other  than  French,  preferably  a  non-Ro- 
mance language,  plus  courses  in  linguistics,  such  as  English  410. 

Couse  Offerings 

FRENCH  101-102-103  —  Elementary  French  (15-0-15).  Offered 
ach  year. 

A  course  for  beginners.  The  approach  is  primarily  oral,  and  daily 
nactice  with  tape  recordings  is  required.  No  credit  for  graduation  or 
ransier  will  be  given  until  the  sequence  is  completed. 

FRENCH  110  —  (3-0-3)  111  — .  (3-0-3)  —  112  (4-0-4).  Offered 
ach  year. 

These  are  the  same  courses  as  French  101-102  above,  but  more  time 
>  allowed  for  covering  the  work.  Students  will  be  enrolled  for  these 
elections  on  advice  ot  the  instructor. 

FRENCH  201  —  Intermediate  French  (5-0-5).  Offered  each 
[uarter. 

Prerequisite:  TTiree  quarters  oi  college  French  or  three  years  of 
tigh  school  French.  Further  reading  of  texts,  and  oral  and  composition 
>ractice. 

FRENCH  202  —  Intermediate  French  (5-0-5)  .  Offered  each  quarter. 
FRENCH  301  — Trench  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  the 
lenaissance.    (5-0-5) .  Offered  alternate  years. 

FRENCH  302  —  French  Classical  Drama  (5-0-5).  Offered  alter- 
late  years. 

Prerequisite:  French  201.  Selected  plays  of  Corneille,  Moliere  and 
lacine. 

FRENCH  304  —  French  Literature  of  the   19th  Century    (5-0-5). 
Offered  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  French  201. 
A  study  of  Romantic  prose,  poetry,  and  drama,  with  lectures  and 
iiscussions  in  French. 

129 


FRENCH  305  —  French  Literature  of  the  19th  Century:  Realism 
and  Naturalism    (5-0-5) .  Offered  alternate  years. 

FRENCH  351-352-853  —  Study  Abroad  in  France  (15  hours  credit) . 
This  course  is  a  summer  quarter's  residence  and  study  in  France  in  con- 
junction with  the  Study  Abroad  Program  ol  the  University  System 
ol  Georgia.  The  program  is  offered  in  Dijon  for  a  period  of  eight 
weeks.  Dining  this  time  the  student  will  receive  intensive  instruc- 
tion in  language  and  culture  and  will  be  expected  to  engage  in 
co-auricular  activities  sopnsored  by  the  University  of  Dijon  and  USG. 

FRENCH  401  —  French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century 
(5-0-5) .  Prerequisite:  French  201.  This  course  is  a  study  of  contemporary 
prose,  poetry,  and  drama  with  lectures  and  discussions  in  French.  This 
course,  normally  the  last  course  in  French  that  a  student  would  take, 
includes  a  serious  term  paper  cf  considerable  magnitude  to  be  written 
in  French. 

*  GERMAN 

GERMAN  101-102-103  —  Elementary  German  (15-0-15).  Offered 
each  year.  Drill  on  pronunciation  and  elements  of  grammar,  conver- 
sation, and  the  training  of  the  ear  as  well  as  the  eye.  German  isi 
used  as  practicable  in  the  classroom  instruction.  The  course  includes 
reading  of  texts  and  translations,  conversation,  dictation,  and  dialogues. 
No  credit  for  graduation  is  allowed  until  sequence  is  completed. 

GERMAN  201  —  Intermediate  German  (5-0-5).  Fall.  Prerequisite: 
Three  quarters  of  college  German  or  three  years  of  high  school  German. 
Further  reading  of  texts,  oral  and  composition  practice. 

GERMAN  202  —  Conversation  and  Composition  (5-0-5) .  Offered 
on  demand.  Prerequisite:  201. 

GERMAN  211  —  Scientific  German  (3-0-3).  Offered  on  demand. 
Prerequisite:  same  as  201.  Readings  in  scientific  and  technical  material 
with  special  attention  to  grammatical  difficulties  encountered  in  this 
literature. 

GERMAN  304  —  19th  Century  German  Literature  (5-0-5) .  Offered 
on  demand. 

GERMAN  320  —  German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Centun 
(5-0-5)  .  Offered  on  demand.  Prerequisite:  four  quarters  of  colleg< 
German,  or  an  equivalent  language  background,  to  be  determined  fr 
the  instructor. 

The  course  will  include  readings  and  discussion  in  German  o 
works  by  Thomas  Mann,  Franz  Kafka,  and  Gunter  Grass,  and  the  stud 
of  other  major  contemporary  German  authors. 

GERMAN   351-352-353  —  Study  Abroad   in   Germany    (15   hour 
credit) .  This  course  is  a  summer  quarter's  residence  and  study  in  Gei 
many  in  conjunction  with  the  Study  Abroad  Program  of  the  Universit'  | 
System  of   Georgia.   The   program    is   offered   in   Germany  for  a  perio< 
of    eight   weeks.    During    this    time    the    student    will   receive    intensiv    J 

130 


pstruction  in   language  and  culture  and  will  participate  in   University 
iponsoi  ed  a<  tivii  ies. 

GERMAN  190      Special  Reading  (5-0-5) .  Offered  on  demand. 

Ill  BR1  W 

HEBREW  110       Elementary  Hebrew  Offered  on  demand. 

Mechanics  ol  reading  and  writing;  I>;im<  vocabulary;  simple  con- 
versation; essentials  ol  grammar. 

HEBREW  III  Elementary  Hebrew  (3-0-3) .  Offered  on  demand. 
Prerequisite:  Hebrew  110  or  a  satisfactory  scon-  on  a  placement  exami- 
nation. 

Continuation  ol  I  [ebrew  1 10. 

HEBREW  112  —  Elementar)  Hebrew  (4-0-4).  Offered  on  demand. 
Prerequisite:  Hebrew  111  or  a  satisfactory  score  on  a  placement  exami- 
nation. 

Developing  fluency  in  conversatii  ft,  grammar  and  composition. 

(Hebrew  110,  111,  112  are  not  acceptable  as  fulfillment  of  the 
language  requirement  in  the  core  curriculum.) 

•SPANISH 

SPANISH  101-102-103  —  Elementary  Spanish  (15-0-15).  Offered 
each  year.  These  courses  arc  for  the  purpose  of  providing  the 
student  with  the  elements  ol  Spanish  leading,  composition  and  con- 
versation. No  credit  for  graduation  will  be  given  until  sequence  is 
completed. 

SPANISH  201  —  Intermediate  Spanish  (5-0-5).  Fall.  Prerequisite: 
Three  quarters  of  college  Spanish  or  three  years  of  high  school  Spanish. 
Further  reading  of  texts  and  oral  and  composition  practice. 

SPANISH  202  —  Intermediate  Spanish  (5-0-5) .  Offered  on  demand. 
A  continuation  of  Spanish  201. 

SPANISH  351-352-353  —  Study  Abroad  in  Spain  (15  hours  credit) . 
This  course  is  a  summer  quarter's  residence  and  study  in  Spain  in 
conjunction  with  the  Study  Abroad  Program  of  the  University  System 
of  Georgia.  The  program  is  offered  in  Salamanca  for  a  period  of  eight 
weeks.  During  this  time  the  students  will  receive  intensive  instruction 
in  language  and  culture  which  will  be  complemented  by  a  number  of 
excursions. 

FRENCH 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Foreign  Languages) 


•Students   who   own    tape    machines    may   check    copies   of    taped    lessons    out    of    the 
library.  These  tapes  are  recorded  at  7y2   i.p.s. 

131 


GEOGRAPHY 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  History  and  Political  Science) 

GERMAN 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Foreign  Languages) 

HEALTH 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Allied  Health  Services) 

HEBREW 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Foreign  Languages) 


132 


DEPAR1  MEN  1    OF  Mis  I  ORY    WD 
POLITIC  \I.  SCIEN(  l 

Professor  Evans  ('.  [ohnson,  Head;  l'i < >lt ^s« >i s  Beecher,  Coyle,  and 
Wu;  Associate  Professors  Haunton,  Lanier,  Newman;  Assistant  Pro- 
kssors   Boney,  Clark,   Comaskey,    Duncan,   Gross,    VfaCarthy;    Patterson. 

Dl  PAR  1  Ml  N  1  Al    RJ  QUIRJ  MENTS  FOR   1  HI   MAJOR 

IN  HISTORY 

Students  majoring  in  history  should  satisfy  the  basi<  college  n 
■uirements  foi  the  Bacheloi  ol  Arts  degree  during  the  Freshman  and 
sophomore  years.  The  minimum  requirement  in  addition  to  History 
111  and  115  for  a  major  in  history  is  forty  quarter  hours  from  history 
courses  numbered  300  or  above.  In  selecting  courses  for  a  major,  the 
student  ma\  elect  to  emphasize  the  history  of  the  United  States,  or  the 
history  of  Europe,  but  he  ma\  not  present  a  major  exclusively  in  either 
of  these  areas. 

Required  courses:  History  111,  115,  and  300,  but  History  114  and 
115  may  not  be  counted  in  the  forty  quarter  hours  required  for  the 
major.  History  majors  are  advised  to  register  for  History  300  in  the  first 
quarter  of  their  Junior  year  or  in  the  first  quarter  after  they  elect  to 
major  in  history. 

The  major  program  must  also  include  proficiency  in  a  foreign 
language  equivalent  to  courses  101  through  201,  and  25  quarter  hours 
of  courses,  above  the  sophomore  level,  from  these  related  fields:  History 
of  Art  and  Music,  Economics,  Literature,  Philosophy,  Political  Science, 
and  Sociology. 

Course  Offerings 
HISTORY 

HISTORY  114  —  History  of  Western  Civilization.  (5-0-5) .  Offered 
each  quarter. 

A  chronological  survey  of  the  main  currents  of  political,  social, 
religious,  and  intellectual  activity  in  western  civilization  from  the  time 
of  the  ancient  Mediterranean  civilization   to   1715. 

HISTORY  115  —  History  of  Western  Civilization.  (5-0-5)  .  Offered 
each  quarter. 

A  continuation  of  History  114  to  the  present. 

HISTORY  251  —  American  History  to  1865.  (5-0-5).  Offered 
each  quarter. 

A  survey  of  the  political,  economic,  and  social  history  of  the 
United  States  to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War. 

HISTORY  251  —  American  History  Since  1865.  (5-0-5).  Offered 
each  quarter. 

133 


A  survey  of  the  political,  economic,  and  social  history  of  the 
United  States  from    1865  to  the  present. 

HISTORY  3(H)  —  Problems  in  Historiography.  (5-0-5).  Summer 
and  Fall. 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  meaning  of  history,  some  of  the  prob- 
lems involved  in  the  writing  and  study  of  history,  and  selected  inter- 
pretations. 

HISTORY  320  —  The  Civilization  of  China  and  the  Far  East, 
Part  I.   (5-0-5)  .  Fall. 

The  history  of  Fast  Asia  civilization  from  ancient  times  through 
the  eighteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  characteristic  political,  eco- 
nomic, and  social  developments. 

HISTORY  321  —  The  Civilization  of  China  and  the  Far  East, 
Part  II.   (5-0-5)  .  Winter. 

The  history  of  East  Asian  nations  from  the  nineteenth  century  to 
the  present,  with  emphasis  on  political,  social,  economic,  and  intellec- 
tual developments. 

HISTORY  322  —  History  of  Japan.    (5-0-5).  Spring. 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  Japan,  with  major  emphasis  placed  upon 
the  development  of   Japan  since   1600. 

HISTORY  323  —  Historv  of  India  and  South  Asia.   (5-0-5) .  Spring. 

A  survey  of  the  civilization  of  South  Asia,  with  principal  attention 
given  to  India  and  Pakistan  since   1600. 

HISTORY  329  —  History  of  Russia  to  1917.    (5-0-5).  Winter. 

A  survey  of  Russian  historv  during  the  Kievan,  Tartar,  Muscovite, 
and  Imperial  eras. 

HISTORY  330  —  Twentieth  Century  Russia.    (5-0-5)  .  Spring. 

An  examination  of  the  forces  leading  to  the  downfall  of  Tsarist 
Russia,  the  Bolshevik  Revolution,  and  the  political,  economic,  andl 
social  history  of  the  Soviet  era. 

HISTORY  341  —   Historv  of  England,  1450-1690.    (5-0-5).  Fall. 

Emphasis  is  given  to  the  constitutional,  religious,  and  economic 
developments,   but  social   and   intellectual  phases  are   treated. 

HISTORY  343  —  Early  Middle  Ages,  A.D.  333  -  c.  1000.  (5-0-5) 
Fall. 

The  history  of  Europe  from  the  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire  through 
the  Carolingian  period  with  special  emphasis  on  hte  institutional  devel 
opments  which  led  to  the  emergence  of  stable  kingdoms  out  of  the 
chaos  of  the  barbarian  invasions. 

HISTORY  344  —  The  High  Middle  Ages,  c.  100  -  c.  1300.  (5-0-5) 
Winter. 

The  history  of  Europe  from  c.  100  to  c.  1300  with  emphasis  on  th(. 
struggle  between  church  and  state,  the  Crusade  movement,  and  th( 
12th  century  intellectual  renaissance,  all  of  which  profoundly  influencec 
the  development  of  the  various  medieval  kingdoms. 

134 


HISTORY  345         rhc  Late  Middle    Vges  and   Renaissance.    (5- 

b-5).  Spring. 

rhe  history  ol  Europe  from  c.  1300  to  1517  with  emphasis  on  the 
fclitical,    cultural,    and    intellectual    developments    which    transformed 

medieval  societ)   into  Renaissance   Man, 

HISTORY    347  Hie    French    Revolution   and    Napoleon. 

!o-5).  Fall. 

I  he  ideas  and  events  of  the  Old  Regime  and  the  Enlightenment  in 
Irance,  with  emphasis  on  the  impact  ol  the  French  Revolution  and  the 
career  of  Napoleon  upon  the  major  European  nations! 

HISTORY  348  —  The  History  ol  Europe  from  1815  to  1900. 
(5-0-5)  .   Winter. 

A  study  ol  the  most  important  social,  political,  and  intellectual 
directions   ol    European    history    from    the   Congress   of   Vienna    to   the 
end  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

HLSTORV    350  Europe    in    the    Twentieth    Century.     (5-0-5). 

Spring. 

A  study  of  the  major  developments  in  Europe  since  1900,  with 
emphasis  upon  the  origins  and  impact  of  the  First  and  Second  World 
Wars. 

HISTORY  352  —  Latin  American  History.  (5-0-5)  .  Offered  on 
demand. 

A  survey  of  Latin  American  history  and  institutions  including 
the  conquest,  the  revolutionary  movements,  and  the  rise  of  dictatorship. 

HISTORY  353  or  SOCIOLOGY  353  —  Prespectives  on  Black  Ex- 
perience in  the  United  States.    (5-0-5)  .  Offered  on  demand. 

Study  of  historic  and  current  trends  in  selected  frames  of  reference 
of  experiences  encountered  by  black  people  in  the  United  States,  em- 
phasizing social  movements  and  social  change,  urban  and  institutional 
processes,  social  values  and  personality  formation. 

HISTORY  354  —  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United 
States  Since  1865.    (5-0-5)  .  Spring. 

An  examination  of  political  theory,  social  development,  and  the 
principal  trends  of  American  thought  since  1865.  Prerequisite:  History 
252. 

HISTORY  355  —  Studies  in  American  Diplomacy.  (5-0-5) .  Sum- 
mer &  Winter. 

Studies  of  American  objectives  and  policies  in  foreign  affairs  from 
colonial  times  to  the  present.   Prerequisite:   History  252. 

HISTORY  356  —  American  Constitutional  History.    (5-0-5) .  Fall. 

A  study  of  the  origins,  content,  and  expansion  of  the  Constitution 
of  the  United  States. 

HISTORY  357  —  The  Old  South.    (5-0-5)  .  Fall. 

The    colonial   South    through   secession;    development    and    opera- 

135 


tion  of  the  plantation  system:  emergence  of  the  ante-bellum  social  and 
political  patterns  of  the  region. 

HISTORY  358  —  The  New  South.  (5-0-5) .  Spring. 

Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  social,  economic,  and  political  read- 
justments of  the  late  nineteenth  century,  and  the  impact  of  industrialism 
and  liberalism  in   the  twentieth  century.   Prerequisite:   Hisory  252. 

HISTORY  359  —  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction.    (5-0-5).  Winter. 

The  causes  and  significance  of  the  American  Civil  War,  with 
minor  consideration  of  the  military  campaigns;  political,  economic  and 
social  aspects  of  Reconstruction. 

HISTORY  360  —  Recent  American  History.    (5-0-5).  Spring. 

Beginning  with  the  presidency  of  Rutherford  B.  Hayes,  the  course 
will  emphasize  populism  and  progressivism,  the  period  between  the 
wars,   and  postwar  readjustment. 

HISTORY  361  —  Great  Historians.  (5-0-5) . 

The  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  major  his- 
torians and  historical  philosophies  through  individual  reading  under 
the  direction  of  the  instructor. 

HISTORY  362  —  Independent  Study.  (5-0-5).  Offered  each 
quarter. 

Designed  to  permit  superior  students  to  pursue  individual  re- 
search and  reading  in  some  field  of  history  under  the  supervision  of 
a  member  of  the  staff.  Emphasis  will  be  on  wide  reading,  conferences 
with  the  adviser,  and  written  reports  and  essays.  Open  only  to  sen- 
iors with  a  B  average  in  history  and  in  their  overall  work.  Admission 
will  be  subject  to  approval  of  the  individual  adviser  and  of  the  Head  of 
the  Department  of  History. 

HISTORY  110  —  Problems  in  Medieval  History  (5-0-5).  Offered 
on  demand. 

A  detailed  analysis  of  a  specific  problem  in  medieval  history  by 
examination  of  primary  materials.  Permission  of  instructor  required. 

GEOGRAPHY 

GEOGRAPHY    111    —  World   Human   Geography.    (5-0-5).   Fall. 

A  survey  of  world  human  geography,  emphasizing  population 
characteristics,  topographic  features,  distribution  of  economic  activi- 
ties and  geo-political  problems  within  the  major  geographical  regions. 
Consideration  of  adequacy  of  resources  to  support  expanding  world 
populations. 

PHILOSOPHY 

PHILOSOPHY  201  —  Introduction  to  Philosophy.  (5-0-5).  Fall, 
Winter,  Spring. 

The  fundamentals  of  philosophy,  the  meaning  and  function  of 
philosophy,  the  vocabulary  and  problems  of  philosophy,  and  the  re- 
lation ot  philosophy   to  art,  science,   and  religion.   Includes  a  survev  ol 

136 


Ik-  h.isu    issues  unci  ur.ijoi    lyiics  ol   |jJiilos<>]:>h)   and  shows  llicii   sources 
n  cxi>cricncc,  historv,  .mil  representative  thinkers 

PHILOSOPHY    501         History  ,>i   Philosophy:  Ancient  and  Medi- 
Lal.  (5-0-5) .  Fall, 

\n  historical  introduction  to  philosophy,  tracing  the  development 
>l  1-  luropean  philosophy  hoin  ill'.-  ciil\  Greeks  through  the  Middle    \ 
ivith  emphasis  on  selected  works  ol  major  philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY  302  -  History  ol  Philosophy:  Modem  (5-0-5). 
IVinter. 

European  philosophy  from  the  Renaissance  through  Kant,  em- 
phasizing selected  works  o!  majoi    philosophers. 

IMIll  OSOPHY  303  —  19th  and  20th  Century  Philosophy.  (5-0-5). 
Spi  ing. 

A  study  of  the  major  philosophers  in  philosophical  movements  of 
lie  19th  and  20tli  centuries.  Prerequisite:   Philosophy  201,  301,  or  302. 

PHILOSOPHY  320  —  Introduction  to  Oriental  Philosophy.  (5- 
0-5)  .  Fall. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

DEPARTMEN  I  AL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  MAJOR  IN 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Political  Science  majors  must  complete  Political  Science  200  and 
a  minimum  of  fort\  quarter  hours  of  upper-division  courses  (300-400 
level)  in  the  major  field.  The  major  program  must  include  at  least 
one  course  from  each  of  the  following  groups: 

I.  American   Political   Institutions    (300,304,305,307) 
II.  Comparative  Government    (308,  309) 

III.  International  Relations    (306,  319,  320) 

IV.  Political  Theory    (331,  332) 

The  student  must  complete  a  reasonable  distribution  of  courses 
from  the  four  areas  lifted  above.  Political  Science  400  (Senior  Seminar) 
may  be  taken  with  permission  of  the  Department  Head. 

The  major  program  must  also  include  proficiency  in  a  foreign 
language  equivalent  to  courses  101  and  102  (French  or  German  is  re- 
commended for  those  contemplating  graduate  work)  ,  and  25  quarter 
hours  of  courses  from  these  related  fields:  economics,  psychology,  his- 
toid  geography,   philosophy,    sociology,   and   statistics. 

Course  Offerings 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  113  —  Government  of  the  United  States. 
(5-0-5)  .  Offered  each  quarter. 

A  study  of  the  structure,  theory,  and  functions  of  the  national 
government  in  the  United  States  and  some  of  the  major  problems  of 
the  state  and  local  government. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  200  —  Introduction  to  Political  Science. 
(5-0-5)  .  Fall. 

This  course  deals  with  the  area  of  political  science  as  a  discipline, 

137 


and  serves  an  an  introduction  to  the  systematic  study  of  modern  gov- 
ernment. Attention  is  given  to  the  role  of  politics  in  society;  the  nature 
and  origins  of  the  state;  the  nature  and  development  of  political  insti- 
tutions; the  basis  ol  political  action;  and  the  theories,  forms,  and  processes 
of  government.  Required  of  all  political  science  majors. 

POLITICAL   SCIENCE   300  —    Political   Behavior.    (5-0-5).   Fall. 

This  course  emphasizes  the  economic,  psychological,  and  social 
aspects  of  political  behavior.  It  examines  the  concepts  of  power,  roles 
groups,  elites,  decision-making,  political  communications,  and  systems 
analysis.  Consideration  is  also  given  to  the  basic  theories,  variables, 
and  hvpotheses  used  in  empirical  research  in  political  science.  Designed 
primarily  for  those  students  intending  to  go  to  graduate  school.  Prere- 
quisites;  Political  Science   113  or  equivalent,  and  Political  Science  200. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  304  —  Public  Administration.  (5-0-5). 
Winter. 

This  is  a  one  quarter  course  that  is  primarily  concerned  with  or- 
ganizational theorv  and  bureaucratic  behavior,  whether  public  or  private, 
but  with  an  emphasis  on  the  behavior  ol  the  bureaucracy  of  the  national 
government.  This  course  will  also  be  concerned  with  the  political  process 
as  it  unfolds  in  the  administration  of  laws  enacted  by  the  Congress. 
A  number  of  case  sttidies  on  the  subject  will  be  examined  in  some  detail. 
Prerequisite:   Political  Science   113,  or  equivalent. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  305  —  State  and  Local  Government.  (5- 
0-5)  .  Spring. 

This  course  is  concerned  primarily  with  the  political  process  and 
the  behavior  of  political  actors  at  the  local  and  state  levels  of  govern- 
ment, primarily  in  the  United  States.  It  i>  concerned  with  the  tech- 
niques and  research  results  of  the  relevant  empirical  literature  that 
has  evolved  over  the  past  15  years  in  the  field;  i.e.,  local  community 
studies  of  Floyd  Hunter,  Robert  A.  Dahl,  and  others.  Prerequisite: 
Political  Science   113,  or  equivalent. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  306  —  International  Law.    (5-0-5)  .  Spring. 

An  introduction  to  selected  public  international  law  topics  includ- 
ing: recognition,  state  succession,  jurisdiction,  extradition,  nationality, 
the  law  of  treaties,  the  law  of  diplomacy,  and  the  law  of  war. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  307  —  Constitutional  Law.   (5-0-5) .  Spring. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  Linked  States  government 
through  judicial  interpretation  of  the  Constitution.  The  case  study 
method  of  analysis  is  used,  but  some  attention  is  given  also  to  re- 
cent behavioral  writing  on  judicial  decision-making.  Prerequisite:  Poli- 
tical Science  113,  or  equivalent. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  308  —  Comparative  Government:  Western 
Europe.  (5-0-5)  .  Fall. 

An  analytical  and  comparative  study  of  the  major  Western  Eu- 
ropean governments,  with  principal  emphasis  upon  the  analysis  of  the 
condition*  which  led  to  effective  and  stable  parliamentary  government, 

138 


uul  those  which  lead  to  the  inefficiency,  instability  and  break-down 
)l  such  systems.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  113  01  equivalent,  and 
political  Science  200. 

POL1  riCAl  SC1ENC1  509  i  omparative  Government:  Soviet 
Union.     5  0  5) .  Wintei . 

\  continuation  ol  Political  Science  308,  with  emphasis  on  the 
political  system  ol  the  U  S.S.R.  and  the  Soviet  blo<  ol  nations  in  Eastern 
lurope.    Prerequisite:    Political    Science    113,    oi    equivalent,    Political 

Science   200. 

POL1  IK.  \1     SCIENi  1    319         International    Relations.    (5-0 
Winter. 

\u  introduction  to  the  theories,  forces,  and  practices  dominating 
contemporary  international  relations. 

POLI1  [CAL  SCI1  \(  1  320  --  International  Relations:  The  Far 
East.  (5-0-5)  .  Spi  ing. 

POUTICAL  sen  nci    331-332  --  Political  Theory. 
An   historical  study  of  the  development  of  ideas  relative  to  the 
state  and  government  from  Socrates  and  Plato  to  the  present.  Attention 
is  directed    primaril)    to    the   political    though  1    ol    a    selected   group   ol 

eminent  philosophers. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  331  —  From  Socrates  to  the  17th  Century 
(5-0-5)  .  Fall. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  332  —  From  the  17th  Century  to  the 
Present.  (5-0-5) .  Winter 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  400  —  Senior  Seminar.  (5-0-5).  Offered 
each  quarter. 

Designed  to  permit  superior  students  to  pursue  research  and  read- 
ing in  some  field  of  political  science  under  the  supervision  of  the  staff. 
Open  only  to  seniors  with  a  B  average  in  political  science.  Admission 
Will  be  subject  to  approval  of  the  department  head. 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE 

Assoc.  Professor  Regina  Yoast,  Director;  Assistant 
Professors  Johnson,  Swinson,  and  Ball 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  Education) 
DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS 

Associate  Professor  John  S.  Hinkle,  Acting  Head;  Professor  Winn, 
Assistant  Professors  Hansen,  Findeis,  Saunders,  Sheffield,  Semmes,  Brown, 
Eldredge. 

All  degree  programs  require  at  least  10  hours  of  mathematics.  This 
requirement  may  be  satisfied  in  any  one  of  three  ways: 

(a)    For  LIBERAL  ARTS  MAJORS  (English,  history,  etc.)  :  Math- 
ematics 105  and  106. 

139 


(b)  For  SOCIAL  SCIENCES  AND  BUSINESS  MAJORS:  Mathe- 
matics 100,  135,  and  211. 

(c)  For  BIOLOGY,  (  HEMISTRY,  AND  MATHEMATICS  MA- 
JORS: Mathematics  101-102   (unless  exempted) ,  and  Math  104. 

Students  should  consult  with  the  Department  Head  in  their  major 
field  for  possible  variations  <>1  the  above  options   (a),   (b),  and   (c) . 

DEPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  MAJOR 

IN   MATHEMATICS 

A  major  in  mathematics  will  consist  of  at  least  30  quarter  hours 
beyond   the   calculus  sequence    (Mathematics    104-201-202-203). 

Every  major  program  must  incude  Mathematics  311-312  and  at 
least  one  of  these  sequences:  309-332;  401-402. 

A  Mathematics  major  must  support  his  work  in  mathematics  with 
15  quarter  hours  of  approved  elective  courses  in  related  fields  (chemis- 
try, physics,  or  economics,  etc.)  beyond  the  core  curriculum  requirements. 
Students  are  urged  to  complete  as  many  of  the  General  Education 
(Core  curriculum)  requirements  as  possible  before  entering  their  junior 
year. 

Course  Offerings 
ENGINEERING 

ENGNIEERING  GRAPHICS  113  —   (0-6-2).  Offered  on  demand. 

Topics  of  study  include  lettering  (capital  and  lower  case)  ;  the 
use  of  the  instruments;  geometric  construction;  orthographic  projection; 
emphasis  on  discriptive  geometry  concepts  as  applied  to  the  solution  of 
problems  involving  orthographic  projection  of  solids,  auxiliary  views, 
and  points,  lines  and  planes. 

ENGINEERING  GRAPHICS  114  —  (0-6-2).  Offered  on  demand. 
Prerequisite:  113. 

Topics  of  study  include  the  solution  of  problems  involving  points, 
lines  and  planes  bv  use  of  the  revolution  method;  intersection  of  sur- 
faces: warper  srufaces:  the  development  of  surfaces.  Practical  appli- 
cations  are  emphasized. 

ENGINEERING  GRAPHICS   115  —    (0-6-2).  Upon  demand. 
Prerequisite:  1 14. 

Topics  of  study  include  sections  and  conventions;  dimensioning; 
pictorial  representation;  detail  sketches;  shop  processes;  assembly  draw- 
ings From  detail  sketches;  working  pictorial  sketches;  introduction  tc 
charts  and  graphs;  reproduction  processes,  ink  tracing  on  cloth;  graphical 
calculus. 

MATHEMATICS 

MATHEMATICS  100  —  College  Algebra  (5-0-5).  Fall,  Winter, 
Spring.  Academic  credit  will  not  be  given  for  more  than  one  of  the 
courses  100,  101,  and  105. 

140 


1,1 


Sets,  |)U)|)i-i  iii-s  ol   ihc   Real  numbers,  solution   ol    Equations  and 
i.ilniis  in  one  variable,  1  men   and  Quadratic    Functions  and  iheii 

i.iplis.  Inn  .11  systems. 

M  \  i  ill  \i  \  l  u  s  101        Pre  Calculus  Mathematics  I  Fall, 

f inter,  Spring.  Prerequisites:  Sal  score  ol  150  oi  bettei  <>n  both  verbal 
ml  mathematics,  oi  consent  ol  instructor.  Vcademu  credit  will  not 
I  given  lot  more  than  one  ol  the  courses  100,  101,  and  105. 

S  is.  real  numbers,  equations  and  inequalities,  [unctions  and  graphs, 
tolynomials,   exponential   and    logarithmic    functions. 

MATHEMATICS  102  Pre  Calculus  Mathematics  II  5-0-5) .  Fall 
(Tinier,  Spring.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  101  or  consent  ol  instructor. 
Vuulcinu  credit  will  not  be  given  foi  more  than  one  ol  the  courses  102, 
06,  and  i 

Trigonometric  functions,  Analytic  trigonometry.  Systems  of  Equa- 
ions  and  Inequalities,  determinants,  complex  numbers,  Sequences.  Ele- 
Bents  oi  Analytic  Geometr)    (linear,  parabolas  and  ellipses). 

MATHEMATICS  101  —  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  (5-0-5). 
•'all.  Spring.  Prerequisites:  One  of  the  following:  (1)  SAT  score  of 
>L\")  or  bettei  on  both  verbal  and  mathematics,  (2)  A  grade  of  C  or 
fetter  in  Mathematics   102,    (3)    Consent  of  instructor. 

Introduction  to  analytic  geometry,  functions,  limits,  continuity, 
he  derivative  and  applications. 

MATHEMATICS  105  —  Logic  and  Sets  (5-0-5).  Fall,  Winter, 
Spring.  Academic  credit  will  not  be  given  for  more  than  one  of  the 
ourses  100,  101,  and  105. 

This  course  is  designed  for  liberal  arts  students.  Its  purpose  is  to 
lelp  the  student  acquire  an  understanding  of  the  laws  of  logical  think- 
ng  and  an  ability  to  read  mathematical  language. 

MATHEMATICS  106  —  Introduction  to  Modern  Mathematics 
(5-0-5)  .  Fall,  Winter,  Spring.  Prerquisite:  Mathematics  105  or  consent 
)f  instructor.  Academic  credit  will  not  be  given  for  more  than  one  of 
he  courses  102,  106,  and  135. 

This  course  is  designed  for  liberal  arts  students,  to  follow  Mathe- 
matics 105.  Various  topics  from  elementary  mathematics  are  presented 
with  a  modern  approach. 

MATHEMATICS  135  —  Finite  Mathematics  (5-0-5) .  Fall,  Winter, 
Spring.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  100  or  its  equivalent.  Academic  credit 
ivill  not  be  given  for  more  than  one  of  the  courses  102,  106,  and  135. 

Logic  for  compound  statements,  sets  and  subsets,  premutations, 
combinations,  partitions  and  counting  methods,  probability  theory, 
elementary  vector  and  matrix  applications. 

MATHEMATICS  201  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  (5-0-5). 
Winter,  Fall.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  104. 

The  definite  integral  and  applications,  the  differential  and  integral 

141 


calculus    ot    exponential,    logarthmic    and    trionometric    functions,    and 
techniques  of  integration. 

MATHEMA1  ICS  202  —  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  (5-0-5). 
Spring,  Winter.  Prerequisite:   Mathematics  201. 

Polai  coordinates,  conic  sections,  vectors  in  the  plane,  parametric 
equations,   indeterminate   Forms,  and  improper  integrals. 

MATHEMATICS  203  —  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  (5-0-5). 
Fall,  Spring.  Prerequisite:   Mathematics  202. 

Three  dimensional  vectors,  solid  analytic  geometry,  differential 
calculus  of  several  variables,  multiple  integration,  and  infinite  series. 

MATHEMATICS  211  --  Elementary  Statistics  (5-0-5).  Fall,  Win- 
ter. Spring.  Prerequisite:   Mathematics  135  or  consent  of  instructor. 

This  course  includes  measures  of  central  tendency  and  dispersion; 
properties  of  probability  distributions,  inferences  concerning  means, 
standard  deviations,  and  proportions;  analysis  of  variance;  correlation; 
and  regression. 

MATHEMATICS  305  —  Differential  Equations  with  Applications 
(5-0-5)  .  Winter.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  203. 

MATHEMATICS  306*  —  Fourier  Series  and  Boundry  Value  Prob- 
lems with  Applications    (3-0-3)  .  Spring.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  305. 

MATHEMATICS  309  —  Vector  Analysis  (5-0-5) .  Fall.  Prerequisite 
Mathematics  203. 

MATHEMATICS  131,  312,  313  —  Abstract  Algebra  (3-0-3).  Fall, 
Winter,    Spring,    respectively.    Prerequisite:    Mathematics    203. 

MATHEMATICS  332  —  Mathematical  Statistics  (5-0-5) .  Winter. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  203. 

MATHEMATICS  350  -  Basic  Ideas  of  Arithmetic.  (5-0-5)  .  Fall,' 
Spring.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  105,  100,  or  101  and  at  least  sopho- 
more standing.  Mathematics  majors  will  not  receive  credit  for  this 
course. 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  elementary  teachers  a  clear  under- 
standing of  the  fundamental  ideas  of  arithmetic,  and  to  acquaint  them 
with  current  elementary   school  materials   and  methods. 

MATHEMATICS  351  —  Basic  Ideas  of  Geometry.  (5-0-5)  .  Winter. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  105,  100,  or  101  and  at  least  sophomore 
standing.   Mathematics  majors  will  not  receive  credit  for  this  course. 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  elementary  teachers  a  clear  under- 
standing of  the  fundamental  ideas  of  geometry,  and  to  acquaint  them 
with  current  elementary  school  materials  and  methods. 

MATHEMATICS  400  --  Special  Topics  ( (1-5) -0- (1-5) )  .  Offered 
on  demand. 

MATHEMATICS  401,  102,  403  —  Introductory  Real  Variables 
(3-0-3)  .  Fall,  Winter,  Spring,  respectively.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
31 1  and  consent  of  instructor. 

MATHEMATICS  111  —  Complex  Variables  (5-0-5).  Offered  on 
demand.   Prerequisite:   Mathematics  203. 

142 


\!  \  l  1 1 1M  \  l  K.s   i  ;i.   i.rj  Geoni  tries     1-0  I      Winter, 

Ipring,  respectively.  Prerequisite:  Consent  <>i  instructor. 

Hilberi    Plane,    Projective,   and  othei    Non-Euclidean   Geometries. 

M  \  llll  M  \ll(.s   190        Seminar   (2-0  2) .  Spring. 

MUSIC 

(See  Listing  undei  Depai  tmenl  oi  Fine  Arts) 

NURSING 
(See  Listing  undei  Department  ol  Allied  I  [ealth  Services) 

NTJ  I  RJ  I  ION 
(See  Listing  under  Department  of  Allied  Health  Services) 

PHILOSOPHY 
(See  listing  undei    Department  ol   Histor)   and  Political  Science) 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
Professor    Roy    ).    Sims,    Head;    Assistant    Professors   Lawrence   M. 
Tapp    (leave  of  absence)  ,  B.  Alexander,  and  G.  Bedwell;  Instructor  B. 
Backus,  and  Sylvia  Sanders. 

Dining  the  freshman  year,  students  should  take  Physical  Education 
111  (Fall),  Physical  Education  112,  (Winter),  and  Physical  Education 
113  (Spring).  During  the  sophomore  year,  students  should  elect  any 
other  three  Physical  Education  courses.  Students  unable  to  participate 
in  the  regular  program  should  plan  an  alternate  program  with  the 
Head  of  the  Department  of  Physical  Education.  For  other  department 
regulations  see  "Physical  Education  Program"  under  Academic  Resrula- 
tions. 

Course  Offerings 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  111  —  Conditioning  Course  (0-2-1). 
Fall. 

Consists  of  calisthenics,  stunts  and  tumbling,  lifts  and  carries, 
road  work,  duel  combatives,  and  simple  games. 

PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    112  —  Team   Sports    (0-2-1).  Winter. 

Consists  of  two  from  the  following:  basketball,  field  hockey,  soc- 
cer, speedball,  and  volleyball. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  113  —  Elementary  Swimming  (0-2-1). 
Fall,  Winter,  and  Spring.  (Physical  Education  202  or  Physical  Edu- 
cation 203  may  be  substituted  for  Physical  Educati  >n  113). 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  115  —  Officiating  of  Football  (1-3-2). 
Fall. 

Consists  of  a  study  of  rules,  rules  interpretation,  and  actual  ex- 
perience in  officiating  in  class  games,  intramural  games,  approved  com- 
munity recreation  games,  and  public  school  games.  Elective  credit. 
Students  must  have  permission  of  the  department  head  or  course  in- 
structor to  enroll. 

143 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  116  —  Officiating  of  Basketball  (1-3-2). 
Winter. 

Consists  of  a  study  of  rules,  rules  interpretation,  and  actual  ex- 
perience in  officiating  in  class  games,  intramural  games,  approved  com- 
munity recreation  games,  and  public  school  games.  Elective  credit  ex- 
cept when  substituted  for  Physical  Education  112  (Team  Sports). 
Students  must  have  permission  of  the  department  head  or  course  in- 
structor to  enroll.  Only  one  of  the  officiating  courses  will  satisfy  a 
sophomore  elective  courses. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  201  —  Elementary  Tennis  (0-2-1).  Fall 
and  Spring. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  202  —  Senior  Life  Saving  Course  in 
Swiming  (0-2-1) .  Spring.  (May  be  substituted  for  Physical  Education 
113). 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  203  —  Water  Safety  Instructors'  Course 
(1-2-1).  Spring.  (May  be  substituted  for  Physical  Education  113).  Pre- 
requisite: Physical  Education  202  or  American  Red  Cross  Senior  Life 
Saving. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  204  —  First  Aid  (3-0-1).  Fall  and 
Winter. 

The  American  Red  Cross  standard  course  in  first  aid. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  205  —  Folk  Rhythms    (0-2-1) .  Spring. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  206  —  Beginning  Modern  Dance  (0-2- 
1) .  Winter. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  207  —  Tap  Dance  for  Beginners  (0-2-1) . 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  208  —  Golf  or  other  Adult  Recreative 
Sports  (0-2-1)  .  Fall  and  Spring. 

Golf,  ping-pong,  pool,  card  games,  chess,  checkers,  shuffleboard, 
and  other  quiet  games. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  232  —   Bowling    (0-2-1) .  Winter. 

PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    233  —   Badminton    (0-2-1).   Spring. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION   234   —  Trampoline    (0-2-1).  Winter. 

The  student  is  taught  the  proper  care  and  use  of  the  trampoline. 
Under  strict  supervision  he  learns  to  perform  the  following  skills;  seat 
drop,  knee  drop,  front  drop,  back  drop,  pull  over,  cradle,  turn-table, 
swivel  hips,  spotting,  and  somersault. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  236  —  Intermediate  Modern  Dance  (0- 
2-1).   Prerequisite:   Physical  Education  206. 

A  continuation  of  Physical  Education  206  with  emphasis  on  dy- 
namics, composition,  and  choreography. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  320  —  Health  and  Physical  Education 
for  the   Elementary    School  Teacher    (3-2-5).  Fall  and  Spring. 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 
(See  listing  under  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Physics) 

144 


PHYSICS 

(See  listing  undei  Departmenl  oJ  Chemistry  and  Physics) 

DEPARTMEN1    OF  POLICE  ADMINISTRATION 

Coordinator,  Lawrence  E.  Mahany;  Assistant   Professoi    Ryan 

Course  Quarter  Hours 

English  121  and  Egnlish  228  10 

Sistor)   251*  or  History  252*  _ 5 

Political  Science    113*,    305  - 10 

liolog)  101,  102  oi  Chemistr)  121,  122  or  Physics  21  I.  212  10 

Physical  Education  111,   113,  202,  204,  and  two  courses  in 

defense   tactics  6 

?s\  c hology  20 1  5 

Sociology  201,  305,  and  350  15 


61 
Course    (Police  Science)  Quarter  Hours 

■*olice  Administration  101:  Introduction  to  Law  Enforcement         (5-0-5) 

?olice  Administration   102:   Police  Patrol  (5-0-5) 

°olice  Administration  103:  Criminal  Law  (5-0-5) 

Police    Administration     L04:    Criminal    Evidence    (5-0-5) 

Police   Administration    201:    Police   Administration    .     '5-0-5) 

Notice   Administration   202:    Criminal    Investigation   (5  0-5) 

^olice  Administration  203:  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  (5-0-5) 

FIRST  YEAR 

Fall —  Police  Administration  101;  English  121;  Physical  Education 
111:   Political  Science   113. 

Winter  —  Police  Administration  102;  Sociology  201;  Physical  Ed- 
ication  113;  History  251  or  252. 

Spring  —  Police  Administration  201;  Psychology  201;  Physical 
Education  201;  Sociology  350. 

SECOND  YEAR 

Fall  —  Police  Administration  103;  Sociology  305;  Physical  Edu- 
:ation:    Defense   Tactics;    Science;    Police  Administration    104. 

Winter.  —  Police  Administration  202;  Physical  Education:  Defense 
Factics;   Science;   Police  Administration  203. 

Spring  —  Political  Science  305;  Ph)sical  Education  202;  Speech  228. 
COURSE  OFFERINGS 

POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  101  —  Introduction  to  Law  En- 
forcement (5-0-5) .  Fall. 

Survey  of  law  enforcement  —  the  role,  history  and  development, 

•If  one  of  these  history  courses  and  this  political  science  course  are  exempted  by 
by  examination  in  order  to  meet  the  state  requirement  for  graduation  (see  page  56)  , 
the  ten  quarter  hours  shall  be  allotted  to  electives. 

145 


constitution  aspects,  modern  police  practices,  and  the  functions  of! 
other  agencies  involved  in  the  administration  <>t  criminal  justice.  Career 
Orientation. 

POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  102  —  Police  Patrol  (5-0-5).  Win- 
ter. 

Basic  operation  of  the  police  patrol  functions;  the  responsibilities 
ol  patrol  officers;  purposes,  methods  and  types  of  police  patrol.  Deter- 
mination of  patrol  beats,  areas  and  deployment. 

POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  103  —  Criminal  Law   (5-0-5).  Fall 

The  nature,  sources  and  types  of  criminal  law.  The  classification 
and  analysis  of  crimes  and  criminal  acts  in  general  and  the  examination 
of  selected  specific  criminal  offenses. 

POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  101  —  Criminal  Evidence  (5-0-5) 
Fall. 

Reviews  laws  of  arrest,  search  ^  seizure,  rights  &  duties  of  officers 
and  citizens  and  rules  of  evidence.  General  court  procedures  will  be 
discussed. 

POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  201  —  Police  Administration  (5- 
0-5) .  Spring. 

The  contemporary  law  enforcement  agency,  its  functions,  struc- 
ture and  operational  techniques;  implications  of  generalized  and  specia 
lized  units.  Principles  of  organizing,  staffing,  budgeting,  controlling 
coordinating,  planning  and  research  in  law  enforcement.  Prerequisites: 
P.A.   101   and  P.A.   102. 

POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  202  —  Criminal  Investigation  I 
0-5) .  Winter. 

Introduction  to  criminal  investigation  procedures  including  theon 
of  investigation,  case  preparation,  interrogation,  and  special  problem; 
in  criminal  investigation. 

POLICE  ADMINISTRATION  203  —  Introduction  to  Criminal 
istics  (5-0-5) .  Winter. 

The  scientific  aspects  of  criminal  investigation  with  emphasij 
upon  crime  scene  recording,  collecting  and  preservation  of  evidence 
and  the  examination  of  evidence.  Advanced  criminialistics  are  dis 
cussed  to  the  extent  necessary  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  police 
science  laboratory.   Prerequisite:    P.A.   202. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

(See  listing  under  Department  of  History  and  Political  Science) 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY  AND  SOCIOLOGY 

Professor  Worthineton.  Head;  Associate  Professor  Snellgrove 
Assistant  Professors  Coyle,  Ralston,  Satterfield. 

Students  who  intend  to  major  in  psychology  should  complete  Psy 
chology   101-102  before  the  end  of  their  sophomore  vear.  Students  ar< 

146 


■rongl)  advised  to  complete  as  man)  <>i  the  general  education  require- 
ments .is  possible  In  -loir  entering  then    junioi    year. 

I.  Majoi  Field  Requirements 

\     Ml  ol  the  following:  Psychology   102,  512,   HO,   111,  412. 

B.  rhree  ol  the  following:   Psychology  507,  508,    N>9,    U9. 

C.  Two  ol  the  following:  Psychology  503,  506,  511. 

II.  Related  Fields 

A.  Biology    101,   102. 

B.  Mathematics  21 1. 

C.  Approved  elec tives. 

Course  Offerings 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

\\  rHROPOLOGY  201  -     Man  and  His  Culture  (5-0-5).  Offered 

on  demand. 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  man  as  a  cultural  animal,  the 
development  of  human  societies  from  preliterate  beginnings,  the  rise 
(of  complex  social  organizations  with  an  outline  study  of  the  majoi 
cultures  developed  by  man. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYCHOLOGY  101  —  General  Psychology  (5-0-5).  Offered  each 
quarter. 

An  introduction  to  the  vocabulary,  concepts  and  methods  of  the 
science  of  behavior.  Discussion  and  demonstrations  assist  in  surveying 
all  the  areas  of  psychology.  Psychology  101  is  prerequisite  to  all  other 
courses  in  the  department. 

PSYCHOLOGY  102  —  Advanced  General  Psychology  (4-2-5).  Pre- 
requisite: Psychology  101.  Spring  and  Fall. 

An  extension  of  the  concepts  introduced  in  Psychology  101.  Experi- 
ments are  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  techniques  of  be- 
havioral analysis. 

PSYCHOLOGY  301  —  Educational  Psychology  (5-0-5).  Prere- 
quisite:   Psychology    101.  Spring  and  Fall. 

The  application  of  behavioral  science  to  the  problem  of  learning 
in  the  classroom.  Primarily  for  teacher  preparation. 

PSYCHOLOGY  303  —  Social  Psychology  (5-0-5).  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  101.  Spring. 

The  study  of  the  behavior  of  others  as  determinants  of  the  be- 
havior of  the  individual.  The  cultural  milieu  and  group  pressures  will 
be  examined  in  terms  of  their  effects  on  behavior. 

PSYCHOLOGY  305  —  Developmental  Psychology  (5-0-5).  Prere- 
quisite:  Psychology  101.  Winter  and  Spring. 

A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  psychological  processes. 

147 


The   effects   of  maturational,   learning  and  social  variables  on  human 
behavior  are  examined. 

PSYCHOLOGY  307  —  Experimental  Psychology  I.  Perception 
(4-2-5).   Prerequisite:   Psychology   101.  Fall. 

An  experimental-theoretical  approach  to  the  nature  of  perception. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  psychophysical  methods. 

PSYCHOLOGY  308  —  Experimental  Psychology  IE  Learning  and 
Motivation    (4-2-5).   Prerequisite:    Psychology    101.   Winter. 

An  examination  of  the  methodology  and  theory  associated  with 
the  various   forms  of  learning  and   their  motivational  concomitants. 

PSYCHOLOGY  309  —  Experimental  Psychology  HE  Physiological 
Psychology  (4-2-5).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  101  and  Biology  101,  102. 
Spring. 

Introduction  to  the  biological  bases  of  behavior.  The  structure 
and  function  of  the  nervous  system  are  studied  and  related  to  the  be- 
havior of  humans  and  other  organisms. 

PSYCHOLOGY  311  —  Theories  of  Personality  (5-0-5).  Prerequi- 
site: Psychology  101.  Spring. 

A  study  of  selected  personalty  theories  with  emphasis  on  normal 
behavior.  Attention  will  be  given  to  both  experimental  and  clinical 
data.  The  determinants  of  personality  structure  and  the  development 
of  personality  will  be  examined  from  divergent  points  of  view. 

PSYCHOLOGY  312  —  Measurement  in  Psvchology  (5-0-5).  Pre- 
requisite: Psychology  101  and  Math  211.  Fall. 

An  examination  of  the  theory  of  measurement.  Reliability  and 
validity    techniques    are    discussed    using    current   psychological    tests    as 
examples. 

PSYCHOLOGY  319  —  Animal  Behavior  (4-2-5).  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  101.  Winter. 

A  study  of  the  adaptations  and  behaviors  with  which  living  or- 
ganisms cope  effectively  with  their  environment.  The  laboratory  will 
provide  experience  in   animal   care,   training,  and  experimentation. 

PSYCHOLOGY  320  —  Industrial  Psychology  (5-0-5) .  Prerequisite: 
Psvchology  101.  Winter. 

The  applications  of  psychology  to  the  problems  of  industry.  Pri- 
marily for  business  majors. 

PSYCHOLOGY  405  —  Behavior  Disorders    (5-0-5).   Prerequisite:  I 
Psychology  101.  Winter. 

A  study  of  deviant  behavior,  types  of  behavior  disorders,  and 
methods  of  behavior  modification.  Application  of  principles  derived 
from  basic  research  will  be  emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY  410  —  Historv  of  Psychology  (5-0-5).  Open  only 
to  psychology  majors  or  by  invitation  of  the  professor.  Fall. 

A  study  of  the  basic  ideas  in  psychology  from  early  animism  to 
modern  behavioristics.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  philosophical 
basis  at  various  times  in  the  history  of  psychology. 

148 


PSYCHOLOGY    HI  Senioi    Seminal     (5-0-5).   Open    only   to 

senioi  psychology  majors  01  l>\   invitation  <>l  the  professor.  Winter. 

A  reading  and  discussion  group  which  will  concentrate  on  selected 
con  tern  porar)  issues  in  psychology.  Specific  content  will  var)  from  year  to 
■ear. 

PSYCHOLOG\  112  Senioi  Seminar  (5-0-5).  Open  only  to 
lenior  psychology  majors  oi  l>\  invitation  ol  the  professor.  Spring. 

A  reading  and  discussion  group  which  will  concentrate  <>n  selected 
contemporary  issues  in  psychology.  Specific  content  will  var)  from  yeai 
to  year. 

PSYCHOLOGY  150  -  [ndependent  Study  ( (1-5) -0- (1-5) ) .  Open 
onl\    1>\    imitation  of  the  professor.  Offered  on  demand. 

SOCIAL  WELFARE 

.SOCIAL  WELFARE  101  —  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare.  (5- 
0-5) .  Offered  each  quarter. 

A  study  of  the  origins  and  evolution  of.  the  American  Social  Wel- 
fare system. 

SOCIAL  WELFARE  303  —  Methods  in  Social  Work  (5-0-5). 
prerequisite:   Social  Well  are   101   or  Sociology  201.  Spring  and  Fall. 

An  examination  of  methodology  in  casework,  group  work,  and 
community  organization. 

SOCIOLOGY 

SOCIOLOGY  201  —  Introductory  Sociology  (5-0-5).  Offered  each 
quarter. 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts  and  methods  of  the  science  of 
human  group  behavior.  Includes  the  study  oi  socialization,  the  role  of  the 
individual  in  society,  and  the  major  institutions  and  processes. 

SOCIOLOGY  305  —  Criminology  (5-0-5)  .  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
201.  Fall  and  Winter. 

A  survey  of  the  nature  of  crime,  criminal  statistics,  and  theories 
of  cricinal  causation  and  control.  An  examination  of  crime  as  a  sc3ci.il 
problem,  the  criminal,  and  theories  of  punishment,  treatment  and  pre- 
vention. 

SOCIOLOGY  350  —  Social  Problems  (5-0-5) .  Prerequisite:  Soci- 
ology 201.  Winter  and  Spring. 

An  examination  of  behavioral  deviancy  and  social  disorganization 
in  the  context  of  sociological   theory. 

SOCIOLOGY  353  or  HISTORY  353  —  Prespectives  on  Black 
Experience  in  the  United  States.    (5-0-5)  .  Offered  on  demand. 

Study  of  historic  and  current  trends  in  selected  frames  of  reference 

149 


of  experiences  encountered  by  black  people  in  the  United  States,  em- 
phasizing social  movements  and  social  change,  urban  and  institutional 
processes,   social  values   and  personality   formation. 

SPANISH 
(See  listing  under  Department  of  Foreign  Languages) 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION   (Speech  Correction) 
(See  listing  under  Department  of  Education) 

SPEECH 

(See  listing  under  Department  oi"  English  and  Speech) 

ZOOLOGY 

(See  listing  under  Department  ol  Biology) 


150 


00 


to 

u 

5" 

* 

< 

n 
O 

0" 

to 

0 

_ . 

T> 

— 

3 

to 

ID 

n 

a 

a 
c 

a 


o 

o 


to 

CO 

< 
CD 

Q 
Q_ 
Q_ 


n 

o_ 

to 

CO 

CD 

o 

Q 

Q_ 

C 

Q 


n 


a 

c 

a 


o 
o 

CO 


CD 

0 

n 

n 


CD 
O 


—  — '    — '       to 


0  r- 

a> 

— 

n 

cd 

< 

5 

a 

CO 

w 

CD 

Q_ 

n 

o_ 

aT 

tO 

(D 

o 

Q 
Q_ 

C 
Q 


■< 
CD 


n 


— 1 

'•. 

H 

a 

CJ 

0 

u 

J 

fl 

n 

Iff 

1 

~7 

CD 

a 

a 

c/> 

■* 

n 

Ln 

a. 

a 

c 

H 

*■ 

0 

.1 

_ ^ 

It 

3 

(i 

a 

0 

3 

TJ 


0 

r 

CD 

— 

n 

< 

CD 

3 

Q 

CO 

i/> 

CD 

Q_ 

CD 


o 

>   3 

in 

o 


=r  ^ 

— 

CD 

Q      a) 

3     w 

^ 

Z3 

Q      — • 

n    0 

n 

*<      3 

a 

— 

to 

"""   "0 

n 
0 

n 

0 

3 

•^  to 

3 

-~~^ 

a> 

O  Q 

CD      3 

n 

. , 

3     t/> 

to 

in 

in 

to 

D 

3 

^< 

0 
to 

Q 

„ ,,  * 

Q 
TJ 

X 

Q 

to 

O 

n 

to 

- — ■» 

CD 

=r 

0 

to 

3 

O 

U 


N 


O 

u 

Q- 

M 


■♦— 

a 

CO 

-a 

c 

D 

u 


L^ 


c 

D 
Q. 

E 
o 
U 


u 

a 


'      u 

I    ° 

I  (1) 
I  > 
I    o 

\t 

o 


;     in 

!  8 

'  -o 

!  o 

I   _c 


21  u  o 

Z  CL  3 

3  D  O 

U  c-  -^ 

OO  < 


C 
3 


in 
D 

<D 
in 

D 


a; 
E 

c 


a 
E 

c 


O 

>.     • 
•-     a> 

I"! 


in 

a> 
-o 

D 

c 
a) 

c 

D 

E 

<D 
CL 

E 
o 


"T3 

c 

D 


u 


>+- 

'-—- 

t/) 

>* 

l/> 

*- 

<b 

1   c 

ID 

-D 

o 

-a 

|u 

o 

en 

c 

o 

J 

^ 

(D 
_Q 

E 

3 


c 
a 


o 
>. 

_o 

Q. 

E 

o 


o 

2: 

c 
o 

_c 
a. 

_Q) 

o 


o 

z: 

<u 

c 
o 

_c 

Q- 
0) 


CD 


-o 

t3 

o 

1) 

c 
o 

E 

u 

lA 

-o 

o 

U 

< 

or: 

0 

Q 

ID 

3 

a 

*- 


o 
o 

_c 
u 
CO 


2 

LV 

E 

o 


x 


no 

0 


UJ 

-7 

O 

0 

UJ 

-J 

CO 

00 

_l 

O 

o 

>. 

u 

0 
< 

UJ 

o 

H 

O 

a: 

< 

O 

0 

H 

« 

LL 

cO 

-C 

o 

z 

O 

c 
c 

0 

z 

o 

H 

o 

> 

< 

IX 

«/> 

u 

H 

l/> 

_j 

5 

DL 

a: 

Q_ 

< 

< 

X 
CL 

Q 
li  1 

< 

a: 

q: 

O 

3 

O 

O 

H 

UJ 

O 

q: 

X 

00 

Q_ 

— 

a) 

cj  -£>     ! 

-0    0 

0  -0    : 

E  §  ! 

i_  <-»- 

0)     0>      ' 

-D      »- 

»-     .»- 

O     O 

0 

>s     «= 

2: 

O       U) 

4— 

C    •- 

Q. 

i  « 

'5 

u 

L_     M_ 

0 

O        W 

&. 

-*  IE 

4)  ^ 

_C       • 

U     0> 

a> 

dJ? 

^  0 

_c<~> 

U      d) 

0  4- 

*-      D 

■*—     +- 

<    CO 

■■     D> 

UJ    c 

_>s 

UJ    0 

c 

"-  S 

O 

c 

z  e 

<D 

0 

2< 

3 

-0 

S* 

u 

0 

Q. 

U    a) 

0) 

<-»— 

O 

PPL 
ayab 

O 

L. 
O 

O 

<    cl 

u_ 

^ 

1 

Ci 

>s 

> 

— 

D 

J 

M 

C 

O 

O 

U 

i/i 

E 

1/1 

— 

0 

E 

^0 

u) 

< 

_c 

v»_ 

*- 

0 

0) 

B 

ai 

0 

CL 

>-•-- 

E 

O 

0 

u 

0) 

■4- 

</i 

0 

■♦— 

0) 

0 

_c 

Q_ 

*■ 

>- 

0 

i_ 

•4- 

D 

D 

M 

-O 

00 

0) 

<L) 

U 

(I) 

4— 

0 

c 

O 

O) 

0 

M 

~D 

0 

-t— 

1 — 

C 

10 

0) 

CO 

D 

c 

— 

0 

"0 
O 

0 

I/) 
I/) 

0 

U 

0 

-t— 
CO 

c 

0 
01 

O 

cn 

— 

■»— 

i_ 

0 

U 

E 

c 

0 

0) 

Q 

"0 

c 

-0 
< 

CO 

CD 

u 

0) 

0 

u 

0 

I4_ 

c 

_Q 

JC 

■*- 

O 

0 

< 

D 

E 

0 

c 

1) 

u 

O 

■*- 

LO 

c 

~D 

D 

u 

I/) 

E 

co 

D 

D 

~D 

«L»Z 

0 

> 

u 

0 

0> 

O  < 

^ 

O 
CO 

3 

t/) 

O 

u 

>» 

0 

<D 

■^ 

+- 

0 
a. 

O 

0 

*~ 

D 

X 

c 

O 

<d 

3 

> 

0) 

-0 

c 

O 

D 
O 

-0 

K- 

05 

c 
0 

-7 

U 

O 

5  °  > 

a.  m-  -^ 

Q_      O  0) 

<      C  O 

o  -z 


c 


"a 


E 

E 

3 

m 


a. 

CO 


01 

-•— 
c 


—     U 


X 


I  ° 


I-    .E     o 


O       3 

-o    o 

O      3 

h  a 


u 

D 


T3 

a 
o 
E 
o 


c 
o 
c 
o 
E 
o 
CL 


D2 
Q 
n 
3T 
o 


n 


CO 
a 
n 

=r 
o 


o 
> 


CN        On 

5-        ^ 
S  — 

c 

cr 
ft 


ro 


^  0) 

c  n 


'j  cd  rn    "o  "0  2:  x 


,     O     CD 

rn 

Q_ 

C 


o 
n 

Q 
O 

> 


*<    —  1/1    ^  to 


GO 

n 

5' 

n 

o 


cp_ 

Q_ 

Q_ 
O 

O 

c 


> 

rp 

Q_ 

Q 

^ 

n 

3  ■ 

3 

ro 

V) 

0 

—t 

Q 

0 

-* 

-*» 

O 

m 

J> 

c 

l/l 

3 

O 

o_ 
cr 

< 
o 
n 

Q 

O 

=3 
Q 

73 

CD 

3T 
Q 

a~ 


> 

CD 

■< 

o 

c 

D 
< 

CD 
CD 

Q 

3 
•O 


z:  n  o 

C  O  CD 

"",  3  3 

w  3  CD 

?  CD  Q 


n 

CD 

GO 

CD 

n 

CD 
— ► 
Q 


CD2 

C       Q 
</>       ^ 

3'     Q 

in    3 
CD 


rn  3 
a  ° 

_ .    7T 
O      CD 

3      ;* 

3 


rn  ^> 

8  S 

3     3 


> 

CD 

O 

c 


3- 
Q 

•o 


ro 

- ' 

CD 

"*" 

CO 

—' 

- 

0 

c 

n 

DO 

l/l 

Q 

0 

n 

u 

-J- 

-^ 

0 

—  • 

ro 

m 

—  • 

>• 

It 

n 

0 

3 

n 

6> 

C_>0 

CD 

O  m 

CD    * 

CD  </> 
X-  n 
o 
Ox. 
->    o 

O      D 
O-    3 
O 
X 


li 

CD      (/) 


-o  2: 


w   3- 

cr  o 
•<     Q- 


II 

ii 

n 

B 
3  x 
0    T3 

•3  3 


2.  "    •»   H 

&  i  1 1 


<    </> 


> 

CD 

o 

c 


1/1 

C_ 
O 

=3 


0  _ 

C     ~C     *     I  OQ 

_      -1      -1      -  - 

£   a  jo   -  - 


a 


C     O     O     B     3 


n    n 


2  <  .  *  a 

3  3-  „.  to  c 

O     ~      ~    3 


cd    m  0 

7!      T 


§  a  r  !  S  - 

'   „  2"  —  -  3" 

"    ?    3     -  ^  C 

-    M  «     b 

n  k  -a 

0  -o  •a 

3  "0    3". 

n  ;;  B 

£  3  r 


C    B      ° 
3^0 


rt    b 

S    3    - 


|8| 

•3  3--- 

O  O      3 

-f  3     O 

w  w     1 

3     3? 

3 


3    c 


c 

B   >o 
3     C 

a  3 


3-    0) 

—  a 
3    I" 


en 

re 
o 


-< 

CD 
00 


<D 
or 


O 

o" 

3 
CO 

•o 


—        00 
o 

CO 
Q  X 


cyi  ^00 

-S  °  5' 

3     CD    CD 

-►  o_ 

CD 
Q_ 


3-    ^ 

n>    o 

3"  "3 


•O    ^    a 


1 


•O     -1    ' 

2    *    3-  3 


5  S-  £  I  3 

a  o   ^  o  3 

g  «   o  3  g 

M   ^     "  ~  ° 

TO    TO 


3-    3* 
O     B 

C    - 


•  a 
w 

3      B  J 
^     3.0 

3"   —  re 

CD      BJ  o 

3  -1 

CD  TO 

<      3  B 


«   o    5;  -   -    o 

?-     5      ^CT     B 

CD        I       3.      f»      fll       r* 


^50 

5;  D_<' 
q     O    O 

^  ^  n 

Q_ 

3 

a 

3 

CD 


o 

Z3 


C 
o 


fD  Q     </» 

3  "*   2  n 

-  >  o  cd 

to  310  - 

fD  n     Q  It. 


o  i  2.= 

<n    q    <d 
3    3 

Q_  fD 

3   „    o    5- 

*<     Q 


8  = 

Ml 


o-  a> 
<*   3 

-^  fD 
O     3 

ii 


2  3 

fD    Q 
o    CD 

g-5 


°-  ?- 

3     (D  00 

0    cr 

J.--«<      Q 

;r  ^"  ^  -• 
5  °   -   n 

£.  q     CD     Q 

a  o    q 
-fD    — 3 

Cc  2.2. 
5"  —  —  ^ 
*.2 


5;  o 

*•  3 

—  c/> 

3  O 

R,  < 

3-  fD 
0 


«     Q 
(0     3 


c 

—  0) 


3 
CO 


C 
3 

o_  3" 

fD  Q 

H 

-♦  Q  - 

3-   =3  CD 

CD     °-  O. 

r  -  Q- 

§      Q  5* 

°  r  ° 

"^   5  n 

><     fD  -, 

•  -  -a 

3 


=:!  £ 

<*   ?,  « 

"   o  °, 

CD     =  > 

<£  3 


m  z 

u 

u 

to  ro 

11 

r 

*J   v^ 

0  c 

n 

™% 

I^ 

a 

CI 

> 

3> 

O 

n 

n    — 

_ 

H 

Li 
CO 

n 
0 

g-S 

a 

0 

a 

O 

Z 

> 

(1 

10 

O    — , 
0 

a 

F 

-n 

Q 

r.  0 

i 

Z 

> 

2: 

3 
3 

n    "* 

S  0 

O 

H 

0 

DO 

s> 

n 

0 

O 

a. 
00 

rn 
70 

r- 

0 

m 

n 

0 

< 

> 

— 1 

3 

rn 

0 

z: 

O 

3 

m 

a 

-< 

n 

c 

< 

0 

z 

i~  rn 

I-    X 

il 

w  - 
m° 

>  o 

a  q 
m  q_ 

c  w" 

-1  Q 

1  3: 

m  n 

>  > 


>   c 

^>  2- 

Q    0) 


n 
> 

~n 

o 
;c 
2: 
z: 
> 
00 


I 
m 

Tl 

o 

r 
r 
o 
aj 

z 
o 

n 

m 
D 

rn 


X 
> 

< 
m 

03 

rn 


m 

n 
m 

< 
m 
D 


o 


CD     t/i 

o    n 

slS 

on 
i/>     _. 

C     3 
D_  -h 

CD     3T 
=3      0) 

to     V) 

-  "D 

Q     Q 

c     f^ 
Q_  <T) 

-►'  cr 
o    cp_ 

</>   o 

-  S 

§*< 

a_2 


Q  CD 

3  O 

C/)  Q 

CD  _. 

^  3 


9 

a 

Q 

i/i 

3" 

i/i 

0 

Z7~ 

* 

O 

c 

*< 

o 

O- 

c 

—  E" 
-►  3 

3~  (/) 
CD  3; 
*<     O 

13 

"  Q 
-^    3 

°  3- 
CD     CD 

—  o 


o    _ 

3  on 

CD 

o 

Q 


o 

< 

CD 

*< 

o 

c 

CD 
JO 

c 

CD 


O 

CD 
(/> 

cr 
CD 

3 
o 

CD 
Q_ 

O 

> 

i 


c 

3 
CD 
•O 


O     D 

?° 
o    3 

D 

3* 


D 
CD 
CD 


"  "^ 


0) 

o 
Q. 


LLI 
O 
LLI 

-J 


O 

u 


D 
LLI   o 


uo-g 


O 


c 
c 
o 

6  g 

< 


CD 

< 

X 

o 

u_ 

X 


or.  o 

Q_  LU 
Q_  I- 
<  LU 


LU 

D 

< 

2 

LU 

CO 

H 

O 

z: 

2 

a: 

_j 

O 

^ 

u. 

z^ 

-J 

2£ 

< 

U 

UJ 

3i 

< 

2 

u 

en  oo 

-1 

PI 

0. 

"-Q 

Q. 

Z< 

< 

O  uj 

UJ 

h-  X 

X 

<  h- 

h- 

_J  h- 

>- 
CO 

S-Q 

Q 

9?  S 

111 

<z 

1- 

z:  a: 

LU 

<  3 

-J 
Q_ 
2 

Oq, 

o 

5§ 

u 

UJ 

CO 

~o 

ST 

o 

<D      O 

D      U 

* 

en   t 

o    o 

o 

a.    > 

a 

-o  2 

■>- 

o 

c 

D 

>- 

U 

Q- 

Q- 

O 

1-5 

i_ 

c 

-a 

"CT 

c 

Z* 

< 

h- 

>» 

U 

c 

0) 

CT) 

k_ 

a> 

E 

a> 

_ 

0) 

0) 

1- 

E 

D 

E 
o 

cm 

z 

X 

< 

Q- 

1 — 

CN 

J!  I 

o    o 


x 
0) 


en 


o 


—  (U 

E  "CT 

o  -a 

Li.  < 


- •  2. 

—  a 

r- 

10 


1     a_ta 
-    n> 


3 


M 


3- 
o    ° 

o  -• 
n  n 
rr  a* 
o 

_  ° 
"^  n 


> 

70 


m 
—   m 

-  s 

m 

3 

o     C 
-^    70 

Q       O 


m 
JO 

-< 

o 

m 

g 

n 
> 

H 

O 

z 


- 


o     n 

»      Q      -, 

3-^0) 

r  °  "c 

3  3-  * 

O     °      "> 

""  5  3 

t/i     <      nj 

is  s 

3  LO 

(D  -•  C 
-»  10  -I 
10        to 

O     Q_    -■ 


o  Q 

3  — 

Q_  3; 

S  3 

3  2 


c    _. 


tc 

3 
O 
Q_ 


5"  3 
n    ° 

a 

3       C/J 

Q-co' 
to  => 


Q 
CO     o 

O     3 


is 

c  ^r 
V  n 
o    -• 


X)     IQ 
Q 


_ ■    3 
n 

s  § 

2.  *< 

o 

X> 

3" 
•< 

to 


o  c 

-1  < 

to  o 

Q  >, 

-  (D 

Q-  Q 

5'  °- 

_^  3" 

3-  o 

Q 

—  XJ 


>  Q 

^J         3 

o 


n      i 

m  on 

■n      a 

c 
II 


00 

co 


O      Q 


n    o 

Q     CD 

—  c 


ft 

Q_    - 

C 

Q 


5:      ° 
<    X) 


3 

a  § 
0-°- 


n 
> 

H 
O 


"0 

> 


o 

o 
c 
> 

D 


o    a 
ta    u> 


—  3- 
o    -• 


c    o 

8.S 

—  •< 

CB 

CQ      -" 

n  _ 

c 


3 


n 

0 

3 


> 
Q_ 

VI 


3-"*<      3> 


o    o   ~n 
->    a.  c 

a-<  « 

^Q  i 

-1     en     o 

c    n> 
v>    a_~ 

C      3      -• 

a_  -* 
o    ^    -• 
3     <_   to 

_     -■    q 


— 

"0 

2 

a 

3 

ca 

c 

0 

3 

0 

r-j 

Q 

— ► 

C 

r 

to 

INDEX 


Academic  Advisement  o,  62,  /:> 

Icademic  Regulations  :)1 

Accelerated  Program,  High  School  29 

Accounting  Major  Requirements  '()' 

Administration,  Officers  * 

Admission  to  Accelerated  Program  -     30 

Admissions  — - -     24 

Advanced  Placement  26 

UK  isemenl  55,  62,  75 

llied  Health  Services  Dept 94 

Alumni  Office  65 

Anthropology  Course  147 

\pplication  Forms  „_. 24 

Application  Requirements  24 

Art  Courses  125 

Associate  in  Arts  90 

Athletics  65 

Attendance  Regulations  59 

Auditing  61 

Bachelor  of  Arts  Requirements  73 

Bachelor  of    Business    Administration    86 

Bachelor  of  Science  Requirements  73 

Biology  Courses  101 

Biology  Department  101 

Biology  Requirements  101 

Botany  Courses  103 

Business  Administration  Courses  105 

Business   Education,   Program   for  Teachers   80 

Business  Education  Courses  109 

Calendar,  Academic  6 

Chemistry  Courses  1 12 

Chemistry  Degree  Requirements  112 

Chemistry  and  Physics  Department  111 

Chinese  Courses  128 

Clubs  63 

CommercenSecretarial  Programs 87 

151 


» 


i 


Commision,  Armstrong  State  College  

Community  Services,  Office  2? 

Conduct  63 

Continuing  Education  Students  28 

Counselling  Services  62  j 

Course  Load  53 

Course  Offerings,    Index    9!l|( 

Dean's    List    51 

Degree  Requirements,  Regulations  5i  aI. 

Degrees  Offered  73,  91^ 

Dental  Hygiene,  A.S.  Degree  89,   9i  ^ 

Dental  Hygiene  Courses  9ljall 

Dental  Hygiene  Education  9ija[ 

Dropping  Courses  6j  |aI 

Economics  Courses  101  jat 

Economics  Major  Requirements  10*.  [at 

Education  Courses  11(  y 

Education  Degree  Requirements  7<  ^ 

Education  Department  1 1( 

Engineering  Courses  14(1 

English  Courses  1 2!| 

English  Degree  Requirements  12 

English-Speech  Department  \2,\ 

En  tomology  Courses  1 0 

Evening  Classes  2' 

Faculty  1 

Fees  4 

Finance  -  Major  requirements  10'  | 

Financial  Aid  41 

Fine  Arts  Department  12 

Foreign  Languages  Department 12 

Foreign  Students  3 

French  Courses  12 

French  Degree  Requirements  12! 

Geography  Course  13( 

German  Courses  1 31 

Heads  of  Departments  K 

Health  g, 

Health  Course  qj 

152 


cbrcw   Courses 
listo]  \  of  ( lollege 
Iis!oi\    Courses 

j?  i  s  i  o  i  \    Degree  Requirements 
listor)  and  Political  Science  Department 
Honor  System 
lonoi  s 

lousing  --.- 

■dust]  ial  Co  op  Program 


Registration    Fee 
ary 


il)i.n\  Science  Courses 

Ian  age  me  nt  Major  Requirements 

lathematics  Major  Requirements 

lathematics  Courses 

|a  them  a  tics  Degree  Requirements 

lathematics  Department 

tedical  Technology 


21 

i  ;; 

i  1 1 

i:::; 

51 

59 

G5 

-  23 
.     41 

22 

119 

„  105 

...  140 

-  140 

_  139 

_  139 

_     88 

12G 
_  125 
89,  94 
_  95 
...  94 
__     9G 


insic  Courses  

lusic  Degree  Requirements        

jJursing,  A. A.  Degree  : 

Nursing  Courses  

ffursing  Degree  Requirements  

Nutrition  Course  

Organizations  ___    63 

mentation  32,  62 

lit  of  State  Tuition  43 

*hilosophy  Courses  _..  .     136 

Physical  Education    Courses  143 

Physical  Education  Department  143 

Physical  Education   Program       ....    59 

Physical  Science  Courses  .....      114 

^hysics  Courses  115 

I  Placement,  Office  of  63 

Police  Administration,  A.A.  Degree  ...   89,    145 

Police  Administration  Courses  145 

Police  Administration  Department  145 

Political  Science  Courses  137 

^Political  Science  Degree  Requirements  137 

I 

153 


Pre-Professional  Programs  21 

Probation  and  Dismissal  60 

Psychology  Courses  147 

Psychology  Degree  Requirements  146 

Psychology  and  Sociology  Department  146 

Publications  64 

Quarter  On-Trial    27 

Readmission  of  Former  Students  29 

Refunds  43 

Regents  9 

Registration  32 

Reports  and  Grades  58 

Residency  Requirements  32 

Scholarships  45 

September  Practicum  76 

Social  Welfare  Degree  89,    149 

Sociology  Courses  149 

Spanish  Courses  131 

Special  Education    (Speech  Correction)    Courses  119 

Speech  Correction,  Program  in 77 

Speech  Courses  124 

Staff,  Administrative  10 

Student  Activity  Fee  41 

Student  Code  of  Conduct  66 

Student  Exchange  Program  23 

Student  Government  64 

Student  Services  and  Activities  62 

Student  Teaching  76 

System-wide  Achievement  Testing  Program  61 

Teacher  Education  74 

Two-year  Degrees  21 

Transfer  Applicants,  Requirements 27 

Transient  Students 29 

Veterans 31 

Vocational  Rehabilitation  31 

Withdrawal gl 

Zoology  Courses 203 


154 


2   c/i 

>  > 


3D 
O 

CO 


gssB 

O         rn 

0>  £75